ML14218A606

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
FOIA/PA-2014-0024 - Resp 3 - Partial. Group B (Records Being Released in Their Entirety). Part 1 of 27
ML14218A606
Person / Time
Site: Arkansas Nuclear  Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 07/30/2014
From:
Office of Information Services
To:
Shared Package
ML14218A512 List:
References
FOIA/PA-2014-0024
Download: ML14218A606 (375)
v • d • e


Text

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 1 of 26 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet I of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO [I STI Procedure Page 1 of 26 TEST #: ECT-44313-05 REV. #: 0 Quality Class: QR Ol 0 NOR TEST TITLE: Functional testinq for breaker A-213 REVIEW (Print/SignlDate)

Test Engineer (TE): A. S/encer Technical Reviewer: P. Riedmueller f. . 17- .?-U CROSS-DISCIPLINE REV W III III L I Operations Department:-7 W-2-1 Organization Organization \Organization

_ _ :__ / _ _ :__ /

Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached C] Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: El Not Required El Attached El Other OSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date) . ,.

TE Supervisor: 111V1t/*A#y*I //&1 CA /114/13 TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE/

Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: /

If required for confirmation of assumptions made inthe development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

SO 7

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 2 of 26 Table of Contents 1.0 O biectives .......................................................................................................................................... 3 2.0 References .......................................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 Test Equipment ............................................................................................................. o................... 4 4.0 Precautions and Lim itations ...................................................................................................... 4 5.0 Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................... 5 6.0 Instrum entatIon ................................................................................................................................. 5 7.0 Test Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 5 7.1 DC Pow er ........................................................................................................................................... 5 7.2 Local Control ..................................................................................................................................... 7 7.3 Rem ote Operation ............................................................................................................................. 9 7.4 Startup 1 Interlock Trip Test for A-213 ..................................................................................... 10 7.5 Bus lockout 186-A2 Trip Test for A-213 ................................... 11 7.6 A-2131A-211 Interface ..................................................................................................................... 11 7.7 A-213/A-212 Interface ..................................................................................................................... 12 7.8 Feeder Undervoltage and Sync Check Relay Test for A-213 ..................................................... 13 7.9 Unit Aux XFM R Protection ........................................................................................................ 13 7.10 Relay 152X-213 Test ........................................................................................................................ 14 7.11 A-213 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5):TOC Relay input and Local Ammeter .............. 14 7.12 ST1 Differential Current Transformers (8000/5 In A-213 bus Compartment) ...................... 17 7.13 A-213 Synchronizing Circuit ................................................................................................... 19 7.14 Cubical Heater ................................................................................................................................. 20 8.0 Restoration ...................................................................................................................................... 20 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ................................................................................................... 21 10.0 M&TE Instrum entation .................................................................................................................... 21 11.0 Summ ary Inform ation ..................................................................................................................... 21 12.0 Attachm ents: .................................................................................................................................. 21 12.1 Test Change Notice ........................................................................................................................ 22 12.2 Test Log ........................................................................................................................................... 23 12.3 Deficiency Log ................................................................................................................................. 24 12.4 Signature Identification Log ...................................................................................................... 25 12.4 Test Sum mary .................................................................................................................................. 26

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 3 of 26 1.0 Oblectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-213, which supplies the A2 bus.

Testing Is being performed as a result of cubicle replacement due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.

1.2 Testing performed by this ECT will be done with bus Al & A2 deenergized and A2 grounded.

1.3 This testing does not include system or performance testing of the load supplied by A-213.

2.0 References 2.1 EC-44313 A2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-4 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160 Volt Main Supply 2.4 E-17 Sh 1A Green Train vital AC and 125 VDC Single Line and Distribution 2.5 E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram 2.6 E-34 Sh 1 Schematic Meter Diagram And Relay Diagram 2.7 E-61 Sh 22 Panel Schedule No. 1OLA (P30) 2.8 E-76 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900 V Switchgear 2.9 E-87 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S 2.10 E-88 Schematic Diagram Trans no. 1 6900 V ACB's 2.11 E-90 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans. 4160V ACB 2.12 E-91 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Typical Startup Transformer No 1 4160 Air Circuit Breakers 2.13 E-92 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Startup No 2 4160 ACB'S 2.14 E93 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout And Undervoltage Relays 2.15 E94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2 Lockout Relays 2.16 E-97 Schematic Diagram 4160 Engineered Safeguard Bus Feeder ACB 2.17 E-100 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Diesel Generator ACB 2.18 E-138 Schematic Diagram Generator Protection And Lockout Relay 2.19 E-104 Sh 1G Schematic Diagram Load Center Trans Feeder Main Supply ACB 2.20 E-418 Sh 7 Schematic Diagram 4.16 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip Retlash Ann1unciator 2.21 E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10) 2.22 E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10) 2.23 E-480 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs 2.24 E-482 Sh 60 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Input 2.25 E-505 Sh 1 Connection Diagram 4160 Volt Switchgear (non ES Units A 109 through Al 13 2.26 E-505 Sh 6 Connection Diagram 4160 Volt Switchgear (non ES Units A 211 through A501 2.27 E-506 Sh 19A ES Bus A4 Feeder GE Unit No. A409 Comp, A409 Int & Ext Wiring 2.28 E-506 Sh 19C ES Bus A4 Feeder GE Unit No. A409 Comp, A409 Int &Ext Wiring 2.29 E-560 Sh 1 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay &Gen Recorder BDS 2.30 E-560 Sh 2 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay &Gen Recorder BDS

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 4 of 26 2.31 E-561 Sh 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel CIO Electrical Auxiliary System 2.32 E-561 Sh 5, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C10 Electrical Auxiliary System 2.33 E-8-AC-86 Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram 2.34 E-8-AC-91 Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram 2.35 E-8-AC-92 Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram 2.36 E-8-AC-100 Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram 3.0 Test Egulpment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing) 3.3 Test Jumpers 3.4 120 VAC 60HZ source capable of supplying 2 loads for synchronization testing.

4.0 Precaut*ons and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area If equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the A-i and A-2 Bus de-energized and A-2 grounded.

4.3 Verify that the A-213 Testing Work Order 354199 Task 01 has been set to working.

4.4 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.5 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.6 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.7 All personnel performing test steps inthis ECT shall complete the appropriate section's of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.8 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC- 117 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.9 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.10 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

4.11 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word Check is means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.

4.12 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.

4.13 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the words trip and open have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

4.14 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, when a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

4.15 When installing jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution against shorting.

4.16 Whenever possible, jumpers should be installed in a manner so as not to disturb terminations (i.e.

gator clips, ez-hooks, etc.)

4.17 When racking up breakers, use the following sequence to charge the breaker springs:

4.17.1 Verify DC control breaker (BA) in the OPEN position.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 5 of 26 4.17.2 Pull the racking handle forward.

4.17.3 Place DC control breaker (BA) In the CLOSED position.

4.17.4 Release racking handle and check that springs charge.

5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify all A-213 relay and meter calibrations are current.

5.1.1 151A 5.1.2 151B 5.1.3 151C 5.1.4 151N 5.1.5 Local Ammeter 5.2 Verity that the A-213 Testing Work Order Task has been authorized.

5.3 Verify A-202, A-203, A-204, A-205, A-206, A-207, A-208, A-209, A-210, A-211 A-212 and A-501 are available for energizing of the 125 VDC control power.

5.4 Verify that DC control Power is available to A2 switchgear. (Breaker D21-03) 5.5 Verify that 120 VAC space heater power (Breaker 1OLA-29) is available to the A2 switchgear.

5.6 Verify grounding/shorting jumpers are removed from A-213, TB-BB terminals 1, 2 and 3.

5.7 Verify status of the removal of TMOD EC 43758.

5.7.1 If TMOD has been removed, at C20, place the following test switches in the OPEN position, otherwise N/A this step.

  • TS-286-G1-2 switch 3
  • TS-1 86-ST1 -2 switch 2
  • TS-186-ST2-2 switch 2 6.0 Instrumentation NONE 7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 DC Power 7.1.1 Verify breaker A-213 is racked down and the patch cord is not installed.

7.1.2 Verify that DC control breaker (BA) at A-213 is TRIPPED.

7.1.3 Verify that construction is complete for the following cubicles:

7.1.3.1 A-202 7.1.3.2 A-203 7.1.3.3 A-204 7.1.3.4 A-205 7.1.3.5 A-206 7.1.3.6 A-207

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 6 of 26 7.1.3.7 A-208 7.1.3.8 A-209 7.1.3.9 A-210 7.1.3.10 A-211 7.1.3.11 A-212 7.1.3.12 A-213 7.1.3.13 A-501 7.1.4 Verify breaker D11-03 (4160 switchgear Al control power) is CLOSED.

7.1.5 At A-1i13, verify breaker BA Is In the CLOSED position.

7.1.6 At A-212, verify breaker BA is in the CLOSED position.

7.1.7 At A-211, verify breaker BA is in the CLOSED position.

7.1.8 Verify breaker D21-03 (4160 swltchgear A2 control power) is CLOSED.

7.1.9 At A-213, check approximately 125 VDC at the line side of DC control power breaker (BA).

7.1.10 At A-213, check polarity for the 125 VDC is correct breaker BA line side (terminal 1-,

terminal 3 +) (Reference drawing E-B-AC-92) 7.1.11 At A-213, check load side of DC input breaker BA is 0 VDC.(terminal 2 -, terminal 4 +)

7.1.12 At C10, place A-213 hand switch (152-213/CS) in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.1.13 At A-211, place TS1-211, switch E, in the OPEN position.

7.1.14 At A-212, place TS1-212, switch E, in the OPEN position.

7.1.15 At A-212, place TS1-212, switch H, in the OPEN position.

7.1.16 At A-212, verify 186-A2 is RESET.

7.1.17 At C20, place TS-186-ST1-1 switch 4, in the OPEN position.

7.1.18 At C20, place TS-286-G1-2 switch 10, in the OPEN position. (Ref E-138, E-93 sh 2) 7.1.19 At C20, place TS-286-G1-2 switch 9 (Generator Lockout Unit Aux Protection), in the OPEN position. (Ref E-138) 7.1.20 At C20, place TS-286-G1 -3 switch 2 (Generator Lockout 286 G1 & G2 trip), in the OPEN position. (Ref E-138) 7,1.21 At 020, Place TS-286T, switch 6 in the OPEN position.

7.1.22 At C20, remove the glass cover from Loss of Field Relay 240 and OPEN the following switches (ref E-136 sh. 1 and Op-1305.029):

  • Red Knife Switch
  • Black Knife Switches 7.1.23 At C20, place generator lockout Relay 286-G1-1 in the RESET position.

7.1.24 At C20, place generator lockout Relay 286-GI-2 in the RESET position.

7.1.25 Verify breaker A-21 1 is in the tripped position.

7.1.26 Verify breaker A-212 is in the tripped position.

7.1.27 At C10, place switch 143-2 in the STI position.(Ref E-87).

7.1.28 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (1 52-213-SS) In the OFF position. (Ref E-31 sh1) 7.1.29 If 186-ST1-2 cannot be reset, THEN install a jumper at C20, from TBA213 terminal 11 to C20, TBA213 terminal 21. (Ref E-91, E-560 Sh 1, M-201-56)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 7 of 26 7.1.30 At A-213, verify the following Fuses are installed:(Reference drawing E-8-AC-92) 7.1.30.1 UB (FU-5) +,15 amp 7.1.30.2 UB (FU-5) -, 15 amp 7.1.30.3 UC (FU-6) +, 15 amp 7.1.30.4 UC (FU-6) -,15 amp 7.1.30.5 UR (FU-7) +, 35 amp 7.1.30.6 UR (FU-7) -, 35 amp 7.1.30.7 UT (FU-8) +, 35 amp 7.1.30.8 UT (FU-8) -, 35 amp 7.1.31 Close A-213 DC control power breaker (BA).

7.1.32 At A-213, check approximately 125 VDC is present at the following locations 7.1.32.1 UB (FU-5) terminal 2- to UB (FU-5) terminal 4+

7.1.32.2 UC (FU-6) terminal 2 - to UC (FU-6) terminal 4+

7.1.32.3 UR (FU-7) terminal 2 -to UR (FU-7) terminal 4+

7.1.32.4 UT (FU-8) terminal 2 - to UT (FU-8) terminal 4+

7.2 Local Control 7.2.1 Place A-213 DC control power breaker (BA) in the OPEN position.

7.2.2 Place breaker A-213 in the racked up position 7.2.3 At A-213, charge the breaker springs as follows:

7.2.3.1 Pull the racking handle forward.

7.2.3.2 Place A-213 control power breaker BA in the CLOSED position.

7.2.3.3 Release the racking handle and check that the springs charge.

7.2.4 At A-213, place A-213 local/remote hand switch (152-SEL/SW) in the LOCAL position.

7.2.5 At C10, place A-213 hand switch (152-213/CS) in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.2.6 At C10, place A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.2.7 At C1O, place A-212 handswitch 152-212/CS in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.2.8 At A-213, check WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A) 7.2.9 At A-213, check amber (LOCAL) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh IA) 7.2.10 At A-213, check green (breaker tripped) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh IA) 7.2.11 At A-213, check Red (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E76 sh 1A) 7.2.12 At C10, check A-213 white (CHRGD) light Is OFF, (Ref E-91 sh 1) 7.2.13 At C10, check A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is ON. (Ref E-91 sh 1) 7.2.14 At C10, check A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is OFF. (Ref E-91 sh 1) 7.2.15 At C10, check A-213, red (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E-91 sh 1) 7.2.16 At C10, place A-111 hand switch (152-11 I/CS) in the pull to lock position. (Ref E-91) 7.2.17 At C10, place A-113 hand switch (152-113/CS) in the pull to lock position. (Ref E-91) 7.2.18 Check annunciator K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) on C10 is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3) 7.2.19 Check annunciator K1629-8 (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 8 of 26 7.2.20 Check that SPDS computer NESF display Indicates breaker A-213 is TRIPPED.

7.2.21 Check that Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213.

7.2.22 Check that Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213.

7.2.23 At A-213, place local handswitch 152/CS in the CLOSE position.

7.2.24 Check the following:

7.2.24.1 Breaker A-213 is CLOSED.

7.2.24.2 At A-213, amber (LOCAL) light is ON.

7.2.24.3 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is OFF until breaker springs are charged 7.2.24.4 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.2.24.5 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light Is ON.

7.2.24.6 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light is OFF.

7.2.24.7 At C10, A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is ON for A-213.

7.2.24.8 At CO, A-213 white (CHRGD) light is OFF.

7.2.24.9 At C10, A-213 red (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.2.24.10 At C10, A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is OFF.

7.2.24.11 At CO, K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) annunciator is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3) 7.2.24.12K1629-8 annunciator (A-213 Breaker Trip) Inside the back of C10 is NOT In alarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7) 7.2.24.13 SPDS computer NESF display indicates breaker A-213 is CLOSED. (Ref E-482 sh 60) 7.2.24.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.2.24.15 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh IA) 7.2.25 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.2.26 Check the following:

7.2.26.1 Breaker A-213 is tripped.

7.2.26.2 At A-213, amber (LOCAL) light is ON.

7.2.26.3 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7,226.4 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light is ON.

7.2.26.5 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.2.26.6 At CIO, A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is ON.

7.2.26.7 At CO, A-213 white (CHRGD) light is OFF.

7.2.26.8 At C10, A-213 red (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.2.26.9 At CIO, A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is OFF.

7.2.26.10At C10, K02-F7 (AI/A2 auto transfer) annunciator is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3) 7.2.26.11 K1629-8 annunciator (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside the back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 P6ge 9 of 26 7.2.26.12SPDS computer NESF display indicates breaker A-213 Is TRIPPED. (Ref E-482 sh 60) 7.2.26.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.2.26.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.3 Remote Operation 7.3.1 At breaker A-1 13, remove fuse UD (FU20) and connect a temporary 120 VAG power source to terminal 2 (line) of UD (FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-

86) (Note: This will enable 125-113 sync check, 125-213 sync check and 127-113 UV relay. The temporary power source shall be from the same source for A-i 13 and A-212.)

7.3.2 At A-212 remove both fuses at location UE (FU29). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91) 7.3.3 At A-212, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal X4 (line) and terminal X2 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91) (Note: This will enable 125-213 sync check relay The temporary power source shall be from the same source for A-113 and A-212) 7.3.4 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/SEL) in the REMOTE position 7.3.5 Check the following:

7.3.5.1 Breaker A-213 is tripped.

7.3.5.2 At A-213, amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.

7.3.5.3 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.3.5.4 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light is ON.

7.3.5.5 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.3.5.6 At C10, A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.

7.3.5.7 At C10, A-213 white (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.3.5.8 At C10, A-213 red (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.3.5.9 At C10, A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is ON.

7.3.5.10 Annunciator K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) ON C10 Is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3) 7.3.5.11 Annunciator K1629-8 (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside the back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7) 7.3.5.12 SPOS computer NESF display indicates breaker A-213 is TRIPPED. (Ref E-482 sh 60) 7.3.5.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.3.5.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.3.6 At A-212, IF 186-A2 is not reset, THEN reset 186-A2 7.3.7 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.3.8 Check Breaker A-213 is NOT closed.

7.3.9 At C10, placeA-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the ON position.

7.3.10 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.3.11 Check the following:

7.3.11.1 Breaker A-213 is CLOSED.

7.3.11.2 At A-213, Amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 10 of 26 7.3.11.3 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.3.11.4 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light is ON.

7.3.11.5 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light Is OFF.

7.3.11.6 At C10, amber (LOCAL) light is OFF for A-213.

7.3.11.7 At C10, white (CHRGD) light is ON for A-213.

7.3.11.8 At C10, red (breaker closed) light is ON for A-213.

7.3.11.9 At C10, green (breaker tripped) light Is OFF for A-213.

7.3.11.10 At C10, K02-F7 (Al/A2 auto transfer) annunciator is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3) 7.3.11.11 K1629-8 annunciator (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside the back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7) 7.3.11.12 SPDS computer NESF display Indicates breaker A-213 is CLOSED. (Ref E-482 sh 60) 7.3.11.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.3.11.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213. (Ref' E-480 sh 1A) 7.3.12 At C10, place a-213 handswitch 152-213/CS in the TRIP position.

7.3.13 Check the following:

7.3.13.1 Breaker A-213 is tripped.

7.3.13.2 At A-213, amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.

7.3.13.3 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.3.13.4 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light is ON.

7.3.13.5 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.3.13.6 At C10, A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.

7.3.13.7 At C10, A-213 white (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.3.13.8 At C10, A-213 red (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.3.13.9 At C10, A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is ON.

7.3.13.lOAt C10, K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) annunciator is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3) 7.3.13.11 K1629-8 annunciator (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside the back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7) 7.3.13.12 SPDS computer NESF display indicates breaker A-213 Is TRIPPED. (Ref E-482 sh 60) 7.3.13.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.3.13.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.4 Startup 1 Lockout Trip test for A-213. (Ref-91 Shl, E-560 Sh 1) 7.4.1 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.4.2 Check Breaker A-213 Is CLOSED.

7.4.3 Check cable A213D red wire is terminated at cabinet C20, terminal block A2.13, terminal 2P. (Ref E-560 SH 1)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Pa'ge I I of 26 7.4.4 Check cable A213D black wire is terminated at cabinet C20, terminal block A213, terminal

29. (Ref E-560 SH 1) 7.4.5 At C20, momentarily place a hand held jumper on the cabinet side of terminal block A213, terminal 2P to terminal 29. (Ref-560 SH 1) 7.4.6 Check breaker A-213 tripped.

7.4.7 Verify the hand held jumper is removed from terminal block A213 terminal 2P to terminal

29. (Ref E-560 SH 1) 7.5 Bus Lockout 186-A2 Trip Test for A-213. (Ref E-91, E-93) 7.5.1 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2 Check breaker A-213 is CLOSED.

7.5.3 At A-212, check contact status on bus lockout on 186-A2, contact 2 to 2C, then perform the following:

7.5.3.1 If contact 2 to 2C on 186-A2 Is CLOSED (lockout tripped), then perform the following:

7.5.3.1.1 CLOSE switch E on TS1-212 7.5.3.1.2 Check A-213 trips.

7.5.3.2 If contact 2 to 2C on 186-A2 is OPEN (Lockout reset), then perform the folio 'wing:

7.5.3.2.1 CLOSE switch E on TS1-212.

7.5.3.2.2 Place a hand held jumper across contacts 2 to 2C on 186-A2.

7.5.3.2.3 Check A-213 trips.

7.5.3.2.4 Check hand held jumper is removed from contacts 2 to 2C on 1846-A2.

7.5.3.2.5 At A-212, place switch E on TS1 -212 in the OPEN position.

7.6 A-213/A-211 Interface 7.6.1 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.2 At C10, place A-213 handswitch 152-213/CS in the trip position.

7.6.3 Check breaker A-213 is tripped.

7.6.4 Verify breaker A-212 is racked up and tripped.

7.6.5 Verify breaker A-211 is racked up and tripped.

7.6.6 At A-21 1, place A-21 1 local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the REMOTE position.

7.6.7 At C20, check cable A213E, white wire, is terminated on TB A213, terminal 51. (Ref E91, E-560 sh 1).

7.6.8 At C20, check cable A213D, blue wire, is terminated on TB A213, terminal 61. (Ref E91, E-560 sh 1).

7.6.9 Place a hand held jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A21,3, terminal 61.

7.6.10 Check that breaker A-213 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.

7.6.11 At C10, check annunciator K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) is in alarm.

7.6.12 Remove the jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, terminal 61.

7.6.13 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.14 At C10, place sync switch 152-211/SS in the ON position.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 12 of 26 7.6.15 At A-21 1, install a jumper from terminal block DD terminal I to terminal 6.

7.6.16 At C10, place A-211 handswitch (152-211CS) In the CLOSE position.

7.6.17 Check breaker A-213 trips.

7.6.18 At C10, check annunciator K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) is NOT in alarm.

7.6.19 Check PMS computer point HS1A213 is NOT in alarm.

7.6.20 Check that PMS computer point YS1A213 indicates NO.

7.6.21 Check breaker A-211 Is CLOSED.

7.6.22 At C10, place A-211 sync switch (152-21 1/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.23 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the ON position.

7.6.24 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.6.25 Check breaker A-211 is TRIPPED.

7.6.26 Check breaker A-213 is CLOSED.

7.6.27 At A-211, place local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the LOCAL position.

7.6.28 At A-21 1, place local handswitch inthe TRIP position.

7.6.29 At A-21 1, remove the jumper from terminal block DD terminal 1 to terminal 6.

7.6.30 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position 7.6.31 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.7 A-213/A-212 Interface 7.7.1 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.7.2 Check breaker A-213 is OPEN.

7.7.3 Check PMS computer point HS1A213 is in alarm.

7.7.4 Check K1629-8 (A-213 breaker trip) inside the back of C10 IS in alarm.

7.7.5 At C20, check cable A213E, white wire, is terminated on TB A213, terminal 51. (Ref E91, E-560 sh 1).

7.7.6 At C20, check cable A213D, orange, is terminated on TB A213, terminal 52. (Ref E91, E-560 sh 1).

7.7.7 Install a jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, terminal 52.

7.7.8 Check breaker A-213 is CLOSED.

7.7.9 Remove the jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, termInal 52.

7.7.10 Check PMS computer point HS1A213 Is NOT in ALARM.

7.7.11 At breaker A-212, place A-212 local/remote switch (152/SEL) in the REMOTE position.

7.7.12 At C10, place A-212 sync switch (1 52-212/SS) in the ON position. (Ref E-31) 7.7.13 At C10, place A-212 handswitch (152-212-CS) in the CLOSE position. (Ref E-90) 7.7.14 Check breaker A-212 is CLOSED.

7.7.15 Check that breaker A-213 trips.

7.7.16 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.7.17 At C10, place A-212 sync switch (152-212/SS) in the OFF position.

7.7.18 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213ISS) in the ON position.

7.7.19 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 PAge 13 of 26 7.7.20 Check that breaker A-212 trips.

7.7.21 Check that breaker A-213 is CLOSED.

7.7.22 At C1 0, place A-212 handswitch (152-212-CS) in the TRIP position.

7.7.23 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position.

7.7.24 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213-CS) in the TRIP position.

7.7.25 Check that A-213 is TRIPPED.

7.7.26 At A-212, place local/remote handswitch (152/SEL) inthe LOCAL position.

7.8 Feeder Undervoltage Trip and Sync Check relay Test For A-213 (Ref DWG E-91 Sh 1, E-93 Sh 2, E-34) 7.8.1 At A-212, remove the "pie plate" from relay 127-A2-1.

7.8.2 Install a jum per from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, terminal 52.

7.8.3 Check breaker A-213 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.

7.8.4 At A-21 1, place switch E on TS1 -211 in the CLOSED position.

7.8.5 At breaker A-113, remove temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal 2 (line) of UD (FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86) (Sync check relay) 7.8.6 Check that breaker A-213 trips. (Undervoltage trip) 7.8.7 At C10, verify A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) is in the OFF position.

7.8.8 At A-21 1, place switch E on TS1 -211 in the OPEN position.

7.8.9 At C10, place handswitch 152-213/CS in the CLOSE position.

7.8.10 Check breaker A-213 does NOT close.

7.8.11 At A-212, disconnect the temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal X4 (lirne) and terminal X2 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91) (Note: This will disable 125-213 sync check relay) 7.8.12 At A-113, reconnect the temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal 2 (line)' of UD (FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86) 7.8.13 At C10, place handswitch 152-213/CS in the CLOSE position.

7.8.14 Check breaker A-213 does NOT close.

7.8.15 At A-212, install the 127-A2-1 relay "pie plate". (bus Undervoltage) 7.8.16 Check breaker A-213 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.

7.8.17 At A-212, reconnect the temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal X4 (line) and terminal X2 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91) (Note: This will enable 125-213 sync check relay The temporary power source shall be from the same source for A-113 and A-212) 7.8.18 Remove jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, terminal 52 7.9 Unit AUX XFMR Protection (186-A2 lockout) (Ref E-90, E-91, E-92, E-93 sh 2) 7.9.1 At A-212, verify 186-A2 lockout is reset.

7.9.2 At A-211, place A-211 local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.3 At A-21 1, place local/remote handswitch (152/SEL) in the LOCAL position.

7.9.4 At A-212, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.5 At A-212, place local/remote handswitch 152/SEL) in the LOCAL position.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 14 of 26 7.9.6 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.7 At A-213, place local/remote handswitch (152/SEL) in the LOCAL position.

7.9.8 At A-212, place switch E on TS1 -212 In the OPEN position.

7.9.9 At A-212, place switch F on TS1l-212 in the OPEN position.

7.9.10 At A-212, place switch G on TS1-212 in the OPEN position.

7.9.11 At A-212, place switch H on TS1-212 in the OPEN position.

7.9.12 At C20, place TS-286-G1-2 switch 10, in the CLOSED position. (Ref E-138 SH 1, E-93 sh 2) 7.9.13 At A-212, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.9.14 Check breaker A-212 closes.

7.9.15 At A-212, check 186-A2 lockout is NOT tripped.

7.9.16 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.9.17 Check breaker A-213 closes.

7.9.18 At A-212, check 186-A2 lockout is TRIPPED.

7.9.19 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.20 Check that breaker A-213 trips.

7.9.21 At A-212, reset 186-A2 lockout.

7.9.22 At A-21 1, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.9.23 Check breaker A-21 1 closes.

7.9.24 At A-212, check 186-A2 lockout is tripped.

7.9.25 At A-212, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.26 Check that breaker A-212 trips.

7.9.27 At A-212, reset 186-A2 lockout.

7.9.28 At A-21 1, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.29 Check that breaker A-21 1 trips.

7.10 Relay 152X-213 Test (Ref E-91, E-561 Sh 2) 7.10.1 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.10.2 At C10, check approximately 120 VDC between TBA1, terminal block A213, terminal N3 and terminal 31. (Ref E-91, E-561 sh 2) 7.10.3 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.10.4 At C10, check approximately 0 VDC between TBA1, terminal block A213, terminal N3 and terminal 31. (Ref E-91, E-561 sh 2) 7.11 A-213 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5): TOO Relay Input and Local Ammeter -

Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-92 device "ZB".

7.11.1.1 Verify the following relays in A-213 are installed and have their connection plugs installed:

  • 151A

" 151B

  • 151C

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 15 of 26 S151iN NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "HI" for primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.11.1.2 Rear C Phase CT 7.11.1.2.1 Check "C" right phase (viewed from rear) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZB", the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2 (wire F3) or marks "Hi" for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.11.1.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup between C phase CT secondary terminal ,2 and ground.

7.11.1.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.11.1.2.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.11.1.2.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.

7.11.1.2.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.11.1.2.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.11.1.2.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.11.1.2.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.11.1.2.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151C terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.11.1.2.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 N terminal 5 to terminal 6on back of relay case.

7.11.1.2.9 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

7.11.1.3 Rear A Phase CT 7.11.1.3.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZB", the "A" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3(wire F4). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 4 (wire Fl).

7.11.1.3.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup between "A" phase CT secondary terminal 4 and ground.

7,11.1.3.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 16 of 26 7.11.1.3.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "A"position.

7.11.1.3.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.

7.11.1.3.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "B"position.

7.11.1.3.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.11.1.3.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.11.1.3.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.11.1.3.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151A terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.11.1.3.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 N terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.11.1.3.9 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

7.11.1.4 Rear B Phase CT 7.11.1.4.1 Check "B"left (viewed from rear) phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZB", the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5 (wire F5). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 6 (wire F2).

7.11.1.4.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup between "B"phase CT secondary terminal 6 and ground.

7.11.1.4.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.11.1.4.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "B"position.

7.11.1.4.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.

7.11.1.4.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "A"position.

7.11.1.4.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.11.1.4.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.11.1.4.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.11.1.4.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 B terminal 5 to terminal 6: on back of relay case.

7.11.1.4.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 N terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of.

relay case.

7.11.1.4.9 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.11.1.5 IF any protective relay(s) or lockout relay tripped, THEN reset relays and/or target(s).

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 17 of 26 7.12 ST1 Differential Current Transformers (800015 in A-213 bus compartment) - Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-92 device "ZA".

7.12.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.

7.12.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed from stud 4 to stud 5 and from stud 6 to stud 5.

7.12.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs from stud 3 to stud 5.

7.12.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C" 7.12.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to 2 A range or in automatic range mode.

7.12.1.6 Verify the following Startup Transformer No. 1 (ST1) differential current relays in C20 have their connection plugs removed:

0 187ST1/A

  • 187ST1/B
  • 187ST1/C 7.12.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and marked ammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:
  • 187ST1/A
  • 187ST1/B
  • 187ST1/C 7.12.1.8 Remove A-21 3 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-2 horizontal bus.

NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "HI" for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary.

7.12.1.9 Front C Phase CT 7.12.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZA", the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1(BB6).

7.12.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup between "C" phase CT secondary terminal 1 (near polarity mark) and ground.

NOTE: When A-213 differential relay CTs are energized for testing, the corresponding A-1 13 differential CTs will also be energized - reference E-34..

7.12.1.9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 18 of 26 1

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A"and "B" phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through "C" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.12.1.9.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

" 187ST1/A ammeter"A"

" 187ST1/B ammeter "B"

" 187ST1/C ammeter "C" 7.12.1.9.5 Check ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C indicates more current than ammeter "A"in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "B"in relay 187ST1 /B.

7.12.1.9.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

7.12.1.10 Front A Phase CT 7.12.1.10.1 Check "A"middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZA", the "A" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3 (wire BB4).

7.12.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup between "A"phase CT secondary terminal 3 (near polarity mark) and ground.

7.12.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "B"and "C" phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through "A"phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.12.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

  • 187ST1/A ammeter "A"
  • 187ST1/B ammeter "B"
  • 187ST1/C ammeter "C" 7.12.1.10.5 Check ammeter "A"in relay 187ST1/A indicates more current than ammeter "B"in relay 187STI/B and ammeter C" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.12.1.10.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

7.12.1.11 Front B Phase CT 7.12.1.11.1 Check "B" right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 19 of 26 NOTE: Per E-B-AC-92 for CT device "ZA", the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5 (BB5).

7.12.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup between "B" phase CT secondary terminal 5 (near polarity mark) and ground.

7.12.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A"and "C",

phases is expected to be a small fraction of the current through "B" phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.12.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

  • 187ST1/A ammeter "A"
  • 187STI/B ammeter "B"

. 187ST1/C ammeter "C" 7.12.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1/B indicates more current than ammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter C" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.12.1.11.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.12.1.12 Re-install any A-213 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-2 horizontal bus.

7.12.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the UAT differential current relays in C20.

7.12.1.14 Verify the following Startup Transformer No. 1 (ST1) differential current relays in C20 have their connection plugs re-installed or tagged out:

  • 187ST1/A 0 187ST1/B
  • 187ST1/C 7.13 A-213 Synchronizing Circuit (Ref E-31 Sh 1, E-34, E-561 Sh 4) 7.13.20 At CIO., verify A-113 sync switch (152-113/SS) is in the OFF position.

7.13.21 At C1O, verify A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position.

7.13.22 At A-I 13, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from terminal 2 (line) of UD (FU20) and TB-A terminal 4. (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86) 7.13.23 At C1O, check approximately 0 VAC from TBB1-AO1 terminal 413 to ground.

7.13.24 At C10, check approximately 0 VAC from TBB1-AO1 terminal 413 to terminal 0613.

7.13.25 At breaker A-1 13, reinstall temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal 2 (line) of UD (FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86) (Sync check relay) 7.13.26 At CIO, check approximately 120 VAC from TBB1-AO1 terminal 413 to ground.

7.14.20 At CIO, check approximately 120 VAC from TBBI-A01 terminal 413 to terminal 0613.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 20 of 26 7.14 Cubicle Heater NOTE: If IOLA breaker 29 is not available or these heaters are tested under PM procedure OP 1416.002, mark this section N/A and document the reason in the test log.

7.15.1 At panel 10 LA (P30), verify breaker 29 is In the on position. (Ref E61 sh 22, E-8-AC-100))

7.15.2 At A-212, verify breaker BC is in the on position. (Ref E-8-AC-91) 7.15.3 At A-212, adjust Temperature control CA to a setting below ambient temperature or cool until it activates.

7.15.4 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-501.

7.15.5 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-213.

7.15.6 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-212.

7.15.7 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE In A-211.

7.15.8 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-210.

7.15.9 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-209.

7.15.10 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-208.

7.15.11 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-207.

7.15.12 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-206.

7.15.13 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-205.

7.15.14 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-204.

7.15.15 Check approximately .120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE In A-203.

7.15.16 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-202.

7.15.17 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-201.

7.15.18 At A-212, adjust Temperature control CA to as found condition.

8.0 Restoration 8.1 At breaker A-1 13, remove temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal 2 (line) of UD (FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86) (Sync check relay) 8.2 At breaker A-212, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from terminal X4 (line) and terminal X2 (neutral). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91) 8.3 At A-113, reinstall the fuse UD (FU20).

8.4 At A-212, reinstall the fuses UE (FU29).

8.5 If installed remove the jumper at C20, from TBA213 terminal 11 to C20, TBA213 terminal 21. (Ref E-91, E-560 sh 1) 8.6 At C20, place the following test switches in the CLOSED position or as directed by Unit 1 operations.

8.6.1 TS-186-ST1-1 switch 4 8.6.2 TS-286-G1-2 switch 10 8.6.3 TS-286-G1-2 switch 3 8.6.4 TS-186-ST1-2 switch 2 8.6.5 TS-1 86-ST2-2 switch 2 8.7 At A-21 1, place the following test switches in the CLOSED position or as directed by Unit 1 operations.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 21 of 26 8.7.1 TS1-211-switch E 8.8 At A-212, place the following test switches in the CLOSED position or as directed by Unit 1 operations.

8.8.1 TS1 -212, switch E 8.8.2 TS1-212, switch H 8.9 Verify all jumpers, test switches etc., installed during the performance of this testing have been removed.

8.10 Verify all testing steps have been completed with any deficiencies have been corrected and noted in the test log.

8.11 All switchgear breakers manipulated during this testing should be left in the racked up, TRIPPED position with the DC control power energized unless otherwise directed.

8.12 At C20, Verify the following test switches CLOSED unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations. (Ref. E-138 sh.1):

NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

" TS-286-G1-2 Switch 9.- Reactor Trip Generator Lockout

  • TS-286-G1-3 Switch 2 - Lockout trip Generator lockout 8.13 At C20, verify the following switches in the Loss of Field Relay 240 are CLOSED and glass cover installed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations:
  • Red Knife Switch
  • Black knife Switches 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results/summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation No quantitative measurements were taken during this testing, 11.0 Summary Information Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing, in the Test Log (attachment 12.1-EN-DC 117) and provide a post test summary on attachment 12.1 (EN-DC attachment 9.12).

12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.8 - Test Change Notice 12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9- Test Log 12.3 EN-DC- 117 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log 12.4 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log 12.5 Test Summary

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 22 of 26 ATTACHMENT 9.8 TEST CHANGE NOTICE SHEET 1 OF 1 TEST CHANGE NOTICE TEST [JECT El ECT WO OSTI Page 1 of TYPE:

TEST #: Change Notice No.: Quality Class: 0 OR 0l NQR TEST TITLE:

Type of Change: 0 Intent [I Non Intent Description of Change(s):

TCN POSTING INSTRUCTION List Page(s) being Replaced (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Added (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Deleted (N/A, if not applicable):

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer: /

Technical Reviewer: / or C Non Intent Change (Signature not required for Non-intent Changes, mark N/A and check box)

STI Original EN-LI--00, process Applicability Determination: 0 Not Impacted; [I Impacted and Revised OSRC Approval:[] Not Required Mtg No. Date:_ _ Chairman:

Operations Department: /  : /

Organization Organzatio / Oranzaio Organization Organization Organization Organization On Site Risk Assessment Group:

APPROVAL (Pdnt/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor: /.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 23 of 26 A DrAcmMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number. ECT/STI: Page of Date Entry Initials

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 24 of 26 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: Page-....of DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER

+ 4

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 25 of 26 ATTACHMENT 9.11 Initials SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF I Signature Test Number: ECT/STI:. Page of Title Name Name_____Title___ Signature Initials

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 1 of 34 ATrACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet I of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO 0] STI Procedure Page 1 of 1 TEST #: ECT-44313-04 REV. #: 00 Quality Class: C] OR 0 NOR TEST TITLE: A-212 Functional Testing, Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) feeder 44 REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date) , *&f,_ 2- /7/KI/3 Test Engineer (TE): Alan Smith /J/-lk Jo -

Technical Reviewer: Orad J . ////

ISCIPLINE RVIEW Operations De__ / '

MantnaceOrganization Maintenance -7. 113 Organization Organization

_ _ :__ / _ _ :__

Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: [] Attached El Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: E] Not Required [] Attached El Other OSRC Approval E] Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date) /

TE Supervisor: 1 4W & Ol /.Vra MA'715 TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer I TE Supervisor: /

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made inthe development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS) 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

-:CT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 2 of 34 Table of Contents 1.0 Obectives ........................................................................................................................ 3 2.0 References ....................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 Test Equipment ........................................................................................................... 4 4.0 Precautions and Lim itations ..................................................................................... 4 5.0 Prerequisites ................................................................................................... ..... 5 6.0 Instrumentation ........................................................................................................... 5 7.0 Test Instructions ........................................................................................................ .6 7.1 Fuse Checks ....................................................................................................................................... 6 7.2 DC Control Power Checks ........................................................................................................... 6 7.3 DC OPS CHECK - A-212 Manual Local and Remote Operation ................................................. 7 7.4 A-212 Trip Test on Unit Lockout .................................................................................................. 11 7.5 A-212 Trip Test on ESX-A4 Signal ............................................................................................... 11 7.6 A-212 Trip Test on A-213 (SU1 to A-2) Closure .......................................................................... 12 7.7 A-213 (SU1 to A-2) Trip on A-212 Closure .................................................................................. 12 7.8 A-212 Trip Test on A-211 (SU2 to A-2) Closure .......................................................................... 13 7.9 A-211 (SU2 to A-2) Trip on A-212 Closure ................................................................................. 13 7.10 A-212 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and A-2 bus lockout trip (reference OP-1416.212)..

............................................................................................................................... 14 7.11 A-2 Bus Undervohtage Trip Test (127-A2-1 & 127-A2-1/X1 & 127-A2-1/X2) ............................... 16 7.12 A-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in A-203) related circuit tests (E-34) ...................... 17 7.13 A-2 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests (E-34) ............................................ 19 7.14 A-212 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5): TOC Relay Input and Local Ammeter - Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-91 device "ZB". ........................................................................................................ 21 7.15 UAT Differential Current Transformers (8000/5 in A-212 bus compartment) - Reference E-34 and E-8-A C -9 1 device ZA....................................................................................................................... 24 7.16 Miscellaneous Item s ......................................................................................................................... 27 8.0 Restoration ................................................................................................................ 28 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ................................................................................... 29 10.0 M&TE Instrumentation ............................................................................................. 29 11.0 Sum mary Information ............................................................................................... 30 12.0 Attachments: ............................................................................................................. 31 12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log .............................................. ............. 31 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log ....................................................................................... 31 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log ............................. 31 12.4 T est C hange Notices ......................................................................................................................... 31 7/15/2013 8:01:39 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 3 of 34 1.0 Oblectlves 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-212, 4160 VAC feeder from Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT). Testing is being performed as a result of cubicle replacement due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event documented in CR-ANO-C-2013-00888.

1.2 A-212 circuit breaker will be racked up and cycled on a de-eneraized bus during DC Ops testing.

1,3 A-408 (DG2 to A-4) trip on A-212 closure function was disabled by TMOD EC-43758 (1R24 Temporary Power from SU2). This function will be tested as part of the TMOD removal rather than in this ECT.

2.0 References 2.1 EC-44313, A-2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EC-43758, TMOD 1R24 Temporary Power from SU2 2.3 Technical specifications section 3.8, Electrical Power Systems 2.4 EN-DC-1 17, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.5 OP-1305.029, Off-site Power Undervoltage and Protective Relay Test 2.6 OP-1416.002, Unit 1 A2 Bus Switchgear Inspection 2.7 E-4 sheet 1, Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System 2.8 E-32 sheet 1, Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram Generator System 2.9 E-34 sheet 1, Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System Main Supply 2.10 E-61 sheet 22, 120/208V Panel 10LA (P30) Schedule 2.11 E-76 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.12 E-90 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Transformer 4160V ACB A-212 2.13 E-91 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, SU1 to A-2 breaker A-213 2.14 E-92 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, SU2 to A-2 breaker A-211 2.15 E-93 sheet 2, Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays 2.16 E-94 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Startup Transformers 1 & 2 Lock-out Relays; 2.17 E-95 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Transformer Undervoltage Relays 2.18 E-97 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram 4160V ESF Feeder A-409 2.19 E-100 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram EDG output A-408, TMOD EC-43758 Markup 2.20 E-136 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays 2.21 E-138 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays 2.22 E-372 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Main Chiller 2.23 E-418 sheet 7, 4.16 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip Ref lash Annunciator K1629 2.24 E-452 sheet 2, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 on Panel C10 2.25 E-452 sheet 3, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 on Panel C10 2.26 E-480 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs (PMS) 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 4 of 34 2.27 E-481 sheet 76, Connection Schedule SPDS Computer Analog Inputs 2.28 E-482 sheet 60, Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs (SPDS) 2.29 E-505 sheet 6, Connection Diagram, A-211 thru A-501 2.30 E-506 sheet 19C, Connection Diagram A-409, TMOD EC-43758 Markup 2.31 E-560 sheet 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 2.32 E-560 sheet 2, Connection Diagram C20, TMOD EC-43758 Markup 2.33 E-561 sheet 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C10 2.34 E-8-AC-88 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (A-203) 2.35 E-8-AC-90 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (A-211) 2.36 E-8-AC-91 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (A-212) 2.37 E-8-AC-92 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (A-213) 2.38 E-8-AC-97 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM (A201-A204) 2.39 E-8-AC-98 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM (A205-A208) 2.40 E-8-AC-99 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM (A209-A211) 2.41 E-8-AC-100 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM (A212-A501) 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection test setup for CT testing capable of supplying -2 Amps from a nominal 120 VAC source - suggest a 200W or 300W series light bulb for a 1.7A to 2.5A current limited supply with alligator clip or similar type clip for connecting to the CT circuit.

3.3 Temporary test jumper with momentary switch and alligator clips or mini-grabber ends so that terminals do not need to be disturbed to insert jumper.

3.4 Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source. 120 VAC source to have Isolated (unarounded) output. Two (2) sets of leads of sufficient length to reach from A-203 PT drawer to A-213 PT drawer with alligator or grabber type clips on one end to attach 120 VAC source HOT and NEUTRAL leads to PT cubicle secondary disconnect device stationary terminals.

3.5 Three (3) GE relay test plugs with three (3) digital ammeters connected from stud 3 to stud 5 and studs 4, 5, & 6 shorted together.

4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. The requirements of EN-IS-123 "Electrical Safety" shall be complied with when working in the area ifequipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the A-2 4160V bus de-energized and grounded.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 5 of 34 4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented In the Test Log.

4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC- 117 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify Implementing Field Supervisor has signed the Return to Service form and verified A-212 is ready for functional testing.

5.2 Verify that A-2 4160V bus is de-energized and tagged out.

5.3 Ensure that test personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.4 Verify that the A-212 testing Work Order has been authorized and set to WORKING.

5.5 Verify that 125 VDC control power is available to A-2 switchgear (D-2103 not tagged out) and all A-212 125VDC control power fuses Installed.

5.6 Verify ESAS bypassed or ESAS Digital Subsystem No. 2 shutdown such that relay ESX-A4 Is de-energized. When energized, ESX-A4 relay provides a trip signal to A-212 -

reference OP-1105.003, E-102 sh. 2, and E-90 sh. 1.

5.7 Verify A-211 breaker available for cycling with DC control power available.

5.8 Verify A-213 breaker available for cycling with DC control power available.

5.9 Verify A-408 breaker racked-down or tripped with control switch in Pull-To-Lock.

5.10 Verify A-212 CT shorting jumpers and ground removed at TB BB terminals 1, 2, & 3 when field circuits are completed - reference E-505 sh. 6 Note 1 and E-8-AC-100.

5.11 At Cubicle A-21 1 verify the following:

5.11.1 Fuse block FU-4 (UL) installed in the ON position (supplies elevator motor power for A-211, A-212, A-213, A-501) 5.11.2 A-211 internal DC breaker BA CLOSED (supplies DC bus to fuses FU-4).

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 6 of 34 7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Fuse Checks 7.1.1 Verify the following fuses installed in A-212 in the ON position and are of the proper amperage:

" FU-10(UB)= 15A

  • FU-11 (UC) = 15A
  • FU-12(UR)=35A
  • FU-13 (UT) = 35A

" FU-14 (UA)=35A

" FU-29(UE)= 10A

" FU-28 (UF) = 10A 7.2 DC Control Power Checks 7.2.1 Verify Breaker A-212 is racked down.

7.2.2 Verify 4160 Volt Switchgear A-2 125 VDC Control Power Breaker D-2103 is OPEN.

7.2.3 Verify A-212 DC Control Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA) located in A-212 is OPEN.

7.2.3.1 Check nominal 0 VDC across line side (top terminals 1 & 3) of A-212 DC Control Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA) in A-212.

7.2.4 CLOSE 4160 Volt Switchgear A-2 125 VDC Control Power Breaker D-2103.

7.2.4.1 Check nominal +125 VDC from line side of A-212 DC Control Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA) top left terminal 1 (-) to right terminal 3 (+).

7.2.4.2 Check nominal 0 VDC at load side of A-212 DC Control Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA). i 7.2.4.3 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-10 (UB) top terminals 1 and 3.

7.2.4.4 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-1 1 (UC) top terminals I and 3.

7.2.4.5 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-12 (UR) top terminals 1 and 3.

7.2.4.6 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-13 (UT) top terminals 1 and 3.

7.2.4.7 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-14 (UA) top terminals 1 and 3.

7.2.5 CLOSE A-212 DC Control Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA) in A-212.

7.2.5.1 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of A-212 DC Control Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA) bottom left terminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).

7.2.5.2 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-10 (UB) bottom left terminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 7 of 34 7.2.5.3 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-1 1 (UC) bottom left terminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).

7.2.5.4 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-12 (UR) bottom left terminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).

7.2.5.5 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-13 (UT) bottom left terminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).

7.2.5.6 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-14 (UA) bottom left terminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).

7.3 DC OPS CHECK - A-212 Manual Local and Remote Operation 7.3.1 Verify A-212 breaker installed and fully inserted into A-212 cubicle.

7.3.1.1 Check A-212 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.

7.3.1.2 Check A-212 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.3.2 Verify A-212 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.3.3 Rack up circuit breaker in A-212 cubicle. Refer to OP-1107.001 Exhibit C.

7.3.3.1 Check A-212 spring charging motor operates (audible indication) after release of the elevator clutch handle.

7.3.3.1.1 Check A-212 Breaker Springs Charged local WHITE light OFF during spring charging.

7.3.3.2 Check A-212 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.3.3.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block (SD) fully engaged.

7.3.3.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8'.

7.3.3.5 Check A-212 Breaker Springs Charged local WHITE light ON.

7.3.3.6 Check A-212 Tripped local GREEN light ON.

7.3.3.7 Check A-212 Breaker On Local AMBER light ON.

7.3.3.8 Check A-212 Closed local RED light OFF.

7.3.3.9 Check A-212 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light ON at panel C10.

7.3.3.10 Check the following A-212 lights OFF at panel C10:

" RED breaker Closed

" GREEN breaker Tripped

" WHITE Breaker Springs Charged.

7.3.4 On A-212, verify connection plug(s), i.e. pie plates, installed in A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 (AF),

7.3.4.1 On A-212, check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 picked up.

7.3.4.2 On A-211, check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/XI picked up 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 8 of 34 NOTE: Undervoltage Relay 127-A2-1 (AF) connection plug(s) will remain removed for a large part of this testing to disable the A-2 bus undervoltage trip of A-212 from relay 127-A2-1/X1 (AJ) - reference E-90 sh. 1 & E-93 sh. 2.

7.3.5 On A-212, verify connection plug(s) removed from A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 (AF).

7.3.5.1 On A-212, check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 not picked up.

7.3.5.2 On A-21 1, check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X1 not picked up.

7.3.6 In A-212, place fuses in fuse block FU-14 (UA) to the OFF / REMOVED position.

7.3.6.1 Check A-212 Potential Monitor Indicator WHITE light OFF.

7.3.6.2 Check Annunciator K02-C7 "A2 DC Control Power Off" in alarm.

7.3.7 In A-212, place fuses in fuse block FU-14 (UA) in the ON / INSTALLED position.

7.3.7.1 Check A-212 Potential Monitor local WHITE light ON.

7.3.7.2 Check Annunciator K02-C7 "A2 DC Control Power Off" not in alarm.

7.3.8 At C20, verify the following test switches are OPEN (ref. E-138 sh. 1):

  • TS-286-G1-3 switch 2- Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 7.3.9 At C20, verify the following switches on Loss of Field relay 240 are OPEN (ref. E-136 sh. 1 and OP-1305.029):
  • Red knife switch
  • Black knife switches 7.3.10 At C20, verify 286-G1-1 Generator Lockout Relay is RESET.

7.3.11 At C20, verify 286-G1-2 Generator Lockout Relay is RESET.

7.3.12 Verify A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 on A-212 is RESET.

7.3.13 Verify A-212 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.3.13.1 Check nominal +125 VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 3 (+)

to DD terminal 12 (-). This checks the Local & Remote Trip circuit 2P -

29 energized in LOCAL.

7.3.13.2 Check approximately zero (0) VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 4 (+) to DD terminal 11 (-). This checks the Remote Trip circuit P

- 2 de-energized when in LOCAL.

7.3.14 Place remote trip fuses FU-12 (UR) in the OFF/ Removed position.

7.3.15 Place remote control fuses FU- 11 (UC) In the OFF / Removed position.

7.3.15.1 Check nominal +125 VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 3 (+)

to DD terminal 12 (-). This checks the Local & Remote Trip circuit 2P -

29 energized in LOCAL with remote trip & control fuses removed.

7.3.16 Place remote trip fuses FU-12 (UR) in the ON / Installed position.

7.3.17 Place remote control fuses FU'1 1 (UC) In the ON / Installed position.

7.3.18 Place A-212 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 9 of 34 7.3.18.1 Check A-212 local Breaker On Local AMBER light OFF.

7.3.18.2 Check A-212 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light OFF at panel C10.

7.3.18.3 Check A-212 local Breaker Springs Charged WHITE light ON.

7.3.18.4 Check A-212 remote Breaker Springs Charged WHITE light ON at panel C10.

7.3.18.5 Check A-212 local Tripped GREEN light ON.

7.3.18.6 Check A-212 remote Tripped GREEN light ON at panel C1O.

7.3.18.7 Check A-212 local Closed RED light OFF.

7.3.18.8 Check A-212 remote Closed RED light OFF at panel C1O.

7.3.18.9 Check nominal +125 VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 3 (+)

to DD terminal 12 (-). This checks the Local & Remote Trip circuit 2P -

29 energized in REMOTE.

7.3.18.10 Check nominal +125 VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 4 (+)

to DD terminal 11 (-). This checks the Remote Trip circuit P - 2 energized when in REMOTE.

7.3.19 Place A-212 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.3.20 Verify A-211 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.3.21 Verify A-213 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.3.22 Close A-212 breaker by taking Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.3.22.1 Check A-212 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.3.22.2 Check A-212 local Closed RED light ON.

7.3.22.3 Check A-212 local Tripped GREEN light OFF.

7.3.22.4 Check A-212 SPDS point Z1A212 indicates NORMAL/ CLOSED NOTE: When checking continuity with a digital multi-meter (DMM), first check voltage on the terminals relative to ground to determine ifvoltage exists. If voltage exists, then use the voltmeter function to determine continuity (little or no voltage across closed contact and associated wiring) or no continuity (full voltage across open contact). If no voltage exists on terminals, then use ohmmeter function to determine continuity (near zero or very low ohms across closed contact and associated wiring) or n2 continuity (very high or infinite resistance across open contact).

7.3.22.5 Check A-212 interlock to auto-close A-211 (auxiliary contact 152-212/b 7-7T) is OPEN at A-211 by checking no continuity between A-211 TB DD terminal 2,and A-211 TB B terminal 3. Reference E-90, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-99.

7.3.22.6 Check A-212 interlock to auto-close A-213 (auxiliary contact 152-212/b 1-IT) is OPEN at A-213 by checking no continuity between A-2137TB DD terminal 2 and A-213 TB B terminal 3. Reference E-90, E-91, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-92.

7.3.22.7 Check A-212 UAT Breaker Failure Protection interlock (auxiliary contact 152-212/a 12-12T) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists at A-213 between A-213 TB FF terminal 10 and A-213 TB FF terminal 7.

Reference E-90, E-93, E-505 sh. 6, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 10 of 34 7.3.22.8 Check A-212 UAT Breaker Failure Protection interlock (auxiliary contact 152-212?/a 12-12T) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists in A-213 to A-211 between A-213 TB FF terminal 10 and A-211 TB FF terminal 7 (Note: A-213 is not a typo - see E-93 sh. 2). Reference E-90, E-93, E-505 sh. 6, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.3.23 Trip A-212 breaker by taking Local Control Switch to TRIP and release.

7.3.23.1 Check A-212 indicates TRIP on breaker mechanism.

7.3.23.2 Check A-212 local Tripped GREEN light ON.

7.3.23.3 Check A-212 local Closed RED light OFF.

7.3.23.4 Check A-212 SPDS point Z1A212 indicates TRIPPED / OPEN.

7.3.23.5 Check A-212 interlock to auto-close A-211 (auxiliary contact 152-212/b 7-7T) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists between A-211 TB DD terminal 2 and A-211 TB B terminal 3. Reference E-90, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-99.

7.3.23.6 Check A-212 interlock to auto-close A-213 (auxiliary contact 152-212/b 1-1T) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists between A-213 TB DD terminal 2 and A-213 TB B terminal 3. Reference E-90, E-91,.E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-92.

7.3.23.7 Check A-212 UAT Breaker Failure Protection interlock (auxiliary contact 152-212/a 12-12T) is OPEN by checking no continuity between A-213 TB FF terminal 10 and A-213 TB FF terminal 7. Reference E-90, E-93, E-505 sh. 6, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.3.23.8 Check A-212 UAT Breaker Failure Protection interlock (auxiliary contact 152-212/a 12-12T) is OPEN by checking no continuity between A-213 TB FF terminal 10 and A-211 TB FF terminal 7. Reference E-90, E-93, E-505 sh. 6, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.3.24 Take A-212 Breaker Local-Remote Selector Switch to REMOTE.

7.3.25 Take A-212 Sync Switch (152-212/SS on panel C10) to ON.

7.3.26 Take A-212 remote Control Switch (152-212/CS on C10) to CLOSE and release.

7.3.27 Take A-212 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.3.27.1 Check A-212 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.3.27.2 Check A-212 close local RED light ON.

7.3.27.3 Check A-212 close remote RED light ON at panel C10.

7.3.27.4 Check A-212 trip local GREEN light OFF.

7.3.27.5 Check A-212 trip remote GREEN light OFF at panel C10.

7.3.28 Take A-212 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release.

7.3.28.1 Check A-212 indicates TRIPPED on breaker mechanism.

7.3.28.2 Check A-212 trip local GREEN light ON.

7.3.28.3 Check A-212 trip remote GREEN light ON at panel C10.

7.3.28.4 Check A-212 close local RED light OFF.

7.3.28.5 Check A-212 close remote RED light OFF at panel C10.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 11 of 34 NOTE: The following sections initiate multiple trips of A-2 bus feeder breakers and A-2 bus lockout relay. This will result in multiple bus feeder breaker trip and LO relay trip alarms in the Control Room.

7.4 A-212 Trio Test on Unit Lockout 7.4.1 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.4.2 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.

7.4.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.4.3.1 Check A-212 Closed.

7.4.3.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room not in alarm.

7.4.4 Install a temporary test jumper with momentary switch in Control Room panel C20 across terminal block TB1 scheme A212 Terminals 2P and 29 on the cabinet internal side of the TB (opposite field cable A212D). Reference E-560 sh. 2 for location of TB and terminal points.

7.4.5 Trip A-212 on Unit Lockout by momentarily closing jumper switch.

7.4.5.1 Check A-212 Tripped.

7.4.5.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 In the Control Room in alarm.

7.4.6 Remove temporary test jumper with momentary switch from Control Room panel C20 terminal block TB1 scheme A212 Terminals 2P and 29.

7.5 A-212 Trip Test on ESX-A4 Signal 7.5.1 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.5.2 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.

7.5.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.5.3.1 Check A-212 Closed.

7.5.3.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room not in alarm.

7.5.4 Install an ESX-A4 contact 3-4 temporary test jumper with momentary switch in Control Room panel C10 across terminal block TBA2 scheme A212 Terminals 2P and 29 on the cabinet internal side of the TB (opposite field cable A212F).

Reference E-561 sh. 2 for location of TB and terminal points.

7.5.5 Take ESX-A4 contact 3-4 temporary jumper switch in C10 to CLOSE and release.

7.5.5.1 Check A-212 tripped.

7.5.5.2 Check Al/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 In the Control Room in alarm.

7.5.6 Remove ESX-A4 contact .3-4 temporary test jumper with momentary switch from panel C10.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 12 of 34 7.6 A-212 Trip Test on A-213 (SU1 to A-2) Closure 7.6.1 Verify A-2 bus lock-out relay 186-A2 on A-212 RESET.

7.6.2 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.6.3 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.

7.6.4 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.6.4.1 Check breaker A-212 Closed.

7.6.5 Verify breaker A-213 (SU1 to A-2) racked up or in the test position with DC control power available.

7.6.6 Verify A-213 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.6.7 Verify Test Switch E on TS1-211 on A-211 OPEN (removes A-213 trip from feeder undervoltage relay 127-113-2/X- reference E-91 SH 1, E-95 SH 1) 7.6.8 Verify SUW Transformer Lockout relay 186-ST1 -1 on C20 is RESET (removes A-213 trip from SUW Transformer Lockout 186-STI reference E-91 SH 1, E-94 SH 1) 7.6.9 Take A-213 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.6.9.1 Check breaker A-213 Closed.

7.6.10 Verify A-213 Remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close position.

7.6.10.1 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room not in alarm.

7.6.11 Take A-213 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.6.11.1 Check breaker A-212 Tripped.

7.6.11.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.6.12 Take A-213 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.6.13 Take A-212 Remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release to clear feeder breaker trip alarm.

7.7 A-213 (SU1 to A-2) Trio on A-212 Closure 7.7.1 Verify breaker A-213 Closed.

7.7.2 Verify A-213 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE.

7.7.2.1 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room not In alarm.

7.7.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.7.4 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.

7.7.5 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.7.5.1 Check breaker A-212 Closed.

7.7.5.2 Check breaker A-213 Tripped.

7.7.5.3 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room in alarm.

7/15/2013 5'57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 13 of 34 7.7.6 Take A-213 Remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release to clear feeder breaker trip alarm.

7.8 A-212 Trio Test on A-211 (SU2 to A-2) Closure 7.8.1 Verify breaker A-212 Closed.

7.8.2 Verify breaker A-21 1 (SU2 to A-2) racked up or in the test position with DC control power available.

7.8.3 Verify A-211 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.8.4 Verify Test Switch F on TS1-2111 on A-211 OPEN (removes A-211 trip from feeder undervoltage aux. relay 127-111-2/X- reference E-92 SH 1, E-95 SH 1) 7.8.5 Verify SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1 on C20 is RESET (removes A-21 1 trip from SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2 reference E-92 SH 1, E-94 SH 1) 7.8.6 Take A-211 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.8.6.1 Check breaker A-21 1 Closed.

7.8.7 Verify A-21 1 Remote Control Switch on C1 0 in Normal-after-Close position.

7.8.7.1 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room not In alarm.

7.8.8 Take A-21 1 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.8.8.1 Check breaker A-212 Tripped.

7.8.8.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.8.9 Take A-211 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.8.10 Take A-212 Remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release to clear feeder breaker trip alarm.

7.9 A-211 (SU2 to A-2) Trip on A-212 Closure 7.9.1 Verify breaker A-21 1 Closed.

7.9.2 Verify A-211 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE.

7.9.2.1 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room not in alarm.

7.9.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.9.4 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.

7.9.5 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.9.5.1 Check breaker A-212 Closed.

7.9.5.2 Check breaker A-21 1 Tripped.

7.9.5.3 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.9.6 Take breaker A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release.

7.9.6.1 Check breaker A-212 Tripped.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 14 of 34 7.9,7 Take A-211 Remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release to clear feeder breaker trip alarm.

7.10 A-212 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and A-2 bus lockout triE (reference OP-1416.212) 7.10.1 Remove the A-212 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL),

and 151N (AK).

7.10.2 Verify local A-212 test switches E, F, G, & H on TS1-212 (AR) CLOSED.

7.10.3 Verify A-2 bus lock-out relay 186-A2 (AT) RESET.

7.10.3.1 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 in the Control Room not in alarm.

7.10.3.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room not in alarm.

7.10.3.3 Check A-212 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1629 Reflash Annunciator on C10 not in alarm.

7.10.3.4 Check 4.16 KV ACB Unit AUX/BUS 1A2 computer point (PMS1)

ZS1A212 indicates NORM.

7.10.3.5 Check 4.16 KV BUS 1A2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1A2 indicates NORM.

7.10.4 Verify SU1 Transformer lockout relay 186-ST1-1 RESET.

7.10.5 Verify SU2 Transformer lockout relay 186-ST2-1 RESET.

7.10.6 Verify A-208 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.

7.10.7 Verify A-209 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.

7.10.8 Verify A-210 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.

7.10.9 Verify A-211 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.

7.10.10 Verify A-212 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.

7.10.11 Verify A-213 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.

7.10.11.1 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 2-2C (A-2 LO relay trip signal to A-213) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-213 TB DD terminal 12 to A-213 TB C terminal 4. Reference E-91, E-93, E-8-AC-91, and E AC-100.

7.10.11.2 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 4-4C (A-2 LO relay trip signal to A-21 1) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-21 1 TB DD terminal 12 to A-211 TB C terminal 4. Reference E-91, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-99, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.11.3 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 7-7C (A-2 LO relay signal to block A-213 closure) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists from A-213 TB DD terminal 1 to A-213 TB CC terminal 9. Reference E-91, E-93, E AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.11.4 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 8-8C (A-2 LO relay signal to block A-212 closure) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists~from A-212 TB C terminal 5 to A-212 TB CC terminal 12. Reference E-90, E-93, and E-8-AC-91 including EC-21171 markup.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 15 of 34 7.10.11.5 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 9-9C (A-2 LO relay signal to block A-211 closure) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists from A-211 TB DD terminal 1 to A-211 TB CC terminal 9. Reference E-91, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-99, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.12 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.10.13 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.

7.10.14 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.10.14.1 Check A-212 Closed.

7.10.15 Manually actuate A-212 "A"Phase Overcurrent Relay 151A (AJ).

7.10.15.1 Check A-212 Tripped.

7.10.15.2 Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 (AT) tripped.

7.10.15.3 Check 151A (AJ) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.

7.10.15.4 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 Inthe Control Room in alarm.

7.10.15.5 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.10.15.6 Check A-212 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1629 Reflash Annunciator on C10.

7.10.15.7 Check 4.16 KV ACB Unit AUX/BUS 1A2 computer point (PMS1)

ZS1A212 indicates TRIP.

7.10.15.8 Check 4.16 KV BUS 1A2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YSiA2 indicates TRBL.

7.10.15.9 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 2-2C (A-2 LO relay trip signal to A-213) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists from A-213 TB DD terminal 12 to A-213 TB C terminal 4. Reference E-91, E-93, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.15.10 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 4-4C (A-2 LO relay trip signal to A-21 1) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists from A-211 TB DD terminal 12 to A-211 TB C terminal 4. Reference E-91, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-99, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.15.11 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 7-7C (A-2 LO relay signal to block A-213 closure) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-213 TB DD terminal 1 to A-213 TB CC terminal 9. Reference E-91, E-93, E AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.15.12 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 8-8C (A-2 LO relay signal to block A-212 closure) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-212 TB C terminal 5 to A-212 TB CC terminal 12. Reference E-90, E-93, and E-8-AC-91 including EC-21171 markup.

7.10.15.13 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 9-9C (A-2 LO relay signal to block A-211 closure) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-211 TB DD terminal I to A-211 TB CC terminal 9. Reference E-91, E-92, E AC-91, E-8-AC-99, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.15.14 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.10.15.15 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 16 of 34 7.10.15.16 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.10.15.16.1 Check A-212 did not Close (remains Tripped).

7.10.15.17 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on CIO to TRIP and release to take control switch to Normal-After-Trip.

7.10.15.18 Reset 151A (AJ) relay target indicator 7.10.15.19 Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 (AT).

7.10.16 Manually actuate A-212 "B"Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B (AH).

7.10.16.1 Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 (AT) trips.

7.10.16.2 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 in alarm.

7.10.16.3 Check 151 B (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.10.16.4 Reset 151B (AH) relay target indicator 7.10.16.5 Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 (AT).

7.10.16.5.1 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 not in alarm.

7.10.17 Manually actuate A-212 uC" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151C (AL).

7.10.17.1 Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 (AT) trips.

7.10.17.2 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 in alarm.

7.10,17.3 Check 151C (AL) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.10.17.4 Reset 151C (AL) relay target indicator 7.10.17.5 Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 (AT).

7.10.17.5.1 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 not in alarm.

7.10.18 Manually actuate A-212 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N (AK).

7.10.18.1 Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 (AT) trips.

7.10.18.2 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 in alarm.

7.10.18.3 Check 151 N (AK) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.10.18.4 Reset 151N (AK) relay target indicator 7.10.18.5 Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 (AT).

7.10.18.5.1 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator KO2-A7 not~in alarm.

7.10.19 Install A-212 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL), and 151N (AK).

7.11 A-2 Bus Undervoltaae Trip Test (127-A2-1 & 127-A2-1/X1 & 127-A2-1/X2) 7.11.1 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.11.2 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.

7.11.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.11.3.1 Check A-212 Closed.

7.11.3.2 Check PMS1 computer point YS1A2UV indicates NORM.

7.11.4 Verify local A-212 test switches A, B, C on TS1 -212 (AR) CLOSED.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 17 of 34 7.11.5 In A-212, insert connection plug(s) into undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 (AF).

7.11.5.1 Check A-212 breaker Tripped.

7.11.5.2 Check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 on A-212 picked up.

7.11.5.3 Check PMS1 computer point YS1A2UV indicates TRBL. This computer point actuated by A-2 UV aux. relay 127-A2-1/X2 contact 1-2. ',Reference E-93 sh. 2 and E-482 sh. 18.

7.11.5.4 Check continuity exists from A-208 TB CC terminal 12 to TB C terminal 4 across undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 CLOSED contact 3-4 (A-208 trip signal on A-2 bus undervoltage). Reference E-93 sh. .2,E-372 sh. 1, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-98. 1 7.11.5.5 Check continuity exists from A-209 TB CC terminal 12 to TB C terminal 4 across undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 CLOSED contact 5-6 (A-209 trip signal on A-2 bus undervoltage). Reference E-93 sh. 2, E-271 sh.1, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-99.

7.11.5.6 Check continuity exists from A-210 TB CC terminal 12 to TB C terminal 4 across undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 CLOSED contact 7-8 (A-210 trip signal on A-2 bus undervoltage). Reference E-93 sh. 2, E-271 sh. 1, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-99, 7.11.5.7 Check continuity exists from A-213 TB B terminal 3 to TB B terminal 5, across undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 CLOSED contact 11-12 (A-213 close signal on A-2 bus undervoltage). Reference E-91, E-93 sh.

2, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-92, and E-8-AC-100.

7.11.6 Verify A-208 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.7 Verify A-209 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.8 Verify A-210 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.9 Verify A-211 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.10 Verify A-212 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.11 Verify A-213 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.12 Verify Test Switch E on TS1-211 on A-211 CLOSED unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations or tag out.

7.11.13 Verify Test Switch F on TS 1-211 on A-21 1 CLOSED unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out.

7.12 A-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in A-203) related circuit tests (E-34).

7.12.1 Verify Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-203 racked out.

7.12.2 Verify A-212 fuses FU-28 (UF) ON / INSTALLED.

7.12.3 Verify A-212 fuses FU-29 (UE) ON / INSTALLED.

7.12.4 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz Isolated source (de-energized) HOT lead to A-203 PT secondary circuit at A-203 TB X terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to TB X terminal 2 (BO / Ground). Reference E-34.

7.12.5 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 18 of 34 7.12.5.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127-NP/A2) - reference E-452 sh. 3.

7.12.5.2 In A-212, check approximately zero (0) VAC from TB X terminal 2 to cabinet ground.

7.12.5.3 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC from TB X terminal 1 to terminal 2.

7.12.5.4 In A-212, check approximately zero (0) VAC on the back of Negative Phase Overvoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 8 (B1) to ground.

7.12.5.5 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC on the back of Negative Phase Overvoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 7 (AO) to terminal 8 (B0).

7.12.5.6 In A-211, check approximately zero (0) VAC from Sync Check relay 125-211 (AK) terminal 6 (E0) to ground.

7.12.5.7 In A-211, check nominal 120 VAC from Sync Check relay 125-211 (AK) terminal 5 (AO) to terminal 6 (B0).

7.12.5.8 In A-213, check approximately zero (0) VAC from Sync Check: relay 125-213 (AK) terminal 6 (B10) to ground.

7.12.5.9 In A-213, check nominal 120 VAC from Sync Check relay 125-213 (AK) terminal 5 (AO) to terminal 6 (B0).

7.12.5.10Check Ul SPDS point E1A2 indicates a nominal 4 kV (E-481 sh. 76) 7.12.5.11 On A-212, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase 7.12.5.11.1 Check local A-2 voltmeter on A-212 indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.12.5.11.2 Check remote A-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.12.5.12 In Control Room panel C10, on panel A (rear, left door, panel on left, reference E-561 sh. 2), check approximately zero (0) VAC from cabinet ground to TBA2 scheme A02 terminal 0615 on internal side of TB opposite cable A02C BK wire.

7.12.5.13 In Control Room panel CIO, on panel A (rear, left door, panel on left, reference E-561 sh. 2), check nominal 120 VAC across TBA2 scheme A02 terminal 415 on internal side of TB opposite cable A02C WH wire and TBA2 scheme A02 terminal 0615 on internal side of TB opposite cable A02C BK wire.

7.12.6 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.12.6.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm clear.

7.12.7 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead from A-203 PT secondary circuit TB X terminal 1 (AO).

7.12.8 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead to A-203 PT secondary circuit TB X terminal 3 (C0) 7.12.9 Verify 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead connected to TB X terminal 2 (B0 /

Ground).

7.12.10 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.12.10.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127NP-A2) - reference E-452 sh. 3.

7.12.10.2 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC from TB X terminal 3 to terminal 2.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 19 of 34 7.12.10.3 In A-212, check approximately zero (0) VAC on the back of Negative Phase Overvoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 8 (B10) to ground.

7.12.10.4 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC on the back of Negative Phase Overvoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 9 (CO) to terminal 8 (BO).

7.12.11 On A-212, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase 7.12.11.1 Check local A-2 voltmeter on A-212 indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.12.11.2Check remote A-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.12.12 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.12.12.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm clear.

7.12.13 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead from A-203 PT secondary circuit TB X terminal 2 (BO / Ground).

7.12.14 Verify 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead connected to A-203 PT secondary circuit TB X terminal 3 (CO).

7.12.15 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead to A-203 PT secondary circuit TB X terminal 1 (AO).

7.12.16 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.12.16.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127NP-A2) - reference E-452 sh. 3.

7.12.16.2 1n A-212, check nominal 120 VAC from TB X terminal 3 to terinal 1.

7.12.16.31n A-212, check nominal 120 VAC on the back of Negative Phase Overvoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 9 (CO) to terminal 7 (AO).

7.12.16.4 InA-212, check nominal 120 VAC on the back of undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 (AF) from terminal 5 (AO) to terminal 6 (C0).

7.12.16.5On A-212, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase 7.12.16.5.1 Check local A-2 voltmeter on A-212 indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.12.16.5.2 Check remote A-2 voltmeter on C10 Indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.12.17 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.12.17.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE' alarm clear.

7.12.18 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source from A-203.

7.12.19 Verify relay targets, ifso equipped, are reset.

7.12.20 Verify PT drawer above A-203 returned to as-found condition or as directed by Ul Operations.

7.13 A-2 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests (E-34) 7.13.1 Verify Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-203 racked out.

7.13.2 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-111 racked out.

7.13.3 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-1 12 racked out.

7.13.4 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-1 13 racked Out.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 20 of 34 NOTE: Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source will be needed in the following steps to check proper phasing of the bus and feeder PT circuits.

7.13.5 Connect one 120 VAC 60 Hz supply (de-energized) HOT lead to A-203 PT secondary circuit at A-203 TB X terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to TB X terminal 2 (B0 / Ground).

7.13.6 Connect second 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to A-111 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to A-1 11 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (BO/Ground).

7.13.7 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.13.8 At Control Room panel C10, place A-1 11 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.13.8.1 On ClO, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.13.8.2 On C1O, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.13.8.3 On ClO, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.

7.13.9 At Control Room panel CIO, place A-111 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.13.9.1 On C0O, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV 7.13.9.2 On ClO, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV 7.13.10 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.13.11 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from A-111 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from A-111 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (BO/Ground).

7.13.12 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to A-1 12 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to A-1 12 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0/Ground).

7.13.13 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.13.14 At Control Room panel C10, place A-112 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.13.14.1 On CIO, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.13.14.2On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.13.14.30n C1O, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.

7.13.15 At Control Room panel C10, place A-112 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.13.15.1 On C 10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV 7.13.15.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV 7.13.16 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.13.17 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from A-1 12 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (A0) and NEUTRAL lead from A-1 12 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0/Ground).

7.13.18 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to A-1 13 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (A0) and NEUTRAL lead to A-1 13 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0/Ground).

7.13.19 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.13.20 At Control Room panel 010, place A-1 13 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 21 of 34 7,13.20.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.13.20.2On C10, check Running Voltmeter Indicates a nominal 4 kV 7.13.20.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.

7.13.21 At Control Room panel C10, place A-1 13 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.13.21.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV 7.13.21.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV 7.13.22 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.13.23 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from A-113 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from A-1 13 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0/Ground).

7.13.24 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from A-203 PT secondary circuit at A-203 TB X terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from TB X terminal 2 (B0 /

Ground).

7.13.25 Verify PT drawer above A-203 returned to as-found condition or as directed by U1 Operations or tag out.

7.13.26 Verify PT drawer above A-111 returned to as-found condition or as directed by U1 Operations or tag out.

7.13.27 Verify PT drawer above A-1 12 returned to as-found condition or as directed by Ul Operations or tag out.

7.13.28 Verify PT drawer above A-1 13 returned to as-found condition or as directed by Ul Operations or tag out.

7.14 A-212 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5): TOC Relay Inout and Local Ammeter -

Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-91 device "ZB".

NOTE: Connecting the CT lamp test circuit to a 120 VAC supply that is Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) protected will likely result in tripping the GFCI due to the unbalanced Hot and Neutral current.

7.14.1.1 Verify the following relays in A-212 are installed and have their connection plugs Installed:

0 151A (AJ) 0 151B (AH)

  • 151C (AL) 0 151N (AK)

NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "Hi"'

for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.14.1.2 Rear C Phase CT 7.14.1.2.1 Check "C" right phase (viewed from rear) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 22 of 34 NOTE; Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZB, the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1 (wire F6). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2 (wire F3).

7.14.1.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to C phase CT secondary terminal 2 (wire F3).

7.14.1.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.14.1.2.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.14.1.2.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves ahd indicates some level of current.

7.14.1.2.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.14.1.2.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.14.1.2.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.14.1.2.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.14.1.2.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 C (AL) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.14.1.2.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 N (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.14.1.2.9 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.

7.14.1.2.10 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

7.14.1.3 Rear A Phase CT 7.14.1.3.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZB, the "A" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3 (wire F4). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 4 (wire Fl).

7.14.1.3.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to A phase CT secondary terminal 4 (wire Fl).

7.14.1.3.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.14.1.3.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.14.1.3.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.

7.14.1.3.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.14.1.3.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.14.1.3.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.14.1.3.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7/15/2013 8:02:21 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 23 of 34 7.14.1.3.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151A (AJ) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.14.1.3.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151N (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.14.1.3.9 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.

7.14.1.3.10 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

7.14.1.4 Rear B Phase CT 7.14.1.4.1 Check "B" left (viewed from rear) phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZB, the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5 (wire F5). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 6 (wire F2).

7.14.1.4.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to B phase CT secondary terminal 6 (wire F2).

7.14.1.4.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.14.1.4.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.14.1.4.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.

7.14.1.4.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "A"position.

7.14.1.4.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.14.1.4.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.14.1.4.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.14.1.4.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151B (AH) terminal 5 to terminal 6 On back of relay case.

7.14.1.4.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 N (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.14.1.4.9 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.

7.14.1.4.10 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.14.1.5 IF any protective relay(s) or lockout relay tripped, THEN reset relays and/or target(s).

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 24 of 34 7.15 UAT Differential Current Transformers (8000/5 in A-212 bus comoartment) - Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-91 device ZA.

7.15.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.

7.15.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed such that stud 4, stud 5, and stud 6 are shorted together.

7.15.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs from stud 3 to stud 5.

7.15.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C" 7.15.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to 20 A range or in automatic range mode, 7.15.1.6 Verify the following Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) differential current relays in C20 have their connection plugs removed:

  • 187AT-C 7.15.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and marked ammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:

" 187AT-A

  • 187AT-C 7.15.1.8 Remove A-212 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visually inspect and access the CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-2 horizontal bus.

NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "Hi" for the primary and "X1" for the secondary terminal.

7.15.1.9 Front C Phase CT 7.15.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZA, the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1 (wire BB6). TB BB terminal 6 provides, an alternate connection point for the CT test setup ifthe CT terminal is inaccessible.

7.15.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to C phase CT secondary terminal 1 (near polarity mark).

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 25 of 34 NOTE: When A-212 differential relay CTs are energized for testing, the corresponding A-1 12 differential CTs will also be energized - reference E-34, 7.15.1.9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A"and "B"phases is expected to be a small fraction of the current through "C" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.15.1.9.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

" 187AT-B ammeter "B"

" 187AT-C ammeter "C" 7.15.1.9.5 Check ammeter "C" in relay 187AT-C indicates much more current than ammeter "A" in relay 187AT-A and ammeter "B" in relay 187AT-B.

7.15.1.9.6 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.

7.15.1.9.7 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

7.15.1.10 Front A Phase CT 7.15.1.10.1 Check "A"middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZA, the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3 (wire BB4). TB BB terminal 4 provides an ,

alternate connection point for the CT test setup if the CT terminal is inaccessible.

7.15.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to A phase CT secondary terminal 3 (near polarity mark).

7.15.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "B" and "C" phases is expected to be a small fraction of the current through "A" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.15.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

" 187AT-B ammeter "B"

" 187AT-C ammeter "C" 7.15.1.10.5 Check ammeter "A"in relay 187AT-A indicates much more current than ammeter "B" in relay 187AT-B and ammeter C" in relay 187AT-C.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 26 of 34 7.15.1.10.6 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.

7.15.1.10.7 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

7.15.1.11 Front B Phase CT 7.15.1.11.1 Check "B" right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZA, the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5 (wire BB5). TB BB terminal 5 provides an alternate connection point for the CT test setup If the CT terminal is inaccessible.

7.15.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to B phase CT secondaryterminal 5 (near polarity mark).

7.15.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A"and "C" phases is expected to be a small fraction of the current through "B" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.15.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

  • 187AT-C ammeter "C" 7.15.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B"in relay 187AT-B indicates much more current than ammeter "A"in relay 187AT-A and ammeter C" in relay 187AT-C.

7,15.1.11.6 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.

7.15.1.11.7 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.15.1.12 Re-install any A-212 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-2 horizontal bus.

7.15.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the UAT differential current relays in C20.

7.15.1.14 Verify the following Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) differential current relays in C20 have their connection plugs re-installed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out:

" 187AT-C 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 27 of 34 7.16 Miscellaneous Items 7.16.1 A-212 Cubicle Space Heater 7.16.1.1 Verify panel 10LA (P30) circuit breaker 29 (120 VAC supply to A-2 space heater circuits per E-61 sh. 22) CLOSED.

7.16.1.1.1 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC across space heater circuit breaker ACB-40A (BC) line side (top) terminals 1 and 3.

7.16.1.2 Verify A-212 space heater circuit breaker ACB-40A (BC) CLOSED.

7.16.1.2.1 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC across space heater circuit breaker ACB-40A (BC) load side (bottom) terminals 2 and 4.

7.16.1.3 Record A-212 thermostat device CA as-found setting:

7.16.1.4 In A-212, actuate space heater thermostat device CA either by adjusting setpoint downward until the contact closes or by alternate means (i.e.

spray with canned air to cool device).

7.16.1.4.1 Check nominal 120 VAC across space heater device SE terminals 1 and 2 shown on E-8-AC-100.

7.16.1.5 IF A-212 space heater thermostat CA was adjusted downward to actuate the switch, THEN, return A-212 space heater thermostat to the as-found setting.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 28 of 34 8.0 Restoration 8.1 Verify Breaker A-212 is tripped or racked down.

8.2 Verify test jumper removed from C10.

8.3 Verify test jumper removed from C20.

8.4 Verify test plug and ammeter removed from relay 187AT-A on C20.

8.5 Verify connection plug installed in relay 187AT-A on C20 unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out.

8.6 Verify test plug and ammeter removed from relay 187AT-B on C20.

8.7 Verify connection plug installed in relay 187AT-B on C20 unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out.

8.8 Verify test plug and ammeter removed from relay 187AT-C on C20.

8.9 Verify connection plug installed in relay 187AT-C on C20 unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out.

8.10 At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out (ref. E-138 sh. 1):

NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

  • TS-286T switch 6 - Turbine Trip Generator Lockout 9 TS-286-G1-2 switch 9-Reactor Trip Generator Lockout
  • TS-286-G1-3 switch 2- Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 8.11 At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass cover reinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out:

" Red knife switch

  • Black knife switches 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 29 of 34 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 30 of 34 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By/ Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 31 0`1134 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log 12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log 12.4 Test Change Notices (only if needed) 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Attachment 12.1 ArrAcHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECTISTI: 44313-04 Rev 00, SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page of Name Title Signature Initials 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Attachment 12.2

[1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: 44313-04 Rev 00, SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page-of_

Date Entry Initials 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Attachment 12.3 (2] ATrACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY Loa SHEET I OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: 44313-04 Rev 00, SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page of_

DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATEMTIME NUMBER

______________________________ 7 7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

FDoc 3-2-l ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 1 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO C0 STI Procedure Page I of 30 TEST #: ECT-44313-02 REV. #: 001 Quality Class: Ii OR Z NOR TEST TITLE: Functional Testing of Breaker A-210, Circulatina Water Pump P-3B (Note: Revision 1 is considered to be a complete re-write and a review is performed in it's entirety. Thus. no revision bars are included.)

REVIEW (Print/SignlDate)

Test Engineer (TE): Brad Risner .)fr-(*I6 ,.A-.- /7./S-/3 Technical Reviewer: p#av (Uv

  • i rl S4 / I ,V/ "?ý.ý CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVI-,

Operations Department- ('J

  • 74°(3  : /

Av, 7lo Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached C1 Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: El Not Required [] Attached El Other OSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(PrintfSign/Date)/

TE Supervisor: c d ai /7.

TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*:

Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: /

'if required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 2 of 30 Table of Contents 1.0 Objectives ........................................................................................................................ 3 2.0 References ...........................................................................................................  :........... 3 3.0 Test Equipm ent ........................................................................................................... 4 4.0 Precautions and Lim itations ..................................................................................... 4 5.0 Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................... 5 6.0 Instrum entation ........................................................................................................... 5 7.0 Test Instructions ........................................................................................................ 5 7.1 DC Power ........................................................................................................... 5 7.2 Local Control ...................................................................................................... 6 7.3 Relay Functional Testing ....................................... 9 7.4 Rem ote Control ............................................................................................... 10 7.5 Output Interlocks ............................................................................................ 15 7.6 Miscellaneous Item s ........................................................................................ 17 8.0 Restoration ............................................................................................................... 23 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ................................................................................... 24 10.0 M&TE Instrum entation ............................................................................................. 24 11.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ........................................................................................ .. 25 12.0 Attachments: ............................................... 26 12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachm ent 9.9 - Test Log ............................................................ 26 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log .................... 26 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log ............................. 26

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 3 of 30 1.0 Objectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-210, which supplies Circulating Water Pump P-38. Testing is being performed as a result of cubicle replacement due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.

1.2 Testing performed per this ECT will be done with BUS A-2 DE-ENERGIZED. Testing of A-210 and supply to P-3B with A-2 energized will be performed under a separate ECT.

1.3 Testing performed per this ECT does not include system or performance testing of the load supplied by A-210.

1.4 The scope of testing per this ECT assumes Temporary Modification EC 43758 is installed and providing temporary power to Circulating Water Pumps P-3A and P-3D.

1.5 Testing of the motor space heater interlock per this ECT assumes Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3B space heater.

2.0 References 2.1 EC-44313, A2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-117, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-76 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.4 E-78 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Typical Internal Wiring Diagram 4160 Volt Motor Protection 2.5 E-195 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Limit and Torque Switch Development'for MOV's 2.6 E-271 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps 2.7 E-271 Sh 2, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps, Aux Control 2.8 E-271 Sh 3, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps, Load Shed 2.9 E-272 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pump Discharge MOV's 2.10 E-274 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Condenser Circulating Water and Vacuum Breaker MOV's 2.11 E-386 Sh 1, Schematic Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Control Panel C165 2.12 E-433 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pump Heaters 2.13 E-455 Sh 2, Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K05 2.14 E-482 Sh 28, Computer I/O Signals 2.15 E-505 Sh 5, Connection Diagram, 4160V Switchgear (Non-ES) Units A206 through A210 2.16 E-531 Sh 4, Terminal Box Connection Diagram 2.17 M-405 Sh 1, Functional Description & Logic Diagram, Circulating Water, Condensate, Vacuum & Screen Wash System 2.18 VP E-8-AC-99, Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram 2.19 VP E-8-AC-162, Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 4 of 30 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing) 3.3 Three (3) switchable (maintained) jumpers, installable without disturbing terminals 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be performed with the A-1 and A-2 Bus de-energized.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumpers Sheet.

4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

4.10 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word Check means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it SO.

4.11 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.

4.12 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the words trip and open have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

4.13 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, when a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

4.14 When installing jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution against shorting.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 5 of 30 5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that 4.16kV buses A-1 and A-2 are de-energized.

5.2 Verify Circ Water Pumps P-13B and P-3C are secured.

5.3 Verify that the A-21 0 Testing Work Order Task has been set to WORKING.

5.4 Verify that 125 VDC control power from Breaker D21-03 is available to A-2 switchgear and all A-210 125 VDC control power fuses installed ("UB", "UC", "UR", "UT").

5.5 Verify Breakers A-109, A-i 10 and A-111 are installed and available for testing.

5.6 Verify CV-3625, CV-3630, CV-3626, CV-3622, CV-3618, FIS-3624, and FIS-3618A are available.

5.7 Perform a Pre-test Brief per EN-DC-1 17.

5.8 Verify that the shorting bars / jumpers have been removed from TB-D and TB-E and any CT's in A-21 0 (Ref E-8-AC-1 62 Note: jumpers shown on this drawing at TB-D and TB-E are to be left in place).

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 DC Power 7.1.1 Verify Breaker A-21 0 is racked down.

7.1.2 Verify 4160 Volt Switchgear (021-03) control power breaker is open.

7.1.3 Verify A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-210 Cabinet open.

7.1.4 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-210 Cabinet between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+).

7.1.5 Close 4160 Volt Switchgear (D21-03) control power breaker.

7.1.6 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at line side of A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-21 0 Cabinet between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+).

7.1.7 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at load side of A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-210 Cabinet between pt. 2 (-) and pt. 4 (+).

7.1.8 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UB" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) at A-210.

7.1.9 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UC" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) at A-210.

7.1.10 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UR" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) at A-210.

7.1.11 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UT" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) at A-210.

7.1.12 Close A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-210 Cabinet.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 6 of 30 7.1.13 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-21 0 Cabinet between pt 2 (-) and pt 4 (+).

7.1.14 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UB" between pt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-210.

7.1.15 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UC" between pt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-210.

7.1.16 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UR" between pt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-21 0.

7.1.17 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UT" between pt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-210.

7.2 Local Control 7.2.1 Verify A-210 breaker installed and fully inserted into A-210 cubicle.

7.2.2 Check A-210 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.

7.2.3 Check A-21 0 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.4 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-21 0 is in LOCAL.

7.2.5 Verify HS-3625 is in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.

7.2.6 Rack up circuit breaker in A-210 cubicle. Refer to OP-1 107.001 Exhibit C.

7.2.6.1 Check A-210 spring charging motor operates (audible indication).

7.2.6.2 Check A-210 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.6.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block fully engaged.

7.2.6.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/80.

7.2.7 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.2.8 Verify Test Switch TS1 -212-C at A-212 is closed.

7.2.9 Verify Test Switch TSI-111-G at A-111 is open.

7.2.10 Verify Test Switch TS1 -211-G at A-21 1 is open.

7.2.11 Verify Test Switch TS1 -112-B at A-1 12 is open.

7.2.12 Verify Test Switch TS1-1 12-C at A-1 12 is open.

7.2.13 Verify Test Switch TS1-212-B at A-212 is open.

7.2.14 Check cables B2333C and B2333F are lifted in MCC B-23 per Temporary Modification EC43758 (Note: Cables B2333C and B2333F may be relabeled as B2333C1 and B2333F1 prior to this test being performed) (Ref. E-509 sh. 4).

7.2.15 Check cables B1342C and B1342F are lifted in MCC B-13 per Temporary Modification EC43758 (Note: Cable B1342C may be relabeled as B1342C1 prior to this test being performed) (Ref. E-508 sh. 4) 7.2.16 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is either 100% open or 100% closed.

7.2.17 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is either 100% open or 100% closed.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 7 of 30 7.2.18 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3B Discharge Valve CV-3625 is closed.

7.2.19 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3C Discharge Valve CV-3621 is closed.

7.2.20 Verify at least one of the following Condenser Inlet Valves 100% open:

  • CV-3626

" CV-3618

" CV-3630

  • CV-3622 7.2.21 Open MCC breaker B-2342, 7.2.22 Open MCC breaker B-1 333, 7.2.23 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A109K from TB-7 terminal A109-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.2.24 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable Al 10K from TB-7 terminal A110-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.2.25 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A209K from TB-7 terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.2.26 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A210K from TB-7 terminal A210-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.2.27 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in breaker A-1 10 cubicle between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or optionally across ST contact 2-2T) (Ref. E-505 sh. 1).

7.2.28 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A- 110.

7.2.29 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in breaker A-209 cubicle between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or optionally across ST contact 2-2T) (Ref. E-505 sh. 1).

7.2.30 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.

7.2.31 Check Bearing Lube Water flow > 2 gpm (FIS-3624).

7.2.32 Check Total Water flow > 13 gpm (FIS-361 BA).

7.2.33 Check continuity between TB points 11 R and 1 R in MCC B-1 333 with an ohmmeter (Ref. E-508 sh. 4).

7.2.34 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is off.

7.2.35 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.36 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.37 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-210 is on. 1 7.2.38 While monitoring voltage across coil of relay 162-210/1 in A-210 with a volt meter, momentarily place local control switch at A-21 0 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.38.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 8 of 30 7.2.38.2 Check 162-210/1 relay coil energizes and then deenergizes after approximately 7 second delay.

7.2.38.3 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.38.4 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is off.

7.2.38.5 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL light at A-210 is on.

7.2.38.6 Check no continuity between TB points 1IR and 1R in MCC B-1333 with an ohmmeter (Ref. E-508 sh. 4) 7.2.39 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the TRIP position.

7.2.39.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.2.39.2 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is off.

7.2.39.3 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.39.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.40 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.

7.2.40.1 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is off.

7.2.40.2 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.40.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.40.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-210 is off.

7.2.41 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.41.1 Check Breaker A-21 0 does NOT close after an approximately 5 second delay.

7.2.42 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in LOCAL.

7.2.43 Monitor the white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 while performing the following:

7.2.43.1 Place local control switch at A-210 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.43.2 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delaly.

7.2.43.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 momentarily goes off.

7.2.44 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.

7.2.44.1 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.44.2 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is off.

7.2.44.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 is on.

7.2.44.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-210 is off.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 9 of 30 7.2.45 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the TRIP position.

7.2.45.1 Check Breaker A-21 0 tdps.

7.2.46 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in LOCAL.

7.3 Relay Functional Testing 7.3.1 Relay A-210 150/151A 7.3.1.1 Close Breaker A-210 using local control switch.

7.3.1.2 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.3.1.3 Reset target indication.

7.3.1.4 Close Breaker A-210 using local control switch.

7.3.1.5 Manually actuate the IOC-B (high dropout) unit and the TDOC units and check Breaker A-21 0 trips.

7.3.1.6 Reset target indication.

7.3.2 Relay A-210 150/151B 7.3.2.1 Close Breaker A-210 using local control switch.

7.3.2.2 Check computer point IS1A210 (CIRC WTR PMP 1P3B MOTOR) value is NORM.

7.3.2.3 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.3.2.4 Reset target indication.

7.3.2.5 Close Breaker A-21 0 using local control switch.

7.3.2.6 Manually actuate the TDOC unit and check computer point IS1,A210 (CIRC WTR PMP 1P3B MOTOR) value is OVRLOAD.

7.3.2.7 Check Breaker A-210 is closed.

7.3.3 Relay A-210 150/151C 7.3.3.1 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.3.3.2 Reset target indication.

7.3.3.3 Close Breaker A-21 0 using local control switch.

7.3.3.4 Manually actuate the IOC-B (high dropout) unit and the TDOC units and check Breaker A-21 0 trips.

7.3.3.5 Reset target indication.

7.3.4 Relay A-210 150GS 7.3.4.1 Close Breaker A-210 using local control switch.

7.3.4.2 Manually actuate the 150GS unit and check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.3.4.3 Reset target indication.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 10 of 30 7.4 Remote Control 7.4.1 Manual Start 7.4.1.1 Verify Breaker A-210 is tripped.

7.4.1.2 Place LOCAIJREMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.

7.4.1.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.1.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.1.5 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is on 7.4.1.6 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.

NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) In order to pick up start relays.

7.4.1.7 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.4.1.8 Monitor the white CHRGD indicating light at C12 while performing the following:

7.4.1.8.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.1.8.2 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 momentarily goes off.

7.4.1.8.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.1.8.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.1.8.5 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.2 Manual Stop 7.4.2.1 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the STOP position on C12.

7.4.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.4.2.1.2 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.2.1.3 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.2.1.4 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.2.1.5 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3 Miscellaneous 7.4.3.1 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in LOCAL.

7.4.3.1.1 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.1.2 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.1.3 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.1.4 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is on.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 11 of 30 NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verify start relays do NOT pick up.

7.4.3.2 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.4.3.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after an approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.3.3 Remove CPT fuse in MCC cubicle B-1333.

7.4.3.4 While monitoring continuity between terminal points 2F and 12F in MCC B-1333 (Ref. E-508 sh. 4) with an ohmmeter, momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the CLOSE position.

7.4.3.4.1 Check continuity between terminals 2F and 12F in MCC B-1333, then no continuity after approximately 7 second delay.

7.4.3.4.2 Check Breaker A-210 closes after an approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.3.4.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.4.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.4.5 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.4.6 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.3.5 Replace CPT fuse in MCC cubicle B-1333.

7.4.3.6 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the STOP position on C12.

7.4.3.6.1 Check Breaker A-210 does not trip.

7.4.3.7 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the TRIP position.

7.4.3.7.1 Check Breaker A-210trips.

7.4.3.8 Lift OR conductor of cable A21OG from TB pt A210-N2 in TB1 11 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.4.3.9 After a minimum of 20 seconds from lifting wire in previous step, place the local control switch at A-21 0 in the CLOSE position.

7.4.3.9.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5 second delay 7.4.3.10 Place the LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page1 2 of 30 NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verify start relays do NOT pick up.

7.4.3.11 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.4.3.11.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.3.12 Reterminate OR conductor of cable A21 0G to TB pt A21 0-N2 in TB1 11 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.4.3.13 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.4.3.13.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.3.14 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the STOP position on C12.

7.4.3.14.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.4.4 All Condenser Inlet Valves Closed Trip 7.4.4.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB112 between terminal J021-P1 and terminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.4.4.2 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.4.4.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.4.3 Close switchable jumper in TB 112 between terminal J021-P1 and terminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.4.4.4 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 13 of 30 NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verify start relays do NOT pick up.

7.4.4.5 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.4.4.5.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.4.6 Open and remove switchable jumper in TB1 12 between terminal J021-P1 and terminal J021 -1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.4.4.7 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.4.4.7.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.5 Startup #2 Load Shed Trip NOTE Testing of the Startup #2 Load Shed trip for Breaker A-209 (Scheme A-209) will be performed as part of testing for cubicle A-209 per ECT-44313-01.

Testing of the A-209 interlock for Breaker A-109 (Scheme A109) and Breaker A-110 (Scheme A-1 10) will be performed as part of testing for cubicle A-209 per ECT-44313-01. The following tests only verify the A-210 interlock to these schemes.

7.4.5.1 Initial Setup 7.4.5.1.1 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-109 is in REMOTE.

7.4.5.1.2 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-110 is in REMOTE.

7.4.5.1.3 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 is in REMOTE.

7.4.5.1.4 Verify LOCAL!REMOTE handswitch at A-210 Is in REMOTE.

7.4.5.1.5 Verify Breaker A-21 0 is closed.

7.4.5.1.6 Verify Breaker A-111 is tripped or racked out.

7.4.5.1.7 Verify Breaker A-109 is tripped.

7.4.5.1.8 Verify Breaker A-209 is tripped.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 14 of 30 7.4.5.1.9 Verify Breaker A-1 10 is closed.

7.4.5.1.10 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in A-111 across STA contact 20-20T or optionally between TB-GG points 11 and 12 (Ref. E-8-AC-84) 7.4.5.1.11 Close Test Switch TSl-11 1-G at A-111.

7.4.5.2 Scheme Al10 and A109 Test 7.4.5.2.1 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.

7.4.5.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-1 10 trips.

7.4.5.2.1.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.

7.4.5.2.2 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.2.3 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.

7.4.5.2.4 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.

7.4.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.

7.4.5.2.4.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed, 7.4.5.2.5 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.

7.4.5.2.6 Trip Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 on C12.

7.4.5.2.7 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.

7.4.5.2.8 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.2.8.1 Check Breaker A-109 remains closed.

7.4.5.2.9 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.2.10 Trip Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.

7.4.5.2.11 Open switch and remove jumper installed in A-111 across STA contact 20-20T (or between TB-GG points 11 and 12) 7.4.5.2.12 Open Test Switch TSI-111-G at A-111.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 15 of 30 7.4.6 A-2 Bus Undervoltage Trip 7.4.6.1 Close Breaker A-210.

7.4.6.2 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7,4.6.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.4.6.3 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.4.6.4 Close Breaker A-21 0.

7.4.6.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in LOCAL.

7.4.6.6 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.4.6.6.1 Check Breaker A-210trips.

7.4.6.7 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.

7.4.6.8 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.5 Output Interlocks NOTE Testing of the output interlocks for Circ Water Pump P-3B Discharge Valve CV-3625 auto open/close circuits is included in previous sections.

7.5.1 P-3B Motor Space Heater (Ref. 2.12) 7.5.1.1 Check Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3B space heater.

7.5.1.2 Close Breaker A-210 and check continuity with an ohmmeter between TB122 terminal pts. lX1 and 11 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.5.1.3 Open Breaker A-210 and check no continuity with an ohmmeter between T8122 terminal pts. lXI and 11 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.5.2 Circ Water Pump Trip Alarm - Annunicator Window K05-Al (Ref. 2.13)

NOTE Annunciator K05-A1 will alarm momentarily when Breaker A-210 handswitch is released from the START position but should clear when breaker closes.

7.5.2.1 Verify annunciator card for K05-Al is installed.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-21 0, Circulating Water Pump P-3B1 Page: 16 of 30 7.5.2.2 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.

NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.5.2.3 Momentarily place handswitch HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.5.2.3.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after an approximately 5,second delay.

7.5.2.3.2 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.

7.5.2.4 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 inthe TRIP position.

7.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

7.5.2.4.2 Check K05-Al is in alarm.

7.5.2.5 Place HS-3625 in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.

7.5.2.5.1 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.

7.5.3 Sodium Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Injection System Controls (Ref. 2,11) 7.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-210.

7.5.3.1.1 Check for voltage on points TB6 terminals 67 and 68 (to ground) in panel C165 (Ref. E-582 sh. 1).

7.5.3.1.1.1 Ifvoltage is present, then check LED on I/O module address 116 is lit on UY-8232 in cabinet C165, otherwise N/A this step (Note: The referenced I/O module is the last module on 1st row of the I/O tracks. This is a dual address module for address 115 and 116. The LED for address 116 is on the right side of the module).

7.5.3.1.1.2 Ifno voltage is present, then check for continuity between TB6 terminals 67 and 68 in panel C1 65, otherwise N/A this step.

7.5.3.2 Trip Breaker A-210.

7.5.3.2.1 Ifvoltage was present between TB6 terminals 67 and 68 in panel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check LED on I/O module address 116 is NOT lit on UY-6232 in cabinet C165, otherwise N/A this step.

7.5.3.2.2 Ifvoltage was not present between TB6 terminals 67 and 68 in panel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check no continuity exists between TB6 terminals 67 and 68 in panel C1 65, otherwise N/A this step.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 17 of 30 7.5.4 Circ Water Pump Aux Controls (Ref. 2.7) 7.5.4.1 Lift and tape BK wire of cable J021 P in TB1 11 at terminal point J021-P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.2 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminal J021-5 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.3 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminal J021-5 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.4 Check relay CR3-J021 in Cabinet C30 is deenergized.

7.5.4.5 Close Breaker A-2 10.

7.5.4.6 Check relay CR3-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.7 Open and remove jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminal J021-5 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.8 Re-terminate BK wire of cable J021 P in TB1 11 at terminal point J021-P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.9 Check relay CR3-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.10 Trip Breaker A-210.

7.6 Miscellaneous Items 7.6.1 Hour Meter 7.6.1.1 Verify Panel P-30 Breaker 29 is closed.

7.6.1.2 Verify Breaker BC in A-212 is closed.

7,6.1.3 Close Breaker A-210 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meter functions properly.

Performed Date 7.6.1.4 Trip Breaker A-210 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meter not changing.

Performed Date

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Pap 18 of 30 7.6.2 A-210 Space Heater 7.6.2.1 Check testing of the A-21 0 Space Heater has been completed as part of the testing for cubicle A-213 per ECT-44313-05.

7.6.3 A-210 Current Transformer Circuits (O/C Relays and Local Ammeter) 7.6.3.1 Verify the following relays in A-210 are installed and have their connection plugs installed:

  • 150/151A
  • 150/151B
  • 150/151C
  • 150GS NOTE CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "HI" for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.6.3.2 A Phase 7.6.3.2.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZA", the "A" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 4.

7.6.3.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup between the "A" Phase CT secondary terminal 3 and ground.

7.6.3.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.6.3.2.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.2.4.1 Check that the A Phase CT produces an output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.2.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6,3.2.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.2.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.2.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.2.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay 150/151 A terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.

7.6.3.2.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 19 of 30 7.6.3.3 B Phase 7.6.3.3.1 Check "B" left (viewed from the rear) phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-1 62 for CT device "ZAP, the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 6.

7.6.3.3.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup between the "B" Phase CT secondary terminal 5 and ground.

7.6.3.3.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC sup~ply.

7.6.3.3.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.3.4.1 Check that the B Phase CT produces an output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.3.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.3.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.3.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.3.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.3.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay 150/151 B terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.

7.6.3.3.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.6.3.4 C Phase 7.6.3.4.1 Check "C" right (viewed from the rear) phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZA", the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2.

7.6.3.4.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup between the "C" Phase CT secondary terminal 1 and ground.

7.6.3.4.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.6.3.4.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.4.4.1 Check that the C Phase CT produces an output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.4.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.4.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.4.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.4.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.4.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay 150/151C terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.

7.6.3.4.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page.20 of 30 7.6.3.5 150GS CT 7,6.3.5.1 Check the 150GS CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZB", the secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2.

7.6.3.5.2 Install the lamp test setup for the 150GS CT by connecting the test setup between the CT secondary terminal 1 and ground.

7.6.3.5.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.6.3.5.4 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay 150GS terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case 7.6,3.5.5 Remove the lamp test setup for the 150GS CT.

7.6.4 Pump Discharge Valve Failed to Open Trip NOTE: All four pumps will be tested to verify wiring lifted has been restored. If ECT-44313-01, SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D, has not been performed, this section may be NIA'd.

Restoration and testing will then be performed per ECT-44313-01.

7.6.4.1 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable Al 09K to TB-7 terminal A109-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.6.4.2 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A110K to TB-7 terminal Al 10-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.6.4.3 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A209K to TB-7 terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).,

7.6.4.4 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A21 OK to TB-7 terminal A210-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.6.4.5 IfP-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.6.4.5.1 Check relay 162-209/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) In order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.5.2 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.5.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.5.3 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.5.3.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 21 of 30 7.6.4.6 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.6.4.6.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB11 1 between terminal A209-8 and terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-531 sh.

4).

7.6.4.6.2 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal A209-8 and terminal A209-9.

7.6.4.6.3 Check relay 162-209/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.6.4 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.6.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.6.5 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.6.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.6.4.6.6 Open and remove switch installed in TB 111 between termInal A209-8 and terminal A209-9.

7.6.4.7 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.6.4.7.1 Check relay 162-110/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

I NOTE HS-3629 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.7.2 Momentarily place HS-3629 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.7.2.1 Check Breaker A-110 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.7.3 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.7.3.1 Check Breaker A-110 trips.

7.6.4.8 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.6.4.8.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB111 between terminal Al 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9 (Ref. E-531 sh.

4).

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 22 of 30 7.6.4.8.2 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal Al 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9.

7.6.4.8.3 Check relay 162-110/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTE HS-3629 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.8.4 Momentarily place HS-3629 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.8.4.1 Check Breaker A-110 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.8.5 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.8.5.1 Check Breaker A- 110 trips.

7.6.4.8.6 Open and remove switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal Al 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9.

NOTE HS-3621 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.9 Momentarily place HS-3621 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.9.1.1 Check Breaker Am109 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.9.2 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.9.2.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.

NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.10 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.10.1.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.10.2 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.10.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 23 of 30 8.0 Restoration 8.1 Open and remove switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A- 110.

8.2 Open and remove switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.

8.3 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

8.4 Verify Breaker A-209 is tripped or racked down.

8.5 Verify Breaker A-210 is tripped or racked down.

8.6 Verify Breaker A-109 is tripped or racked down.

8.7 Verify Breaker A-1 10 is tripped or racked down.

8.8 Close Test Switch TS1 -211 -G at A-21 1.

8.9 Close Test Switch TS1 -111 -G at A-111.

8.10 Close Test Switch TS1-112-B at A-1 12.

8.11 Close Test Switch TS1-1 12-C at A-1 12.

8.12 Close Test Switch TS1 -212-B at A-212.

8.13 Close MCC breaker B-2342.

8.14 Close MCC breaker B-1333.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 24 of 30 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used ..

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BP Page 25 of 30 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 26 of 30 ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 27 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-01 Page 1 of 2 Date Entry Initials

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 28 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEsT LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-01 Page 2 of 2 Date Entry Initials

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 29 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-01 Page 1_of 1 DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 30 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-01 Page 1 of 1 Name Title Signature Initials'

TEST CHANGE NOTiCE 1 O.8 g*~

ATrACHMENT ATAHMENT TEST CHANGi E NOTICE SHEET 1 OF I TEST CHANGE NOTICE TEST TYPE: MECT [I ECT WO 0 STI Page 1 of j=

TEST #: CC-' -/'t31-. 04 *.V 0 _ Change Notice No.: .. / Quality Class: [ OR ENQR TEST TITLE: A /2 fl t.LID*.J "S 4)'IA.(k.:+ tf,.o/e_- A'., x"'/1'o.." 1 1T/-fer**tr (cA*f) 4v A-Type of Change: [ Intent O Non Intent DescriptionofChange(a): " ' &Lo /t*,',--.e, ht.1 *-/41sadts A A-*13 4-11/

ýia "A J. , I V C~. -% I-a - -1 TCN POSTING INSTRUCTION List Page(s) being Replaced (N/A, if not applicable): I List Page(s) being Added (N/A, if not applicable): /Yi1 List Page(s) being Deleted (N/A, if not applicable):

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer: $5)ah)mY1+/-1 4 r 7//5 Technical Reviewer: A/1., or* Non Intent Change (Signature not required Ior Non-intent Changes, mark N/A and check box)

STI Original EN-LI-100, process Applicability Determination: 0 Not Impacted; acted and Revised OSRC Approval:0] Not Required Mtg No. Date: _ Chairma_ _

Operations Department: /__ :__

Organization Organization Organization

___ __ __ /  : /___

Organization Organization On Site Risk Assea6`ment Group:

APPROVAL (Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor: 4 ,A4 1Wj,

/ 7-*4, ./,.- -71Z13.

Note: Signatures may be obtai ed via electronic icies (e.g., AS)

ECT-44312-06 Rev 00 SWGR A-1 12, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-1 Bus Page' 1'kof 24 7.7.3 Take A-112 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.7.4 Take A-112 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.7.4.1 Check breaker A-112 Closed 7.7.4.2 Check breaker A-113 Tripped.

7.8 A-112 Trio Test on A-111 (SU2 to A-1) Closure 7.8.1 Verify breaker A-1 12 Closed.

7.8.2 Verify breaker A-111 (SU2 to A-I) racked up or in the test position with DC control power available.

7.8.3 Verify A-111 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.8.4 Verify Test Switch F on TSl-1 11 on A-11l OPEN (removes A-111 trip from feeder undervoltage aux. relay 127-111-1/X - reference E-92 SH 1, E-95 SH l)'

7.8.5 Verify SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1 on C20 is RESET (removes A-1 11 trip from SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2 reference E-92 SH 1, E-94 SH 1) 7.8.6 Take A-111 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.8.6.1 Check breaker A-111 Closed.

7.8.7 Verity A-111 remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.8.8 Take A-111 Sync Switch to ON.

7.8.8.1 Check breaker A- 112 Tripped.

7.8.9 Take A-111 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.9 A-111 (SU2 to A-1) Trip on A-1 12 Closure 7.9.1 Verify breaker A-111 Closed.

7.9.2 Take A-112 Sync Switch tON ... pi.l -) 'jŽr(v- 1T-7,1qZ, I 7"aTK -L A-- 11Oe7AL -&1-90&u.

7.9.3 Take A-112 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.9.4 Take A-112 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.9.4,1 Check breaker A-i 12 Closed.

7.9.4.2 Check breaker A-1 11 Tripped.

7.10 A-1 12 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and A-1 bus lockout trip (reference OP-1416.112) 7.10.1 Remove the A-1 12 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL),

and 151N (AK).

7.10.2 Verify A-1 bus lock-out relay 186-Al (AT) RESET.

7.10.2.1 Check 4.16 KV BUS 1A1 FAULT computer point (PMSI) YSlA1 indicates NORM.

7.10.3 Verify A-1 12 breaker CLOSED.

7.10.4 Take A-111 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7/8/2013 5:40:41 PM

V oc-33-1 ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 1 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COViR SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: S ECT Procedure [3 ECT WO El STI Procedure Page 1 of 30 TEST #: ECT-44313-01 REV. #: 001 Quality Class: OR Z NOR Ol TEST TITLE: Functional Testing of Breaker A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D (Note: Revision 1 is considered to be a complete re-write and a review is performed in it's entirety. Thus, no revision bars are included.)

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer (TE): Brad Risner _"l,,/"oxi.x*kL' / 7-H/-/3 Technical Reviewer: Riedmueller . / -Pat CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operati"n Department:4/ * /

,'A Organization Organization Ak ' 7 3_Organization _

Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTSOther EN-LI-100 Review: AAc El4j Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: [] Not R oCJ1qJ] Attached El Other OSRC Approval Q-N*bt Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor: Al

,, e.;1 Vif, 7 /9/3 TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: /__

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made inthe development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 2 of 30 Table of Contents 1.0 Objectives ......................................................................................................................... 3 2.0 References ....................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 Test Equipment .......................................................................................................... 4 4.0 Precautions and Lim itations ..................................................................................... 4 5.0 Prerequisites ............................................................................................................. 5 6.0 Instrum entation .......................................................................................................... 5 7.0 Test Instructions ................................................................................................ ........ 5 7.1 DC Power ........................................................................................................... 5 7.2 Local Control ............................................................................................. ......... 6 7.3 Relay Functional Testing ................................................................................. 9 7.4 Remote Control .............................................................................................. 10 7.5 Output Interlocks .............................................................................................. 15 7.6 Miscellaneous Items .......................................................................................... 17 8.0 Restoration ............................................................................................................... 23 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation .............................................................................. ........... 24 10.0 M&TE Instrum entation ............................................................................................ 24 11.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ............................................................................................. 25 12.0 Attachm ents ............................................................................................................. 26 12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9- Test Log .......................................................... 26 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachm ent 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log ........................................ 26 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log .............. 26

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 3 of 30 1.0 Oboectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-209, which supplies Circulating Water Pump P-3D. Testing is being performed as a result of cubicle replacement due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.

1.2 Testing performed per this ECT will be done with BUS A-2 DE-ENERGIZED. Testing of A-209 and supply to P-3D with A-2 energized will be performed under a separate ECT.

1.3 Testing performed per this ECT does not include system or performance testing of the load supplied by A-209.

1.4 The scope of testing per this ECT assumes Temporary Modification EC 43758 is installed and providing temporary power to Circulating Water Pumps P-3A and P-3D.

1.5 Testing of the motor space heater interlock per this ECT assumes Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3D space heater.

2.0 References 2.1 EC-44313, A2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-117, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-76 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.4 E-78 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Typical Internal Wiring Diagram 4160 Volt Motor Protection 2.5 E-195 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Limit and Torque Switch Development for MOV's 2.6 E-271 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps 2.7 E-271 Sh 2, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps, Aux Control 2.8 E-271 Sh 3, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps, Load Shed 2.9 E-272 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pump Discharge MOV's 2.10 E-274 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Condenser Circulating Water and Vacuum Breaker MOV's 2.11 E-386 Sh 1, Schematic Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Control Panel C1 65 2.12 E-433 Sh 1, Schematic Diagram, Circulating Water Pump Heaters 2.13 E-455 Sh 2, Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K05 2.14 E-482 Sh 28, Computer I/O Signals 2.15 E-505 Sh 5, Connection Diagram, 4160V Switchgear (Non-ES) Units A206 through A21 0 2.16 E-531 Sh 4, Terminal Box Connection Diagram 2.17 M-405 Sh 1, Functional Description & Logic Diagram, Circulating Water, I Condensate, Vacuum & Screen Wash System 2.18 VP E-8-AC-99, Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram 2.19 VP E-8-AC-162, Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DP Page 4 of 30 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing) 3.3 Three (3) switchable (maintained) jumpers, installable without disturbing.terminals 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be performed with the A-1 and A-2 Bus de-energized.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumpers Sheet.

4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-117 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

.4.10 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word Check means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.

4.11 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word VERIFY will mean ifa breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.

4.12 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the words trip and open have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

4.13 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, when a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will ,be released unless stated to hold in a position.

4.14 When installing jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution against shorting.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DP Page 5 of 30 5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that 4.16kV buses A-1 and A-2 are de-energized.

5.2 Verify Circ Water Pumps P-3B and P-3C are secured.

5.3 Verify that the A-209 Testing Work Order Task has been set to WORKING.

5.4 Verify that 125 VDC control power from Breaker D21 -03 is available to A-2 switchgear and all A-209 125 VDC control power fuses installed ("UB", "UC", "UR", "UT").

5.5 Verify Breakers A-109, A-110 and A-111 are installed and available for testing.

5.6 Verify CV-3617, CV-3630, CV-3626, CV-3622, CV-3618, FIS-3616, and FIS-3616A are available.

5.7 Perform a Pre-test Brief per EN-DC-1 17.

5.8 Verify that the shorting bars / jumpers have been removed from TB-D and TB-E and any CT's in A-209 (Ref E-8-AC-162 Note: jumpers shown on this drawing at TB-D and TB-E are to be left in place).

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 DC Power 7.1.1 Verify Breaker A-209 is racked down.

7.1.2 Verify 4160 Volt Switchgear (D21-03) control power breaker is open.

7.1.3 Verify A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet open.

7.1.4 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+).

7.1.5 Close 4160 Volt Switchgear (D21-03) control power breaker.

7.1.6 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at line side of A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+).

7.1.7 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at load side of A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet between pt. 2 (-) and pt. 4 (+).

7.1.8 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UB" between pt. 1 (-) and Ot. 3 (+) at A-209.

7.1.9 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UC" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) at A-209.

7.1.10 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UR" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) at A-209.

7.1.11 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UT" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) at A-209.

7.1.12 Close A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 6 of 30 7.1.13 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet between pt 2 (-) and pt 4 (+).

7.1.14 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UB" between pt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-209.

7.1.15 Check125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UC" between pt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-209.

7.1.16 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UR" between pt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-209.

7.1.17 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UT" between pt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-209.

7.2 Local Control 7.2.1 Verify A-209 breaker installed and fully inserted into A-209 cubicle.

7.2.2 Check A-209 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.

7.2.3 Check A-209 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.4 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 is in LOCAL.

7.2.5 Verify HS-3617 is in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.

7.2.6 Rack up circuit breaker in A-209 cubicle. Refer to OP-1 107.001 Exhibit, C.

7.2.6.1 Check A-209 spring charging motor operates (audible indication).

7.2.6.2 Check A-209 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.6.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block fully engaged.

7.2.6.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8".

7.2.7 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.2.8 Verify Test Switch TSI-212-B at A-212 is closed.

7.2.9 Verify Test Switch TS1 -111 -G at A-1 11 is open.

7.2.10 Verify Test Switch TS1-211 -G at A-211 is open.

7.2.11 Verify Test Switch TS1 -112-B at A-1 12 is open.

7.2.12 Verify Test Switch TS1 -112-C at A-i 12 is open.

7.2.13 Verify Test Switch TS1-212-C at A-212 is open.

7.2.14 Check cables B2333C and B2333F are lifted in MCC B-2333 per Temporary Modification EC43758 (Note: Cables B2333C and B2333F may be relabeled as B2333C1 and B2333F1 prior to this test being performed) (Ref. E-509 sh.4).

7.2.15 Check cables B1342C and B1342F are lifted in MCC B-1342 per Temporary Modification EC43758 (Note: Cable B1342C may be relabeled as B1342Ct prior to this test being performed) (Ref. E-508 sh. 4) 7.2.16 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is either 100% open or 100% closed.

7.2.17 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is either 100% open or 100% closed.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 7 of 30 7.2.18 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3B Discharge Valve CV-3625 is closed.

7.2.19 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3C Discharge Valve CV-3621 is closed.

7.2.20 Verify at least one of the following Condenser Inlet Valves 100% open:

  • CV-3626
  • CV-3618
  • CV-3630

" CV-3622 7.2.21 Open MCC breaker B-2342.

7.2.22 Open MCC breaker B-1333.

7.2.23 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable Al 09K from TB-7 terminal A109-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.2.24 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable Al 10K from TB-7 terminal Al 10-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.2.25 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A209K from TB-7 terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.2.26 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A21OK from TB-7 terminal A210-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.2.27 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in breaker A-1 10 cubicle, between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or optionally across ST contact 2-2T) (Ref. E-505 sh. 1).

7.2.28 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-110.

7.2.29 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in breaker A-209 cubicle between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or optionally across ST contact 2-2T) (Ref. E-505 sh. 1).

7.2.30 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.

7.2.31 Check Bearing Lube Water flow > 2 gpm (FIS-3616).

7.2.32 Check Total Water flow > 13 gpm (FIS-3616A).

7.2.33 Check continuity between BK (wire 1R) and WH (wire 11 R) conductors of cable B2333F in MCC B-2333 with an ohmmeter (NOTE: CABLE B2333F may be relabeled as B2333F1 prior to this test being performed) (Ref. E-509 sh.4).

7.2.34 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is off.

7.2.35 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.36 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.37 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.38 While monitoring voltage across coil of relay 162-209/1 in A-209 with a volt meter, momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.38.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

I ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 8 of 30 7.2.38,2 Check 162-209/1 relay coil energizes and then deenergizes after approximately 7 second delay.

7.2.38.3 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.38.4 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is off.

7.2.38.5 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL light at A-209 is on.

7.2.38.6 Check no continuity between BK (wire 1R) and WH (wire 11 R) conductors of cable B2333F in MCC B-2333 with an ohmmeter (NOTE: CABLE B2333F may be relabeled as B2333F1 prior to this test being performed)

(Ref. E-509 sh.4).

7.2.39 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.

7.2.39.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.2.39.2 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is off.

7.2.39.3 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.39.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.40 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.

7.2.40.1 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is off.

7.2.40.2 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.40.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.40.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-209 is off.

7.2.41 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.41.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after an approximately 5 second delay.

7.2.42 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.

7.2.43 Monitor the white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 while performing the following:

7.2.43.1 Place local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.43.2 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.2.43.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 momentarily goes off.

7.2.44 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.

7.2.44.1 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.44.2 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is off.

7.2.44.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 is on.

7.2.44.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-209 is off.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 9 of 30 7.2.45 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.

7.2.45.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.2.46 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.

7.3 Relay Functional Testing 7.3.1 Relay A-209 150/151 A 7.3.1.1 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.

7.3.1.2 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.3.1.3 Reset target indication.

7.3.1.4 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.

7.3.1.5 Manually actuate the IOC-B (high dropout) unit and the TDOC units and check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.3.1.6 Reset target indication.

7.3.2 Relay A-209 150/151B 7.3.2.1 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.

7.3.2.2 Check computer point IS1A209 (CIRC WTR PMP 1P3D MOTOR) value is NORM.

7.3.2.3 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.3.2.4 Reset target indication.

7.3.2.5 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.

7.3.2.6 Manually actuate the TDOC unit and check computer point IS1A209 (CIRC WTR PMP 1P3D MOTOR) value is OVRLOAD.

7.3.2.7 Check Breaker A-209 is closed.

7.3.3 Relay A-209 150/151 C 7.3.3.1 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.3.3.2 Reset target indication.

7.3.3.3 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.

7.3.3.4 Manually actuate the IOC-B (high dropout) unit and the TDOC units and check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.3.3.5 Reset target indication.

7.3.4 Relay A-209 150GS 7.3.4.1 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.

7.3.4.2 Manually actuate the 150GS unit and check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.3.4.3 Reset target indication.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DP Page 10 of 30 7.4 Remote Control 7.4.1 Manual Start 7.4.1.1 Verify Breaker A-209 is tripped.

7.4.1.2 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.

7.4.1.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.1.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.1.5 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is on 7.4.1.6 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.4.1.7 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.4.1.8 Monitor the white CHRGD indicating light at C12 while performing the following:

7.4.1.8.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.1.8.2 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 momentarily goes off.

7.4.1.8.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.1.8.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off!

7.4.1.8.5 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.2 Manua I Stop 7.4.2.1 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the STOP position on C12.

7.4.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.4.2.1.2 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.2.1.3 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.2.1.4 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.2.1.5 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3 Miscellaneous 7.4.3.1 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.

7.4.3.1.1 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.1.2 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.1.3 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.1.4 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is on.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page1 11 of 30 NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verify start relays do NOT pick up.

7.4.3.2 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.4.3.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after an approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.3.3 While monitoring continuity between the BK (wire 2F) and WH,(wire 12F) conductors of cable B2333C in MCC B-2333 with an ohmmeter, momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position (NOTE: CABLE B2333C may be relabeled as B2333C1 prior to this test being performed).

7.4.3.3.1 Check continuity between the BK (wire 2F) and WH (wire 12F) conductors of cable B2333C in MCC B-2333, then no continuity after approximately 7 second delay (NOTE; CABLE B2333C may be relabeled as B2333C1 prior to this test being performed).

7.4.3.3.2 Check Breaker A-209 closes after an approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.3.3.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.3.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.3.5 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is off.

7.4.3.3.6 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is on.

7.4.3.4 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the STOP position on C12.

7.4.3.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 does not trip.

7.4.3.5 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.

7.4.3.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.4.3.6 Lift OR conductor of cable A209G from TB pt A209-N2 in TB1 1'1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.4.3.7 After a minimum of 20 seconds from lifting wire in previous stepi, place the local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position.

7.4.3.7.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after approxim'ately 5 second delay 7.4.3.8 Place the LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DP Page 12 of 30 NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verify start relays do NOT pick up.

7.4.3.9 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.4.3.9.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.3.10 Reterminate OR conductor of cable A209G to TB pt A209-N2 in TBI 11 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) In order to pick up start relays.

7,4.3.11 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.4.3.11.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.3.12 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the STOP position on C12.

7.4.3.12.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.4.4 All Condenser Inlet Valves Closed Trip 7.4.4.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB112 between terminal J021-P1 and terminal J021 -1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (I to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.4.4.2 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.4.4.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.4.3 Close switchable jumper in TB112 between terminal J021-P1 and terminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.4.4.4 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 13 of 30 NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) In order to verify start relays do NOT pick up.

7.4.4.5 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.4.4.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.4.6 Open and remove switchable jumper in TB112 between terminal J021-P1 and terminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.4.4.7 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.4.4.7.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.4.5 Startup #2 Load Shed Trip NOTE Testing of the A-210 interlock for Breaker A-109 (Scheme A109) and Breaker A-110 (Scheme A-1 10) will be performed as part of testing for cubicle A-21 0 per ECT-44313-02. The following tests only verify the A-209 interlock to these schemes.

7.4.5.1 Initial Setup 7.4.5.1.1 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-109 is in REMOTE.

7.4.5.1.2 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-1 10 is in REMOTE.

7.4.5.1.3 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 is in REMOTE.

7.4.5.1.4 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 is in REMOTE.

7.4.5.1.5 Verify Breaker A-210 is tripped.

7.4.5.1.6 Verify Breaker A-111 is tripped or racked out.

7.4.5.1.7 Verify Breaker A-1 09 is tripped.

7.4.5.1.8 Verify Breaker A-209 is closed.

7.4.5.1.9 Verify Breaker A-1 10 is closed.

7.4.5.1.10 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in A-111 across STA contact 20-20T or optionally between TB-GG points 11 and 12 (Ref. E-8-AC-84).

7.4.5.1.11 Close Test Switch TS1-1 11-G at A-111.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 14 of 30 7.4.5.2 Scheme Al 10 and Al 09 Test 7.4.5.2.1 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.

7.4.5.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-110 trips.

7.4.5.2.1.2 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.

7.4.5.2.2 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.2.3 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.

7.4.5.2.4 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.

7.4.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.

7.4.5.2.4.2 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.

7.4.5.2.5 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.2.6 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.

7.4.5.2.7 Close Breaker A-1 10 using HS-3629 on C12.

7.4.5.2.8 Trip Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.

7.4.5.2.9 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.2.9.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.

7.4.5.2.9.2 Check Breaker A- 110 remains closed.

7.4.5.2.10 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.

7.4.5.2.11 Trip Breaker A-110 using HS-3629 on C12.

7.4.5.3 Test of A-209 Scheme 7.4.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.

7.4.5.3.2 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.3.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.

7.4.5.3.3 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.

7.4.5.3.4 Close Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 at C12.

7.4.5.3.5 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.

7.4.5.3.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.4.5.3.5.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.

7.4.5.3.6 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.3.7 Close Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.

7.4.5.3.8 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.

7.4.5.3.9 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.

7.4.5.3.9.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.4.5.3.9.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.

7.4.5.3.10 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.

7.4.5.3.11 Trip Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 on C12.

7.4.5.3.12 Open switch and remove jumper installed in A-111 across STA contact 20-20T (or between TB-GG points 11 and 12).

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 15 of 30 7.4.5.3.13 Open Test Switch TS1 -111-G at A-111.

7.4.6 A-2 Bus Undervoltage Trip 7.4.6.1 Close Breaker A-209.

7.4.6.2 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.4.6.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.4.6.3 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.4.6.4 Close Breaker A-209.

7.4.6.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.

7.4.6.6 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.4.6.6.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.4.6.7 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.

7.4.6.8 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

7.5 Output Interlocks NOTE Testing of the output Interlocks for Circ Water Pump P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 auto open/close circuits is included in previous sections.

7.5.1 P-3D Motor Space Heater (Ref. 2.12) 7.5.1.1 Check Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3D space heater.

7.5.1.2 Close Breaker A-209 and check continuity with an ohmmeter between TB122 terminal pts. 3X1 and 31 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.5.1.3 Open Breaker A-209 and check no continuity with an ohmmeter between TB122 terminal pts. 3X1 and 31 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.5.2 Circ Water Pump Trip Alarm - Annunicator Window K05-Al (Ref. 2.13)

NOTE Annunciator K05-A1 will alarm momentarily when Breaker A-209 handswitch is released from the START position but should clear when breaker closes.

7.5.2.1 Verify annunciator card for K05-Al is installed.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 16 of 30 7.5.2.2 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.5.2.3 Momentarily place handswitch HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.5.2.3.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after an approximately 5 second delay.

7.5.2.3.2 Check K05-A1 is not in alarm.

7.5.2.4 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.5.2.4.2 Check K05-Al is in alarm.

7.5.2.5 Place HS-3617 in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.

7.5.2.5.1 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.

7.5.3 Sodium Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Injection System Controls (Ref. 2.11) 7.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-209.

7.5.3.1.1 Check for voltage at points TB6 terminals 69 and 70 (to ground) in panel C165 (Ref. E-582 sh. 1).

7.5.3.1.1.1 If voltage is present, then check LED on 1/0 module address 118 is lit on UY-8232 in cabinet C165, otherwise N/A this step (Note: The referenced I/O module is the 1 't module on 2nd row of the I/O tracks.

This is a dual address module for address 117 and 118. The LED for address 118 is on the right side of the module).

7.5.3.1.1.2 If no voltage is present, then check for continuity between TB6 terminals 69 and 70 in panel C165, otherwise N/A this step.

7.5.3.2 Trip Breaker A-209.

7.5.3.2.1 If voltage was present between TB6 terminals 69 and 70 in panel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check LED on I/O module address 118 is NOT lit on UY-8232 in cabinet C165, otherwise N/A this step.

7.5.3.2.2 If voltage was not present between TB6 terminals 69;and 70 in panel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check no continuity exists between TB6 terminals 69 and 70 in panel C1 65, otherwise N/A this step.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 17 of 30 7.5.4 Circ Water Pump Aux Controls (Ref. 2.7) 7.5.4.1 Open switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.

7.5.4.2 If CV-3617 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.5.4.2.1 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is deenergized.

7.5.4.2.2 Close Breaker A-209.

7.5.4.2.3 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.3 If CV-3617 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.5.4.3.1 Lift and tape BK wire of cable J021 M in TB1 11 at terminal point J021-P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.3.2 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-8 and terminal J021-9 (Ref. E,531 sh.

4).

7.5.4.3.3 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal J021-8 and terminal J021-9 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.3.4 Check relay CRS-J021 in Cabinet C30 is deenergized.

7.5.4.3.5 Close Breaker A-209.

7.5.4.3.6 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.3.7 Open and remove jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-8 and terminal J021-9 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.3.8 Re-terminate BK wire of cable J021 M in TB1 11 at terminal point J021-P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.5.4.3.9 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.3.10 Trip Breaker A-209.

7.5.4.4 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.

7.6 Miscellaneous Items 7.6.1 Hour Meter 7.6.1.1 Verify Panel P-30 Breaker 29 is closed.

7.6.1.2 Verify Breaker BC in A-212 is closed.

7.6.1.3 Close Breaker A-209 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meter functions properly.

Performed Date 7.6.1.4 Trip Breaker A-209 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meter not changing.

Performed Date

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DP Page 18 of 30 7.6.2 A-209 Space Heater 7.6.2.1 Check testing of the A-209 Space Heater has been completed as part of the testing for cubicle A-213 per ECT-44313-05.

7.6.3 A-209 Current Transformer Circuits (O/C Relays and Local Ammeter) 7.6.3.1 Verify the following relays in A-209 are installed and have their connection plugs installed:

  • 150/151A
  • 150/151B
  • 150/151C
  • 150GS NOTE CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "Hi" for the primary and "X1" for the secondary terminal.

7.6.3.2 A Phase 7.6.3.2.1 Check "A"middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZA", the "A" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 4.

7.6.3.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "A"Phase CT secondary terminal 3.

7.6.3.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.6.3.2.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.2.4.1 Check that the A Phase CT produces an Output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.2.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.2.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.2.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.2.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.2.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay 150/151A terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.

7.6.3.2.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 19 of 30 7.6.3.3 B Phase 7.6.3.3.1 Check "B"left (viewed from the rear) phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-1 62 for CT device "ZA", the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 6.

7.6.3.3.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "B"Phase CT secondary terminal 5.

7.6.3.3.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.6.3.3.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.3.4.1 Check that the B Phase CT produces an output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.3.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.3.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.3.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.3.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.3.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay 150/151 B terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.

7.6.3.3.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.6.3.4 C Phase 7.6.3.4.1 Check "C" right (viewed from the rear) phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-1 62 for CT device "ZA", the "C' phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2.

7.6.3.4.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to the "C" Phase CT secondary terminal 1.

7.6.3.4.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.6.3.4.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.4.4.1 Check that the C Phase CT produces an output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.4.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.4.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.4.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.4.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.

7.6.3.4.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay 150/151C terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.

7.6.3.4.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 20 of 30 7.6.3.5 150GS CT 7.6.3.5.1 Check the 150GS CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-1 62 for CT device "ZB", the secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2.

7.6.3.5.2 Install the lamp test setup for the 150GS CT by connecting the test setup between the CT secondary terminal 1 and ground.

7.6.3.5.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.6.3.5.4 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay 150GS terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case 7.6.3.5.5 Remove the lamp test setup for the 150GS CT.

7.6.4 Pump Discharge Valve Failed to Open Trip NOTE: All four pumps will be tested to verify wiring lifted has been restored. If ECT-44313-02, SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B, has not been performed, this section may be N/A'd.

Restoration and testing will then be performed per ECT-44313-02.

7.6.4.1 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A109K to TB-7 terminal A109-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.6.4.2 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable Al 10K to TB-7 terminal A110-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.6.4.3 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A209K to TB-7 terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.6.4.4 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A21OK to TB-7 terminal A210-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).

7.6.4.5 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.6.4.5.1 Check relay 162-209/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.5.2 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.5.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.5.3 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.5.3.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 21 of 30 7.6.4.6 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.6.4.6.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11 between terminal A209-8 and terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-531 sh.

4).

7.6.4.6.2 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal A209-8 and terminal A209-9.

7.6.4.6.3 Check relay 162-209/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTE HS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) In order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.6.4 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.6.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.6.5 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.6.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

7.6.4.6.6 Open and remove switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal A209-8 and terminal A209-9.

7.6.4.7 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.6.4.7.1 Check relay 162-110/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTE HS-3629 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.7.2 Momentarily place HS-3629 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.7.2.1 Check Breaker A-1 10 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.7.3 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.7.3.1 Check Breaker A-1 10 trips.

7.6.4.8 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:

7.6.4.8.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11 between terminal Al 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9 (Ref. E-531 sh.

4).

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 22 of 30 7.6.4.8.2 Close switch installed in TB111 between terminal A110-8 and terminal A110-9.

7.6.4.8.3 Check relay 162-110/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTE HS-3629 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.8.4 Momentarily place HS-3629 in the START position on C1 2.

7.6.4.8.4.1 Check Breaker A-110 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.8.5 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.8.5.1 Check Breaker A-1 10 trips.

7.6.4.8.6 Open and remove switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal Al 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9.

NOTE HS-3621 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) In order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.9 Momentarily place HS-3621 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.9.1.1 Check Breaker A-109 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.9.2 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.9.2.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.

NOTE HS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick up start relays.

7.6.4.10 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.

7.6.4.10.1.1 Check Breaker A-21 0 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

7.6.4.10.2 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.10.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DP Page 23 of 30 8.0 Restoration 8.1 Open and remove switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-1 10.

8.2 Open and remove switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.

8.3 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.

8.4 Verify Breaker A-209 is tripped or racked down.

8.5 Verify Breaker A-21 0 is tripped or racked down.

8.6 Verify Breaker A-109 is tripped or racked down.

8.7 Verify Breaker A-1 10 is tripped or racked down.

8.8 Close Test Switch TS1 -211-G at A-21 1.

8.9 Close Test Switch TS1-111 -G at A-111.

8.10 Close Test Switch TS1-112-B at A-112.

8.11 Close Test Switch TS1-1 12-C at A-1 12.

8.12 Close Test Switch TS1-212-C at A-212.

8.13 Close MCC breaker B-2342.

8.14 Close MCC breaker B-1 333.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 24 of 30 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of, test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 25 of 30 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in I

section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page'26 of 30 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 27 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-01 Page ._of 2 Date Entry Initials I__

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 28 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-0Q Page 2_of 2 Date Entry Initials

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 29 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEETN OF E Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-01 Page 1 ot 1 DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER 4 4 4 4

_ .11 I_ __

4 4

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 30 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECTISTI: ECT-44313-01 Page 1 of 1 Name Title Signature Initials, 9 9 9 9 9 t 9 9 t A I 9 9 9 9 9 4 9 9 4 9 9 9 9 9

IDot 34I ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 1 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure C] ECT WO [] STI Procedure Page 1 of 30 TEST #: ECT-44313-03 REV. #: 0 Quality Class: [] OR 0 NOR TEST TITLE: Functional Testing of Start-up Transformer #2 A-2 Feeder Breaker A-21 1 REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date) /v*"/ * "/

Test Engineer (TE): Chris Shively (I4S. / Ii4,t , /1-\

Technical Reviewer: Pat Riedmueller .17-1i.

CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operations De*/m/r /_*/

,- ,4*,i /[ Organization S-5,i4-A 7o// Organization Organization Ognzto I I.

Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached El Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: [] Not Required El Attached El Other OSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date) /

TE Supervisor: oIrw( F //AMI I7//t*.,3 TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): I Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: /

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 2 of 30 Table of Contents

1. Oblectives ........................................................................................................................ 3
2. References ....................................................................................................... ............... 3
3. Test Eauipmient ............................................................................................................... 5
4. Precautions and Lim itations .................................................................................... 6
5. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................ 7
6. Instrum entation ............................................................................................................... 7
7. Test Instructions ............................................................................... ............... 8
8. Restoration .................................................................................................................... 23
9. Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 25
10. M&TE Instrum entation ........................................................................................... 25
11. Sum m ary Inform ation .............................................................................................. 26
12. Attachm ents: ............................................................................................................. 27

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 3 of 30

1. Oblectives 1.1. This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-211, 4160 v feed from Startup 2 transformer. Testing is being performed as a result of cubicle replacement due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.

1.2. Testing performed per this ECT will be done with bus A-1 and A-2 DE-ENERGIZED.

1.3. Differential Current Transformer testing will be completed under the currently installed Temporary Modification removal testing per EC 43763 and EC 43758 due to the Unit 1 reconnection and the Unit 2 coordination scheduling.

1.4. A3/4 related testing completed under currently installed Temporary Modification removal testing per TMEC 43758. TMEC 43758 has restored A3/A4.

1.5. A-1Il Synchronizing Circuit to C10 (reference E-34) tested by ECT-44312-06, A-112 Unit Auxiliary Feeder Breaker.

1.6. A-209 Circulating Water Pump Load Shed checked by ECT-44313-01.

2. References 2.1. EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.2. EC 44313 A2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION!

2.3. EC 43763 DISCONNECT SU # 2 4.16 KV AND 6.9 KV BUSSES FROM UNIT 1 TO ASSURE RELIABILITY OF THE FEED TO UNIT 2 2.4. EC 43758 PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO FIRE PUMP P-6A, MAIN CHILLER VCH-1 B, CIRC WATER PUMPS P-3A & P-3D, SWGR A-3 & A-4, AND LOAD CENTERS B1, B2, AND B3 [REV-1 / PHASE-I&2]

2.5. OP-1416.002 "Unit 1 A2 Bus Switchgear Inspection" 2.6. WO 353228 Task 01 PERFORM A-2 PROTECTIVE RELAY TRIP TEST 2.7. E-4 Sh 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram, 4160 Volt System, Main Supply (TMEC 43686, ST1 disconnect; TMEC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.8. E-17 Sh 1A Green Train Vital AC & 125 VDC Single Line & Distribution 2.9. E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.10. E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 6900 Volt System (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.11. E-34 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 4160V System, Main Supply (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.12. E-35 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 4160V System, Engineered Safeguard (TMEC 43758, temp power from ST2) 2.13. E-76 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.14. E-87 Schematic Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Trans. 6900V ACB's 2.15. E-90 Schematic Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Trans. 4160V ACB's 2.16. E-91 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Startup Transformer No 1, 4160V Air Circuit Breakers 2.17. E-92 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans No 2, 4160v ACB

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 4 of 30 2.18. E-93 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram, Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays (EC 43258, no effect) 2.19. E-94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2, Lockout Relays 2.20. E-95 Schematic Diagram, Transformer Undervoltage Relays 2.21. E-100 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram, Diesel Generator ACB (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; disabled EDG interconnect) 2.22. E-118 Schematic Diagram, Load Shedding on Fast Transfer to Startup Transformer ST2 2.23. E-136 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Generator Protection and Lockout Relays - Generator 2.24. E-138 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Generator Protection and Lockout Relays - Turb. And Reactor 2.25. E-271 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Circulation Water Pumps (EC 22630, no effect; TMEC 43758, P3A/D out of service) 2.26. E-271 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram, Circulation Water Pumps 2.27. E-304 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Heater Drain Pumps 2.28. E-306 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram, Condensate Pump P2B 2.29. E-306 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram, Condensate Pump P2C 2.30. E-309 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Auxiliary Feedwater Pump 2.31. E-372 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Main Chiller (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2) 2.32. E-418 Sh 7 Schematic Diagram, 4.16KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip, Reflash Annunciator 2.33. E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel CIO) 2.34. E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C1 0) 2.35. E-480 Sh IA Schematic Diagram, Computer Digital Inputs, Schemes C9812, C9814 &

C9828 2.36. E-482 Sh 7 Computer Digital I/O Signals 2.37. E-482 Sh 16 Computer Digital I/O Signals 2.38. E-482 Sh 59 Connection Schedule, Computer Digital Inputs 2.39. E-504 Sh 2 Connection Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H21 Through H25 (EC 500116015, no effect; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected) 1 2.40. E-505 Sh 1 Connection Diagram, 4160 Volt Switchgear (Non-ES), Units Al 13 Through A109 (TMEC 43763; ST2 disconnected) 2.41. E-505 Sh 6 Connection Diagram, 4160 Volt Switchgear (Non-ES), Units A211 Through A501 (EC 21171, EC 43979 & EC 5000114654, no effect) 2.42. E-506 Sh 9A ES Bus A3 Feeder GE Unit No. A309 Comp A309 Internal & External Wiring (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; EC 5000116448 & EC 5000116686, no effect) 2.43. E-506 Sh 19C ES Bus A4 Feeder GE Unit No. A409 Comp. A409 Internal & External Wiring (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2) 2.44. E-560 Sh 1, Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &

Generator Recorder BDS (TMEC 43763, TB850 add)

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, ST2 Feeder Page 5 of 30 2.45. E-560 Sh2 Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &

Generator Recorder BDS (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, terminal box; EC 11038, EC 12923, EC33142, EC 44585 & EC 5000107429, no effect) 2.46. E-561 Sh 2 Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C10, Electrical Auxiliary System (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; disabled EDG interconnect; EC 5000118032, no effect) 2.47. E-2034 Sh 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 4160V System, Main Supply (TMEC 43763, TB850 add) 2.48. E-2612 Sh 4 Connection Diagram, 4.16KV Switchgear Bus 2A2, Panels: 2A211, 2A212, 2A213 (TMEC 43763, TB850 add; EC 5000107393 & EC 5000111247, no effect) 2.49. E-8-AC-3 Metalclad Switchgear 2.50. E AC-14 Metalclad Switchgear Section Views (EC 5000117605, no effect) 2.51. E-8-AC-84 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 428, EC 5000109807 &

EC 500011896, no effect) 2.52. E-8-AC-86 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram 2.53. E-8-AC-89 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram 2.54. E-8-AC-90 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (Condition Report CR-ANO-C-2013-01496, minor drawing error corrected by EC 43258; EC 5000111897

& EC 5000118335, no effect) 2.55. E-8-AC-91 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 21171, EC 5000114687 &

EC 5000117602, no effect) 2.56. E-8-AC-93 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram (EC 428; no effect) 2.57. E8-AC-97 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram 2.58. E-8-AC-98 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram 2.59. E-8-AC-99 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram 2.60. E-8-AC-100 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram (EC 21171; no effect) 2.61. M-201-56 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder Board C20 (EC 5000107450 & EC 5000120474; no effect) 2.62. M-201-57 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder Board C20 (EC 19839, EC 41747, EC 5000109569 & EC 5000117330; no effect) 2.63. M-201-59 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder Board C20 (EC 39987, EC 41547, EC 5000108443 & EC 5000109571; no effect) 2.64. M-201-62 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder Board C20 (EC 5000108438 & EC 5000109577; no effect)

3. Test Equipment 3.1. Multi-meter 3.2. Lamp test connection (for CT testing) 3.3. 120 VAC 60 Hz single phase source capable of supplying two (2) loads for synchronization testing.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, ST2 Feeder Page 6 of 30 3.4. One (1) temporary test jumper configured for attachment so that terminals do not need to be disturbed to insert jumper.

3.5. One (1) temporary test jumper with toggle switch.

3.6. Three (3) GE relay test plugs with three (3) digital ammeters connected from stud 3 to stud 5.

4. Precautions and Limitations 4.1. Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area If equipment is energized.

4.2. Testing will be done with the A-1 and A-2 Bus DE-ENERGIZED and grounded.

4.3. Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4. In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuit may be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the TB change documented in the Test Log.

4.5. Control Room alarms not required for test verification may occur, but are not specifically identified by the test steps.

4.6. Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.7. M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.8. Personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.9. The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.10. Test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.11. The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

4.12. Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing and performing this ECT, the following definitions will be utilized:

0 Check means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.

  • VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.

0 TRIP and OPEN have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

0 When a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 7 of 30

5. Prereaulsites 5.1. Verify that 125VDC control Power is available to A2 switchgear; breaker D21-03 closed (reference E-17 Sh IA).

5.2. Verify that 125VDC control Power is available to Al switchgear (specifically A-111);

breaker D1l-03 closed (reference E-17 Sh 1).

5.3. Verify that the A-211 Testing Work Order WO 00354201 task 01 has been authorized.

5.4. Verify CT circuit shipping jumpers and ground are removed from TB BB, terminals 1, 2 &3 (reference E-505 sheet 6).

6. Instrumentatlon 6.1. No instrumentation is required.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 8 of 30

7. Test Instructions 7.1. DC Power Check 7.1.1. Verify A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.1.2. Verify A-212 handswitch (152-212/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.1.3. Verify A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.1.4. Verify breaker A-211 is racked down.

7.1.5. Verify DC Control Power breaker (BA) located inside A-21 1 breaker cubicle is open.

7.1.6. Check nominal 125 VDC at line side of DC input breaker (BA) points 1 (-) and 3 (+)

at A-211 (reference E-8-AC-90).

7.1.7. Check nominal 0 VDC at load side of DC input breaker (BA) at A-21 1.

7.1.8. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UB" points 1 and 3 at A-21 1.

7.1.9. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UC" points 1 and 3 at A-21 1.

7.1.10. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UL" points 1 and 3 at A-21'1.

7.1.11. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UR" points 1 and 3 at A-21 1.

7.1.12. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UT' points 1 and 3 at A-21.1.

7.1.13. CLOSE DC Control Power breaker (BA) located inside A-211 breaker cubicle.

7.1.14. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UB" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-21 1.

7.1.15. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UC" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-211.

7.1.16. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UL" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-21 1.

7.1.17. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UR" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-211.

7.1.18. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UT" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-21 1.

7.1.19. Open DC Control Power breaker "BA" at A-21 1.

7.2. DC OPS CHECK - Local Manual Operation 7.2.1. Setup 7.2.1.1. Verify test switch TS1 -211 switch F open in A-21 1 to disable A-21 1 feeder undervoltage trip.

7.2.1.2. Verify test switch TS1-212 switch G open in A-212 to disable bus lockout trip (reference E-93).

7.2.1.3. Verify test switch TS-1 86-ST2-1 switch #4 open in C20 to disable transformer lockout trip.

NOTE TSI.111 switch G in A-111 may be tagged out (1R24-1-01550) to disable A-l/A-2 load shed from A-1. Switch will be closed for Load Shed testing.

7.2.1.4. Verify test switch TS1 -211 switch G open in A-21 1 to disable A-1/A-2 load shed from A-2 (reference E-118).

7.2.1.5. Verify test switch TS1 -111 switch G open in A-111 to disable A-i/A-2 load shed from A-1 (reference E-118).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 9 of 30 7.2.1.6. Request Relay technician remove glass cover and open the following knife switches for Loss of Field relay (240) in C20 (reference E-136 Sh 1 and OP-1 305.029).

7.2.1.6.1. Red knife switch open.

7.2.1.6.2. Black knife switches open.

7.2.1.7. At C20, open the following test switches:

7.2.1.7.1. TS-286T switch 6 - Generator Lockout 7.2.1.7.2. TS-286-G1-2 switch 9- Reactor Trip 7.2.1.7.3. TS-286-G 1-3 switch 2 - Generator Lockout 286 G1 -1 and 2 7.2.1.8. Reset Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-1 7.2.1.9. Reset Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-2 7.2.1.10. Remove A-111 fuse FU25 (UE) (reference E-8-84 and E-34).

NOTE A voltage source capable of supplying two (2) loads is required for synchronization testing.

7.2.1.11. Install 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 (line) to 2 (neutral) to energize undervoltage relay 127-111 and synchronization relay 125-111 coil 7/8 (reference E-34, E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-84).

7.2.1.12. Verify ST2 undervoltage relay 127-111-2/x in A-211 de-energized, contacts 11 to 12 closed (reference E-8-90)].

7.2.1.13. Check ST2 NOT locked out at 186-ST2-2 in C20 (expected condition).

7.2.1.13.1. IF ST2 locked out at 186-ST2-2, THEN RESET or jumper 186-ST2-2 contacts 11 to 1lc in C20 at scheme A21 1 terminal 11 to terminal 21 (references E-92, E-94, M-201-62 & E-560 Sh 1).

7.2.1.14. Check ST1 NOT locked out at 186-ST1-1 in C20.

IF ST1 locked out at 186-ST1-1, THEN RESET 186-ST1-1 (references E-92, E-94) 7.2.1.15. Check bus A2 NOT locked out at 186-A2 in A-212 (expected condition).

7.2.1.15.1. IF bus A2 locked out at 186-A2, THEN OPEN TS-286-G1-2 switch #10 (references E-93, M-201-56 & E-138) and; Reset A2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.

7.2.1.16. At A-212, remove both connection plugs (pie plate) from A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 to defeat undervoltage load trip condition.

NOTE

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 10 of 30 Undervoltage Relay 127-A2-1 connection plugs will remain removed for a large part of this testing to disable the A-2 bus undervoltage trip of A-212 from relay 127-A2-1/Xi (reference E-90 sh. 1 & E-93 sh, 2).

7.2.1.17. Verify relay 127-A2-1/xl is de-energized, contact 11 to 12 open (reference E-8-90)].

7.2.1.18. At A-211, install jumper with switch box at relay 127-A2.-/xl contact 11 to 12.

7.2.1.19. OPEN switch at relay 127-A2-1/xl jumper at A-211.

7.2.2. Verify DC Control Power breaker (BA) located inside A-211 breaker cubicle Is closed.

7.2.3. Verify A-211 breaker installed and fully inserted into A-211 cubicle.

7.2.4. Check A-211 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.

7.2.5. Check A-211 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.6. Rack up circuit breaker in A-211 cubicle. Refer to OP-1 107.001 Exhibit C.

7.2.6.1. Check A-211 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.6.2. Check local white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED light ON at A-21 1.

7.2.6.3. Check auxiliary contact disconnect block fully engaged.

7.2.6.4. Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8".

7.2.7. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-211 in LOCAL 7.2.7.1. Check green TRIPPED local light ON at A-21 1.

7.2.7.2. Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL light ON at A-21 1.

7.2.7.3. Check red CLOSED local light is OFF at A-21 1.

7.2.7.4. Check A-21 1 amber LOCAL indicating light is ON at panel C10.

7.2.8. Place local control switch at A-211 in CLOSE position.

7.2.8.1. Check RED closed local light ON at A-21 1.

7.2.8.2. Check GREEN tripped local light is OFF at A-21 1.

7.2.8.3. Check A-21 1 red CLOSED light is OFF at C1 0.

7.2.8.4. Check A-211 green TRIPPED light is OFF at C0O.

7.2.9. Place local control switch at A-211 In TRIP position.

7.2.9.1. Check GREEN tripped local light ON at A-21 1.

7.2.9.2. Check RED closed local light OFF at A-21 1.

7.3. DC OPS CHECK - Remote Manual Operation 7.3.1. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-211 in REMOTE.

7.3.1.1. Check A-211 white CHARGED indicating light is ON at panel CIO.

7.3.1.2. Check A-211 amber LOCAL indicating light is OFF at panel A-21 1.

7.3.1.3. Check A-211 amber LOCAL indicating light is OFF at panel CIO.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 11 of 30 7.3.2. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS ON at CIO.

7.3.3. Place A-211 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 in CLOSE.

7.3.3.1. Check A-211 red CLOSED light is ON at C1O.

7.3.3.2. Check A-211 green TRIPPED light is OFF at CIO.

7.3.3.3. Check breaker A-21 1 CLOSED per local indication.

7.3.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-21 1/SS OFF at C10.

7.3.5. Trip A-211 using handswitch 152-211/CS on CO.

7.3.5.1. Check A-211 green TRIPPED light is ON at C10.

7.3.5.2. Check A-211 red CLOSED light is OFF at CO.

7.3.5.3. Check A-211 green TRIPPED light ON at A-21 1.

7.4. Protective Relay Trip Functional Check (reference WO 353228-01) and A-2 bus lockout trip 7.4.1. Place test switch TS1 -212 switch E in A-212 open to disable A-213 bus lockout trip (reference E-93).

7.4.2. Place test switch TS1 -212 switch F in A-212 open to disable A-212 bus lockout trip (reference E-93).

7.4.3. Place test switch TS1 -212 switch H in A-212 open to disable A-409 bus lockout trip (reference E-93).

7.4.4. CLOSE test switch TS1-212 switch G in A-212 to ENABLE A-211 bus lockout trip (reference E-93).

7.4.5. Verify A-2 bus lock-out relay 186-A2 located in A-212 RESET.

7.4.6. RelayA-211 151A 7.4.6.1. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS ON at C10.

7.4.6.2. Place A-21 1 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 in CLOSE.

7.4.6.3. Verify breaker A-211 CLOSED per local indication.

7.4.6.4. Manually actuate A-211 "A"Phase Overcurrent Relay 151A.

7.4.6.4.1. Verify A-21 1 Tripped.

7.4.6.4.2. Verify A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 tripped.

7.4.6.4.3. Check 151 A relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.

7.4.6.4.4. Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator KO2-A7 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.4.6.4.5. Check 4.16 KV BUS 1A2 FAULT computer point YS1A2 indicates TRBL.

7.4.6.4.6. Place A-211 CONTROL SWITCH (152-211/CS) at ClO in CLOSE.

7.4.6.4.7. Verify A-21 1 remains Tripped.

7.4.6.5. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.

7.4.6.6. Reset 151A relay target indicator 7.4.6.7. Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, ST2 Feeder Page 12 of 30 7.4.7. RelayA-211 151B 7.4.7.1. Manually actuate A-21 1 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B.

7.4.7.1.1. Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 trips.

7.4.7.1.2. Check 151B relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.4.7.2. Reset 151 B relay target indicator 7.4.7.3. Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.

7.4.8. Relay A-211 151 C 7.4.8.1. Manually actuate A-21 1 "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 15,1 C.

7.4.8.1.1. Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 trips.

7.4.8.1.2. Check 151C relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.4.8.2. Reset 151 C relay target indicator 7.4.8.3. Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.

7.4.9. RelayA-211 151N 7.4.9.1. Manually actuate A-211 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N.

7.4.9.1.1. Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 trips.

7.4.9.1.2. Check 151 N relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.4.9.2. Reset 151 N relay target indicator 7,4.9.3. Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.

7.5. Relay 152X-211 Test (Ref E-92, E-561 Sh 2) 7.5.1. Verify approximately 125 VDC in C10 at TBA1 between terminal A211 N3 and terminal 31.

7.5.2. Place A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.5.3. Verify approximately 0 VDC in C1 0 at TBA1 between terminal A211 N3 and terminal 31.

7.6. Verify following breakers available for coordinated testing, racked up and open:

7.6.1. A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer Feed to A2 7.6.2. A-213 Startup Transformer #1 to A2 7.7. DC OPS CHECK - Automatic Transfer Unit Auxiliary Transformer Trip A-211 Close NOTE Test conditions required are:

Simulated Generator trip with ST1 not available (A-213 open).

7.7.1. Verify A-211 handswitch (152-21 1/CS) on CIO in PULL TO LOCK.

7.7.2. Select ST2 as the preferred standby power source at 143-2 on C1O.

7.7.3. Install jumper C20 scheme A211 terminal 51 to terminal 61 to simulate Generator locked out (generator tripped) at 286-G1-2 for A-211 close permissive (reference E-138, E-560 Sh I & M-201-62).

7.7.4. CLOSE switch at A-211 relay 127-A2-1/xl jumper, to enable the undervoltage close permissive.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 13 of 30 7.7.5. Verify ESAS bypassed or ESAS Digital Subsystem No. 1 shutdown such that relay ESX-A3 is de-energized. When energized, ESX-A3 relay provides a trip signal to A-112 (reference OP-1105.003, E-102 Sh 1, and E-90 Sh 1).

7.7.6. Verify relay 127-A2-1/xl in A-211 contacts 1/2 open (reference E-8-AC-90)].

7.7.7. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-212 in LOCAL.

7.7.8. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position (to open 152-212/b contact 7-7T).

7.7.9. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.

7.7.10. Verify test switch TS1 -211 switch E OPEN in A-211 to disable A-213 feeder undervoltage trip (reference E-91).

7.7.11. Verify test switch TS-186-ST1-1 switch #4 OPEN in C20 to disable A-213 transformer lockout trip.

7.7.12. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-213 in LOCAL:

7.7.13. Place local control switch at A-213 in CLOSE position.

7.7.14. Verify A-213 Startup Transformer #1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed.

7.7.15. Place A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) on C10 to CLOSE.

7.7.16. Verify A-21 1 feeder breaker remains OPEN.

7.7.17. Check PDS point ZS1A211 "4.16KV ACB ST2/BUS 1A2" TRIP.

7.7.18. Trip A-213 using local control switch.

7.7.19. Verify A-21 1 closes.

7.7.20. Check PDS point ZS1A211 "4.16KV ACB ST2/ BUS 1A2" NORM.

7.7.21. Remove jumper 020 wire scheme A211 terminal 51 to terminal 61 (reference E-138, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.8. DC OPS CHECK - Automatic Transfer SUT #1 not Available or Tripped (+ Annunciator

+ Computer)

NOTE Test conditions required are:

Simulated ST1 disconnect with Auxiliary Transformer not available (A-212 open).

7.8.1. Verify A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) on CIO in PULL TO LOCK.

7.8.2. Verify ST2 selected as the preferred standby power source at 143-2 onCl0.

7.8.3. Install jumper C20 scheme A21 1 terminal 51 to terminal 52 to simulate ST1 Transformer NOT locked out at 186-ST1-1 for A-211 close permissive (reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.8.4. Place local control switch at A-213 in CLOSE position (to open 152-213/b contact 1-1T).

7.8.5. Verify A-213 Startup Transformer #1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed, 7.8.6. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.

7.8.7. Place A-211 handswitch (152-21 1/CS) on C10 to TRIP.

7.8.8. Verify A-21 1 feeder breaker remains OPEN.

7.8.9. Check Annunciator K02/F7 "A1/A2 AUTO TRANSFER" not lit.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 14 of 30 7.8.10. Check PDS computer point YS1A211 "AUTO CLOSE ACB 152-211" NO 7.8.11. Check SPDS point Z1A211 "4160V SYS ST2 TO A2 BKR STAT" TRIPPED.

7.8.12. Trip A-212 using local control switch.

7.8.13. Verify A-21 I closes automatically.

7.8.14. Check Annunciator K02/F7 "A1/A2 AUTO TRANSFER" lit.

7.8.15. Check PDS computer point YS1 A211 "AUTO CLOSE ACB 152-211" YES 7.8.16. Check SPDS point Z1A211 "4160V SYS ST2 TO A2 BKR STAT" NORMAL.

7.9. DC OPS CHECK -. Automatic Transfer Undervoltage (bus undervoltage transfer) 7.9.1. Verify the following breakers accessible for Undervoltage Load Tripping verification by checking continuity at TB terminals in appropriate cubicles, racked down (reference E-93 sh 2).

7.9.1.1. A-204 Auxiliary FW Pump P-75 7.9.1.2. A-205 Condensate Pump P-2B 7.9.1.3. A-207 Heater Drain pump P-8B 7.9.2. Place A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.9.3. OPEN switch at relay 127-A2-1/xl jumper at A-211 for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212, to simulate NO undervoltage load permissive.

7.9.4. Verify Synch relay 125-211 not energized contacts 1/2 open.

7.9.5. Verify A-213 Startup Transformer #1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed.

7.9.6. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position.

7.9.7. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.

7.9.8. Remove A-21 I handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 from PULL TO LOCK.

7.9.9. Trip A-212 using local control switch.

7.9.10. Verify A-211 DOES NOT close.

7.9.11. Install connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212, to simulate an undervoltage load trip condition.

7.9,12. Verify relay 127-A2-1/xl in A-211 energized.

7.9.13. Verify A-21 1 closed.

7.9.14. Verify undervoltage load trip as follows: (reference E-93 sheet 2).

7.9.14.1. Verify breaker Auxiliary FW Pump P-75, A-204 tripped (reference E-309) as follows:

  • Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-204 in LOCAL.
  • Remove red bulb from A-204 closed indicating lamp (E-76).
  • Lift RED wire in A-204 at TB CC terminal 3 to disable PS-2822 trip, cable A204E (reference E-505 Sh 4).
  • OPEN TS1-211 switch A.
  • Check NO continuity in A-204 at TB C4 to CC12 (reference E AC-97).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, ST2 Feeder Page 15 of 30

  • CLOSE TS1 -211 switch A.
  • Check continuity in A-204 at TB C4 to CC1 2.
  • Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.
  • Check NO continuity In A-204 at TB C4 to CC12 (reference E AC-97).
  • Restore RED wire in A-204 at TB CC terminal 3 to disable PS-2822 trip, cable A204E (reference E-505 Sh 4).
  • OPEN TS1-211 switch A.
  • Check continuity in A-204 at TB C4 to CC1 2 to validate restore wire.
  • CLOSE TS1-211 switch A.
  • Install red bulb from A-204 closed indicating lamp (E-76).
  • Install connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.

7.9.14.2. Verify breaker Condensate Pump P2B, A-205 tripped (reference E-306 sheet 2) as follows:

  • Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-205 in LOCAL.
  • Remove red bulb from A-205 closed indicating lamp (E-76).
  • OPEN TSI-211 switch B.
  • Check NO continuity in A-205 at TB C4 to CC12 (reference E AC-98).
  • CLOSE TS1 -211 switch B.
  • Check continuity in A-205 at TB C4 to CC1 2.
  • Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2.1 in A-212.
  • Check NO continuity in A-205 at TB C4 to CC12.
  • Install connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.

7.9.14.3. Verify breaker Heater Drain pump P-8B, A-207 tripped (reference E-304) as follows:

  • Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-207 in LOCAL.
  • Remove red bulb from A-207 closed Indicating lamp (E-76).

" Verify Test Switch #10 on TS-286T-1 (switch #10 on TS-186-ST1 -1 per OP- 1106.009 and M-201-56) on C20 OPEN (per E-304).

  • Lift RD wire in A-207 at TB CC terminal 3, cable A207D to disable T-40B pressure/level trips (reference E-505 Sh 5).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 16 of 30

  • OPEN TS1-211 switch D.
  • Check NO continuity in A-207 at TB C4 to CC12 (reference E-304 Sh 1, E-8-AC-98).
  • CLOSE TS1-211 switch D.
  • Check continuity in A-207 at TB C4 to CC12 to confirm breaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal.
  • Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.
  • Check NO continuity in A-207 at TB C4 to CC12.

7.10. DC OPS CHECK - Automatic Transfer Synch Check (live bus transfer) 7.10.1. Place A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.10.2. Verify A-213 Startup Transformer #1 (STI) feeder breaker closed.

7.10.3. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position.

7.10.4. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.

7,10.5. Remove A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) on C10 from PULL TO LOCK.

7.10.6. Trip A-212 using local control switch.

7.10.7. Verify A-211 does not close.

7.10.8. Place A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.10.9. Simulate synchronized live bus as follows:

7.10.9.1. Verify relay 125-211 not energized contacts 1/2 open (reference E-8-90)].

7.10.9.2. Remove A-212 fuse FU29 (UE) (reference E-8-91 and E-34).

7.10.9.3. Using the same voltage source connected in A-111, connect a second 120 vAC source at A-212 TB X terminals 4 (line) to 2 (neutral) to establish simulated synchronized bus condition (reference E-8-91 and E-34).

7.10.9.4. Verify relay 125-211 energized.

7.10.9.5. Remove (or turn off) 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 to 2 (reference E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-93).

7.10.9.6. Verify relay 125-211 not energized.

7.10.9.7. Reinstall (or turn on) 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 to 2 (reference E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-93).

7.10.9.8. Verify relay 125-211 energized.

7.10.10. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position.

7.10.11. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.

7.10.12. Remove A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 from PULL TO LOCK.

7.10.13. Trip A-212 using local control switch.

7.10.14. Verify A-211 closes.

7.10.15. Trip A-213 using local control switch.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 17 of 30 7.10.16. Remove the temporary 120 vAC source at A-212 TB X terminals 2 to 4.

7.10.17. Reinstall A-212 fuse FU29 (UE) (reference E-8-91 and E-34).

7.10.18. Remove jumper C20 scheme A211 terminal 51 to terminal 52 (reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.11. DC OPS CHECK - Manual Transfer to ST #1 7.11.1. Verify A-211 closed NOTE K1629 Is a reflash unit located Inside panel C1O.

7.11.2. Check Annunciator K1 629/6 "A21 1 Breaker Trip" not lit.

7.11.3. Check Annunciator K02/F6 "Al/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" not lit.

7.11.4. Place local control switch at A-213 in CLOSE position.

7.11.5. Verify A-213 closes.

7.11.6. Verify A-213 remote Control Switch 152-213/CS on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.11.7. Take A-213 Sync Switch 152-213/SS on C1 0 to ON.

7.11.8. Verify A-211 trips.

NOTE K11629 Is a reflash unit located Inside panel C10.

.7.11.9. Check Annunciator K1629/6 "A21 1 Breaker Trip" lit.

7.11.10. Check Annunciator K02/F6 "A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP' lit.

7.11.11. Take A-213 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.11.12. Trip A-213 using local control switch.

7.12. DC OPS CHECK - Manual Transfer to Auxiliary Transformer 7.12.1. Place Synchronization switch 152-211/SS ON at CIO.

7.12.2. Close A-21 1 using handswitch 152-211/CS on C10.

7.12.3. Verify A-21 1 closes.

7.12.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.

7.12.5. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position.

7.12.6. Verify A-212 closes.

7.12.7. Verify A-212 remote Control Switch 152-212/CS on CIO in Normal-After-Close.

7.12.8. Take A-212 Sync Switch 152-212/SS on C10 to ON.

7.12.9. Verify A-21 I trips.

7.12.10. Take Synchronization Switch 152-212/SS OFF at CO.

7.12.11. Install connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.

7.12.12. Check A-212 trips.

7.12.13. Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Pa6e 18 of 30 7.13. DC OPS CHECK -Trip Feeder on Undervoltage 7.13.1. Place Synchronization Switch 152-21 1/SS ON at C10.

7.13.2. Place A-211 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 in CLOSE.

7.13.3. Verify A-211 feeder breaker closed.

7.13.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.

7.13.5. Remove (or turn off) 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 to 2 (reference E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-93).

7.13.6. Verify relay 127-111-2/x in A-211 energized.

7.13.7. Place test switch TS1 -211 switch F in A-211 to CLOSE.

7.13.8. Verify A-211 trips.

7.13.9. Place test switch TS1-211 switch F in A-211 OPEN.

7.13.10. Reinstall (or turn on) 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1ito 2 (reference E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-93).

7.14. DC OPS CHECK - Trip Transformer Lockout 7.14.1. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS ON at C10.

7.14.2. Place A-211 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 in CLOSE.

7.14.3. Verify A-21 1 feeder breaker closed.

7.14.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.

7.14.5. IF 186-ST2-1 is TRIPPED, THEN perform the following:

7.14.5.1. Place test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #4 in C20 CLOSE.

7.14.5.2. Verify A-211 trips.

7.14.5.3. OPEN TS-186-ST2-1 switch #4.

7.14.6. IF 186-ST2-1 is NOT TRIPPED, THEN perform the following:

7.14.6.1. Install jumper C20 scheme A211 terminal 2P to terminali29 to simulate ST2 Transformer locked out at 186-ST2-1 trip on C20 (reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.14.6.2. Verify A-21 1 trips 7.14.6.3. Remove jumper C20 scheme A211 terminal 2P to terminal 29.

7.15. Load Shed 7.15.1. A2 Load Shed setup 7.15.1.1. Verify A-211 open.

7.15.1.2. Verify A-1 11 Startup Transformer #2 Feed to Al is available for coordinated testing, racked up and open.

7.15.1.3. Verify the following breakers accessible for Load Shed verification by checking relay contact status in appropriate cubicles,' racked down (reference E-118).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 19 of 30 7.15.1.3.1. Breaker A-205 Condensate Pump P-2B (reference E-306 sheet 2) 7.15.1.3.2. Breaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B (reference E-304) 7.15.1.3.3. Breaker A-208 Main Chiller VCH-1 B (reference E-372 sheet 1)

NOTE A-209 Circulating Water Pump P-3D Load Shed checked by ECT-44313-01 7.15.1.4. Verify test switch TS1-1 11 switch G OPEN in A-111 to disable A-1/A-2 load shed from A-1 (reference E-118).

7.15.1.5. Place test switch TS1 -211 switch G CLOSED in A-211 to ENABLE A-1/A-2 load shed from A-2 (reference E-1 18).

7.15.1.6. Verify test switch TS1 -211 switch B OPEN in A-211 to disable A-205 bus undervoltage P-2B trip.

7.15.1.7. Verify test switch TS1-211 switch D OPEN in A-211 to disable A-207 bus undervoltage P-8B trip.

7.15.1.8. Place test switch TS1 -212 switch A OPEN in A-212 to disable A-208 bus undervoltage VCH1 -B trip.

7.15.1.9. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-208 in LOCAL.

7.15.1.10. Remove red bulb from A-208 closed indicating lamp (E-76).

7.15.1.11. Verify NO Load Shed Trip signal (194-ST2/A1 and 194-ST2/A2) as follows: (reference E-1 18) 7.15.1.11.1. Check relay A- 111 194-ST2/A1 de-energized at TB CC terminal 4 and 5 (reference E-8-AC-84).

7.15.1.11.2. Check NO continuity in A-205 at TB CC between terminal 12 (29) and terminal 1 (29A) (reference E-306 Sh 2, E-505 Sh 4

& E-8-AC-98).

7.15.1.11.3. Check NO continuity in A-207 at TB CC3 to CC12 (reference E-304 Sh 1).

7.15.1.11.4. Check NO continuity in A-208 at TB C11 to CC3 to confirm breaker A-208 Main Chiller VCH-1 B trip signal (reference E-372 Sh 1& E-8-AC-98).

7.15.1.12. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS ON at C10.

7.15.1.13. Place A-211 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 In CLOSE.

7.15.1.14. Verify A-21 1 feeder breaker closed.

7.15.1.15. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.

7.15.1.16. Verify Load Shed TRIP signal (194-ST2/A1 and 194-ST2/A2) as follows: (reference E-1 18) 7.15.1.16.1. Check relay A-111 194-ST2/A1 energized at TB CC terminal 4 and 5 to verify Al bus component trip signal (reference E-8-AC-84).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 20 of 30 7.15.1.16.2. Check continuity in A-205 at TB CC between terminal 12 (29) and terminal 1 (29A) to confirm breaker A-205 Condensate Pump P-2B trip signal (reference E-306 Sh 2, E-505 Sh 4 & E-8-AC-98).

7.15.1.16.3. Check continuity in A-207 at TB CC3 to CC12 to confirm breaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal (reference E-304 Sh 1).

7.15.1.16.4. Check continuity in A-208 at TB C11 to CC3 to confirm breaker A-208 Main Chiller VCH-1 B trip signal (reference E-372 Sh 1& E-8-AC-98).

7.15.1.17. Trip A-211 using handswitch 152-211/CS on C10.

7.15.2. Al Load Shed setup 7.15.2.1. Verify A-l11 open.

7.15.2.2. Verify test switch TS1 -211 G OPEN in A-211 to disable A-1/A-2 load shed from A-2.

7.15.2.3. Verify test switch TS1 -111 G CLOSED in A-111 to enable A-1/A-2 load shed from A-I.

7.15.2.4. Verify test switch TSI -111 F open in A-111 to disable A-,11l feeder undervoltage trip.

7.15.2.5. Verify test switch TS1 -112 G open in A-1 12 to disable bus lockout A-11l trip.

7.15.2.6. Verify test switch TS-186-ST2-1 #3 open in C20 to disable transformer lockout A-i 11 trip.

7.15.2.7. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-111 In LOCAL 7.15.2.8. Place local control switch at A-111 in CLOSE position to close 152-111/a contact 20 to 20T.

7.15.2.9. Verify A-111 feeder breaker closed.

7.15.2.10. Verify TRIP signal as follows: (reference E-1 18) 7.15.2.10.1. Check relay A-111 194-ST2/A1 energized at TB CC terminal 4 and 5 to verify Al bus component trip signal (reference E-8-AC-84).

7.15.2.10.2. Check continuity in A-205 at TB CC between terminal 3 (2P) and terminal 1 (29A) to confirm breaker A-205 Condensate Pump P-2B trip signal (reference E-306 Sh 2, E-505 Sh 4 &

E-8-AC-98).

7.15.2.10.3. Check continuity In A-207 at TB C4 to CC12 to confirm breaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal (reference E-304 Sh 1).

7.15.2.10.4. Check continuity in A-208 at TB Cl1 to CC3 to confirm breaker A-208 Main Chiller VCH-1 B trip signal (reference E-372 Sh 1& E-8-AC-98) 7.15.2.11. Place local control switch at A-111 in TRIP position.

7.15.2.12. Check A-1l1 open.

7.15.3. Restored A-207 lifted lead as follows:

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 21 of 30 7.15.3.1. Check open circuit in A-207 at TB CC3 to CC12 to confirm breaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal (reference E-304 Sh 1).

7.15.3.2. Reconnect BLK wire in A-207 at TB CC terminal 3.

7.15.3.3. Check continuity in A-207 at TB CC3 to CC12 to confirm breaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal (reference E-304 Sh 1).

7.15.4. Reinstall red bulb from A-205 closed indicating lamp (E-76).

7.15.5. Reinstall red bulb from A-207 closed indicating lamp (E-76).

7.15.6. Reinstall red bulb from A-208 closed indicating lamp (E-76).

7.15.7. Place test switch TS1 -211 switch G CLOSED in A-21 1.

7.15.8. Place test switch TS1-212 switch A CLOSED in A-212.

7.15.9. Place test switch TS1 -211 switch B CLOSED in A-21 1.

7.15.10. Place test switch TS1-211 switch D CLOSED in A-211.

7.15.11. Place test switch TS-286T-1 switch 10 CLOSED in C20.

7.15.12. Place test switch TS1-1 11 switch F CLOSED in A-111.

7.15.13. Place test switch TS1-1 12 switch G CLOSED in A-1 12.

7.15.14. Place test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #3 CLOSED in C20.

7.16. Miscellaneous Items 7.16.1. A-211 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5): TOC Relay Inout and Local Ammeter -

Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-90 device "ZB".

7.16.1.1. Verify the following relays in A-21 1 are installed and have their connection plugs installed:

0 151A (AH)

  • 151B (AG)

, 151N (AE)

NOTE CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "HI" for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.16.1.2. Rear C Phase CT 7.16.1.2.1. Check "C"right phase (viewed from rear) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE Per E-8-AC-90 for CT device ZB, the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark Is terminal 1 (wire E6). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2 (wire E3).

7.16.1.2.2. Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup at C phase CT secondary terminal 2 (wire E3).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 22 of 30 7.16.1.2.3. Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.16.1.2.4. Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.16.1.2.5. Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.

7.16.1.2.6. Place the ammeter switch in the "A"position.

7.16.1.2.7. Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.16.1.2.8. Place the ammeter switch in the "B"position.

7.16.1.2.9. Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.16.1.2.10. Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151C (AF) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.16.1.2.11. Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 N (AE) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.16.1.2.12. Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

7.16.1.3. Rear A Phase CT 7.16.1.3.1. Check "A"middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE Per E-8-AC-90 for CT device ZB, the "A" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3 (wire E4). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 4 (wire El).

7.16.1.3.2. Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup at "A"phase CT secondary terminal 4 (wire El).

7.16.1.3.3. Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.16.1.3.4. Place the ammeter switch in the "A"position.

7.16.1.3.5. Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.

7.16.1.3.6. Place the ammeter switch in the "B"position.

7.16.1.3.7. Check that the ammeter Indicates no current.

7.16.1.3.8. Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.16.1.3.9. Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.16.1.3.10. Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151A (AH) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.16.1.3.11. Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 N (AE) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.16.1.3.12. Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

7.16.1.4. Rear B Phase CT

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 23 of 30 7.16.1.4.1. Check UB" left (viewed from rear) phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE Per E-8-AC-90 for CT device ZB, the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark Is terminal 5 (wire E5). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 6 (wire E2).

7.16.1.4.2. Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup at "B"phase CT secondary terminal 6 (wire E2).

7.16.1.4.3. Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

7.16.1.4.4. Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.16.1.4.5, Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.

7.16.1.4.6. Place the ammeter switch in the "A"position.

7.16.1.4.7. Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.16.1.4.8. Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.16.1.4.9. Check that the ammeter indicates no current.

7.16.1.4.10. Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 B (AG) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.16.1.4.11. Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltage detected across relay 151 N (AE) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of relay case.

7.16.1.4.12. Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.16.2. UAT Differential Current Transformers (8000/5 in A-111 bus comDartment) -

Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-90 device "ZA".

7.16.2.1. CT ZA to A-111 Bus CT Interconnection (reference E-34, E-8-AC-90, E-505 sheet 1 & 6) 7.16.2.1.1. Verify A Phase wire continuity from main CTs in A-211 wire 54D, TB BB 3 to A-111, TB BB 3.

7.16.2.1.2. Verify B Phase wire continuity from main CTs In A-211 wire 74D, TB BB 1 to A-111, TB BB 1.

7.16.2.1.3. Verify C Phase wire continuity from main CTs in A-211 wire 94D, TB BB 2 to A-111, TB BB 2.

8. Restoration 8.1. Verify breaker A-21 1 is tripped and racked out, or as directed.

8.2. Verify breaker A-212 is tripped and racked out, or as directed.

8.3. Verify breaker A-213 is tripped and racked out, or as directed.

8.4. 'Place test switch TS1-211 E closed in A-211 or as directed by Operations.

8.5. Place test switch TS1i-211 F closed in A-21 1 or as directed by Operations.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, ST2 Feeder Page 24 of 30 8.6. Place test switch TS1 -212 E closed in A-212 or as directed by Operations.

8.7. Place test switch TS1 -212 F closed in A-212 or as directed by Operations.

8.8. Place test switch TS1 -212 H closed in A-212 or as directed by Operations.

8.9. Place test switch TS-186-STI-1 #4 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.10. Place test switch TS-186-ST2-1 #4 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.11. Place test switch TS-286-G1-2 switch #9 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.12. Verify test switch TS-286-G1-2 switch #10 closed In C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.13. Place test switch TS-286-G1-3 switch #2 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.14. Place test switch TS-286T switch #6 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.15. Request Relay technician remove glass cover and close the following knife switches for Loss of Field relay (240) in C20.

8.15.1. Red knife switch.

8.15.2. Black knife switches.

8.16. Install connection plug (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.

8.17. IF ST2 lock out at 186-ST2-2 contacts jumpered, THEN remove jumper 186-ST2-2 from contacts 11 to 11 c in C20 at scheme A211 terminal 11 to terminal 21 terminal (references E-92, E-94, M-201-62 & E-560 Sh 1).

8.18. Remove 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 to 2.

8.19. Reinstall A-111 fuse FU25 (UE) (reference E-8-AC-84 and E-34).

8.20. Remove jumper with switch at A-211 relay 127-A2-1/x1 at contacts 11 to 12 (reference-90, E-505 Sh6 and E-8-AC-90).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 25 of 30

9. Test Results and Evaluation 9.1. No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.
10. M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, ST2 Feeder Page 26 of 30 1

11. Summary Information Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Summary or Additional Information Recorded Step #I By/ Date Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 27 of 30

12. Attachments:

12.1. EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log 12.2. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log 12.3. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log 12.4. Test Change Notices

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 28 of 30 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, Startup Transformer 2 Feeder Page__of Name Title Signature Initials

______________________ I ___________________ 1 ________________________ 1 _________

4 + +

4 4. 4*

__ __ I ___ I _

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 29 of 30

[1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: 44313-03 REv 000 SWGR A-211, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDER Page-of Date Entry Initials

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, ST2 Feeder Page 30 of 30

[2] ArrACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOg SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44313-03 REV 000 SWGR A-21 1, STAMRUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDER Page of DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE,_TIME NUMBER

iDoc35 ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 1 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO [I STI Procedure Page I of 1 TEST #: ECT-44315-04 REV. #: 00 Quality Class: OR Ol 0 NQR TEST TITLE: H-24 Functional Testing, Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) feeder to H-2 REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date) (I9 /

Test Engineer (TE): W P Riedmueller " - / frf/(

Technical Reviewer: 4. s,#a6 -- /7 '

CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operations Department: 7/74 Org3nizatio

,Organization Maintenance :3  : /

Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached El Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: E] Not Required El Attached E] Other OSRC Approval ElNot Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor: .. VIfA'?* /l (/*7/.dZari ,7M/17A TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer /'

TE Supervisor: /

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made inthe development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 2 of 22 Table of Contents 1.0 Objectives ........................................................................................................................ 3 2.0 References ....................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 Test EauiDment .......................................................................................................... 4 4.0 Precautions and Lim itations .................................................................................... 4 5.0 Prerequisites ............................................................................................................. 4

.0 Instrumentation .......................................................................................................... 5 7.0 Test Instructions ........................................................................................................ 5 7.1 H-24 DC Control Power Breaker and Fuse Checks ..................................................................... 5 7.2 H-24 Control and Indication Checks .............................................................................................. 5 7.3 H-24 Trip Test on Unit Lockout ...................................................................................................... 7 7.4 H-24 Trip Test on H-25 (SU1 to H-2) Closure ............................................................................... 7 7.5 H-25 (SU1 to H-2) Trip on H-24 Closure ....................................................................................... 8 7.6 H-24 Trip Test on H-23 (SU2 to H-2) Closure ............................................................................... 8 7.7 H-23 (SU2 to H-2) Trip on H-24 Closure ....................................................................................... 9 7.8 H-24 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-2 bus lockout trip ....................................... 9 7.9 H-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in H-25) circuit tests ........................................... 10 7.10 H-2 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests ......................................................... 12 7.11 UAT Differential Current Transformers (5000/5 in H-24 bus compartment) .................................... 13 7.12 H-2 Bus Loss of Voltage Alarm to Plant Computer 1..............................

16 8.0 Restoration ............................................................................................................... 16 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 17 10.0 M&TE Instrumentation .............................................................................................. 17 11.0 Sum mary Inform ation .............................................................................................. 18 12.0 Attachments: .................................................... 19 12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log ..................................................... 19 12.2 EN-DC- 117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log ...................................................................................... 19 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log ................................................................... 19 12.4 Test Change Notices ......................................................................................................................... 19

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 3 of 22 1.0 Oblectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-24, 6900 VAC feeder from Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT). Testing is being performed as a result of affected cable replacements, repairs, or potential impacts as a result of the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event documented in CR-ANO-C-2013-00888.

1.2 H-24 circuit breaker will be racked up and cycled on a de-energized bus during testing.

2.0 References 2.1 EC-44315, H-2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 OP-1305.029, Off-site Power Undervoltage and Protective Relay Test 2.4 OP-1416.006, Unit 1 H2 Bus Switchgear Inspection 2.5 E-3 sheet 1, Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System 2.6 E-31 sheet 1, System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram 2.7 E-33 sheet 1, Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System 2.8 E-76 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V &4160V Switchgear 2.9 E-76 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V Switchgear 2.10 E-87 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Transformer 6900V ACBs 2.11 E-88 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans No. 1 6900V ACBs 2.12 E-89 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans No. 2 6900V ACBs 2.13 E-93 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays 2.14 E-94 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram SU1 & SU2 Lockout Relays 2.15 E-95 Sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Transformer Undervoltage Relays 2.16 E-136 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays 2.17 E-138 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays 2.18 E-418 sheet 6, Schematic Diagram 6.9 KV Feeder Breaker Trip Ref lash Annunciator 2.19 E-452 sheet 2, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 2.20 E-452 sheet 3, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 2.21 E-480 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs 2.22 E-481 sheet 79, Connection Schedule Computer Analog Inputs 2.23 E-482 sheet 12, Connection Schedule Computer Digital 10 Signals 2.24 E-482 sheet 60, Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs (SPDS) 2.25 E-504 sheet 2, Connection Diagram 6900 Volt Switchgear Units H 21 Through H 25 2.26 E-560 sheet 2, Connection Diagram Panel C20, TMOD EC-43758 Markup 2.27 E-561 sheet 3, Connection Diagram Panel C10 2.28 E-561 sheet 5, Connection Diagram Panel C10 2.29 E-8-AC-46 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H21, H22 & H23) 2.30 E-8-AC-47 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H24 & H25)

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 4 of 22 2.31 E-8-AC-56 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H24) 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Temporary test jumper with momentary switch and alligator clips or mini-grabber ends so that terminals do not need to be disturbed to connect jumper.

3.3 Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source. 120 VAC source to have isolated (ungrounded) output. One (1) set of leads of sufficient length to reach from 120 VAC source to H-25 PT drawer with alligator type clips on one end to attach 120 VAC source HOT and NEUTRAL leads to PT drawer secondary disconnect device terminals and one (1) set of leads of sufficient length to reach from 120 VAC source to terminal points in H-23.

3.4 Three (3) GE relay test plugs with three (3) digital ammeters connected from stud 3 to stud 5 and studs 4, 5, & 6 shorted together.

4.0 PrecauIons and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with'this testing have high levels of potential energy. The requirements of EN-IS-123 "Electrical Safety" shall be complied with when working in the area ifequipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the H-2 6900V bus de-energized and grounded.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuit may be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the change documented in the Test Log.

4.5 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.6 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.7 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.8 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.9 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.10 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that H-2 6900V bus is de-energized and grounded.

5.2 Verify that the H-24 testing Work Order has been authorized and set to WORKING.

5.3 Verify that 125 VDC control power is available to H-2 switchgear and H-24.

5.4 Verify that 125 VDC control power breaker and fuses in H-23 are ON.

5.5 Verify that 125 VDC control power breaker and fuses in H-25 are ON.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 5 of 22 5.6 Verify bus H-2 lockout relay 186-H2 on H-24 is RESET except during portion of test that intentionally trips the lockout relay.

5.7 Verify H-23 breaker installed and racked up or in the test position.

5.8 Verify H-25 breaker installed and racked up or in the test position.

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 H-24 DC Control Power Breaker and Fuse Checks 7.1.1 Verify the following breakers and fuses installed in H-24 in the ON position:

" ACB-100A (BA)

" FU-45(UB)

" FU-46(UC)

  • FU-47(UR)
  • FU-48 (UT)

" FU-49 (UA) 7.2 H-24 Control and Indication Checks 7.2.1 Verify H-24 breaker installed and fully inserted into H-24 cubicle.

7.2.1.1 Check H-24 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.

7.2.1.2 Check H-24 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.2 Verify H-24 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.2.3 Rack up circuit breaker in H-24 cubicle. Refer to OP-1107.001 Exhibit C.

7.2.3.1 Check H-24 spring charging motor operates (audible indication) after release of the elevator clutch handle.

7.2.3.1.1 Check H-24 Breaker Springs Charged WHITE light OFF during spring charging.

7.2.3.2 Check H-24 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.3.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block (SD) fully engaged.

7.2.3.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8".

7.2.3.5 Check H-24 Breaker Springs Charged local WHITE light ON.

7.2.3.6 Check H-24 Tripped local GREEN light ON.

7.2.3.7 Check H-24 local Closed RED light OFF.

7.2.3.8 Check H-24 Breaker On Local AMBER light ON.

7.2.3.9 Check H-24 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light ON at panel C10.

7.2.3.10 Check the following H-24 lights OFF at panel C10:

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 6 of 22 a RED breaker Closed a GREEN breaker Tripped

  • WHITE Breaker Springs Charged.

7.2.4 In H-24, place fuses in fuse block FU-49 (UA) to the OFF / REMOVED position.

7.2.4.1 Check H-24 Potential Monitor Indicator WHITE light OFF.

7.2.4.2 Check Annunciator K02-B5 "H2 DC Control Power Off" in alarm.

7.2.5 In H-24, place fuses in fuse block FU-49 (UA) in the ON / INSTALLED position.

7.2.5.1 Check H-24 Potential Monitor local WHITE light ON.

7.2.5.2 Check Annunciator K02-B5 "H2 DC Control Power Off" not in alarm.

7.2.6 At Control Room panel C20, verify open the following test switches (ref. E-1 38 sh.

1):

  • TS-286-G1-3 switch 2 - Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 7.2.7 At Control Room panel C20, verify the following switches on Loss of Field relay 240 are OPEN (ref. E-136 sh. 1 and OP-1305.029):

" Red knife switch

  • Black knife switches 7.2.8 At C20, Reset 286-G1-1 Generator Lockout Relay.

7.2.9 At C20, Reset 286-G1-2 Generator Lockout Relay.

7.2.10 Verify H-2 bus lock-out relay 186-H2 on H-24 RESET.

7.2.11 Close H-24 breaker by taking local control switch to CLOSE and release.

7.2.11.1 Check H-24 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.11.2 Check H-24 local Closed RED light ON.

7.2.11.3 Check H-24 local Tripped GREEN light OFF.

7.2.11.4 Check H-24 SPDS point Z1 H24B indicates NORMAL / CLOSED 7.2.12 Trip H-24 breaker by taking local control switch to TRIP and release.

7.2.12.1 Check H-24 indicates TRIP on breaker mechanism.

7.2.12.2 Check H-24 local Tripped GREEN light ON.

7.2.12.3 Check H-24 local Closed RED light OFF.

7.2.12.4 Check H-24 SPDS point Z1H24B indicates TRIPPED / OPEN.

7.2.13 Take H-24 Breaker Local-Remote Selector Switch to REMOTE.

7.2.14 Take H-24 Sync Switch (152-24/SS on panel C10) to ON.

7.2.15 Take H-24 remote Control Switch (152-24/CS on C10) to CLOSE and release.

7.2.16 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.2.16.1 Check H-24 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.16.2 Check H-24 close local RED light ON.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 7 of 22 7.2.16.3 Check H-24 close remote RED light ON at panel C1O.

7.2.16.4 Check H-24 trip local GREEN light OFF.

7.2.16.5 Check H-24 trip remote GREEN light OFF at panel C10.

7.2.17 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release.

7.2.17.1 Check H-24 indicates TRIPPED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.17.2 Check H-24 trip local GREEN light ON.

7.2.17.3 Check H-24 trip remote GREEN light ON at panel C1O.

7.2.17.4 Check H-24 close local RED light OFF.

7.2.17.5 Check H-24 close remote RED light OFF at panel C10.

7.3 H-24 Trip Test on Unit Lockout 7.3.1 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.

7.3.2 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.3.3 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.3.3.1 Check H-24 Closed.

7.3.3.2 Check H-24 Breaker Trip NOT in alarm on K1630-5 Ref lash Annunciator on CO.

7.3.3.3 Check Plant Computer Point HS11H24 indicates NORM.

7.3.4 Install a temporary test jumper with momentary switch in Control Room panel C20 across terminal block TB1 scheme H24 Terminals 2P and 29 on the cabinet internal side of the TB (opposite field cable H24D). Reference E-560 sh. 2 for location of TB and terminal points.

7.3.5 Trip H-24 on Unit Lockout by momentarily closing jumper switch.

7.3.5.1 Check H-24 Tripped.

7.3.5.2 Check H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-D4 in the Control Room in Alarm.

7.3.5.3 Check H-24 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-5 Ref lash Annunciator on C10.

7.3.5.4 Check Plant Computer Point HS1H24 indicates TRIP.

7.3.6 Remove temporary test jumper with momentary switch from Control Room panel C20, scheme H24 terminals 2P & 29.

7.3.7 Acknowledge / Reset H-24 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1 630 Ref lash Annunciator on C1 0.

7.4 H-24 Trig Test on H-25 (SU1 to H-2) Closure 7.4.1 Verify H-2 bus lock-out relay 186-H2 on H-24 RESET.

7.4.2 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.

7.4.3 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.4.4 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.4.4.1 Check breaker H-24 Closed.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 8 of 22 7.4.5 Verify breaker H-25 (SU1 to H-2) racked up or in the test position with DC control power available.

7.4.6 Verify H-25 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.4.7 Verify Test Switch H on TS1 -24 on H-24 OPEN (removes H-25 trip from feeder undervoltage relay 127-15-2/X - reference E-88 SH 1, E-95 SH 1) 7.4.8 Verify SUW Transformer Lockout 186-ST1-1 on C20 is RESET (removes H-25 trip from SUW Transformer Lockout 186-ST1 reference E-88 SH 1, E-94 SH 1) 7.4.9 Take H-25 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.4.9.1 Check breaker H-25 Closed.

7.4.10 Verify H-25 remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.4.11 Take H-25 Sync Switch to ON.

7.4.11.1 Check breaker H-24 Tripped.

7.4.12 Take H-25 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.5 H-25 (SU1 to H-2) Trip on H-24 Closure 7.5.1 Verify breaker H-25 Closed.

7.5.2 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.

7.5.3 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.5.4 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.5.4.1 Check breaker H-24 Closed 7.5.4.2 Check breaker H-25 Tripped.

7.6 H-24 Trip Test on H-23 (SU2 to H-2) Closure 7.6.1 Verify breaker H-24 Closed.

7.6.2 Verify breaker H-23 (SU2 to H-2) racked up or in the test position with DC control power available.

7.6.3 Verify H-23 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.6.4 Verify Test Switch J on TS1 -24 on H-24 OPEN (removes H-23 trip from feeder undervoltage aux. relay 127-23-2/X - reference E-89 SH 1, E-95 SH 1) 7.6.5 Verify SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1 on C20 is RESET (removes H-23 trip from SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2 reference E-89 SH 1, E-94 SH 1) 7.6.6 Take H-23 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.6.6.1 Check breaker H-23 Closed.

7.6.7 Verify H-23 remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.6.8 Take H-23 Sync Switch to ON.

7.6.8.1 Check breaker H-24 Tripped.

7.6.9 Take H-23 Sync Switch to OFF.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 9 of 22 7.7 H-23 (SU2 to H-2) Trip on H-24 Closure 7.7.1 Verify breaker H-23 Closed.

7.7.2 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.

7.7.3 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.7.4 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.7.4.1 Check breaker H-24 Closed.

7.7.4.2 Check breaker H-23 Tripped.

7.8 H-24 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-2 bus lockout trip 7.8.1 Remove the H-24 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL),

and 151N (AK).

7.8.2 Verify H-2 bus lock-out relay 186-H2 (AT) RESET.

7.8.2.1 Check 6.9 KV BUS 11H2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1H2 indicates NORM.

7.8.3 Verify the following test switches are closed at H-24:

7.8.3.1 TS1 -24 Switch A (186-H2 trip to H-25) 7.8.3.2 TS1 -24 Switch B (186-H2 trip to H-24 7.8.3.3 TS1 -24 Switch C (1 86-H2 trip to H-23) 7.8.4 Verify H-24 breaker CLOSED.

7.8.5 Take H-23 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.8.5.1 Check breaker H-23 Closed.

7.8.6 Take H-25 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.8.6.1 Check breaker H-25 Closed.

7.8.7 Manually actuate H-24 "A" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 A (AJ).

7.8.7.1 Check 151 A (AJ) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.

7.8.7.2 Check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) tripped.

7.8.7.3 Check H-23 Tripped.

7.8.7.4 Check H-24 Tripped.

7.8.7.5 Check H-25 Tripped.

7.8.7.6 Check H2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A5 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.8.7.7 Check H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-D4 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.8.7.8 Check H24 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-5 Reflash Annunciator on CI0.

7.8.7.9 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1H2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1 H2 indicates TRBL.

7.8.7.10 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.

7.8.7.11 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 10 of 22 7.8.7.12 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.8.7.12.1 Check H-24 did not Close (remains Tripped).

7.8.7.13 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release to green flag control switch (Normal-After-Trip).

7.8.7.14 Reset 151A (AJ) relay target indicator 7.8.7.15 Reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).

7.8.8 Manually actuate H-24 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B (AH).

7.8.8.1 Check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.

7.8.8.2 Check 151B (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.8.8.3 Reset 151 B (AH) relay target indicator 7.8.8.4 Reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).

7.8.9 Manually actuate H-24 "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 C (AL).

7.8.9.1 Check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.

7.8.9.2 Check 151C (AL) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.8.9.3 Reset 151C (AL) relay target indicator 7.8.9.4 Reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).

7.8.10 Manually actuate H-24 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N (AK).

7.8.10.1 Check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.

7.8.10.2 Check 151 N (AK) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.8.10.3 Reset 151N (AK) relay target indicator 7.8.10.4 Reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).

7.8.11 Install H-24 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL), and 151N (AK).

7.8.12 Verify H-23 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.13 Verify Test Switch H on TS1 -24 on H-24 CLOSED unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.14 Verify H-25 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.15 Verify Test Switch J on TS1 -24 on H-24 CLOSED unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.9 H-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in H-25) circuit tests (E-33) 7.9.1 Verify H-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-25 racked out.

7.9.2 Verify H-2 Bus PT secondary fuses FU-54 (UA) located in H-25 ON / INSTALLED.

7.9.3 Verify H-25 fuses FU-55 (UD) and FU-56 (UE) ON / INSTALLED.

7.9.4 Connect a 120 VAC 60 Hz source (de-energized) HOT lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (BO / Ground).

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 11 of 22 Note Performance of the following steps Is expected to bring in annunciator K02-C5 "H2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm.

7.9.5 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.5.1 Check K02-C5 "H2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127-NP/H2) - reference E-452 sh. 2.

7.9.5.2 Check Ul SPDS point E1H2 indicates a nominal 7 kV (E-481 sh. 79) 7.9.5.3 In H-23, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-23 (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6.

7.9.5.4 In H-25, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-25 (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6.

7.9.6 In Control Room panel C10, on panel B (rear, right door, panel on right, reference E-561 sh. 5), check approximately zero (0) VAC from TBB3 scheme H02 terminal 065 on internal side of TB opposite cable H02L BK wire to cabinet ground.

7.9.7 In Control Room panel C10, on panel B (rear, right door, panel on right, reference E-561 sh, 5), check nominal 120 VAC from TBB3 scheme H02 terminal 45 on internal side of TB opposite cable H02L WH wire to TBB3 scheme H02 terminal 065 on internal side of TB opposite cable H02L BK wire.

7.9.8 At H-25, remove fuses FU-56 (UE).

7.9.8.1 Check K02-C5 "H2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm clear.

7.9.9 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase 7.9.9.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.9.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.10 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase 7.9.10.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.10.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately; kV.

7.9.11 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase 7.9.11.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.11.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.12 De-energize120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.13 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO).

7.9.14 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 3 (C0).

7.9.15 Verify 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead connected at H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0 / Ground).

7.9.16 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.17 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase 7.9.17.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.17.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7kV.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 12 of 22 7.9.18 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase 7.9.18.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.18.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.19 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase 7.9.19.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.19.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C1 0 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.20 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.21 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B10 / Ground).

7.9.22 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO).

7.9.23 Verifyl20 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead connected H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 3 (C0).

7.9.24 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.25 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase 7.9.25.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.25.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.26 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase 7.9.26.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.26.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately, 0 kV.

7.9.27 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase 7.9.27.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.27.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.9.28 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.29 Verify relay targets, if so equipped, are reset.

7.9.30 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 3 (CO) and terminal 1 (AO).

7.9.31 At H-25, re-install fuses FU-56 (UE).

7.10 H-2 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests (E-33).

7.10.1 Verify Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-25 racked out.

7.10.2 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-23 racked out.

7.10.3 At H-23, verify the following fuses ON / INSTALLED

  • FU-59 (UE)
  • FU-58 (UF) 7.10.4 On Control Room panel C10, record as-found position of Sync Scope needle with all sync switches OFF:

7.10.4.1 C10 Sync Scope as-found position:

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 13 of 22 NOTE: Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source will be needed in the following steps to check proper phasing of the bus and feeder PT circuits.

7.10.5 Connect one 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B10 / Ground).

7.10.6 Connect second 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-23 PT secondary circuit at H-23 TB A terminal 1 (A0) and NEUTRAL lead to H-23 TB A terminal 2,(B0 I Ground).

7.10.7 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.10.8 At Control Room panel C10, place H-23 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.10.8.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.10.8.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.10.8.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.

7.10.9 At Control Room panel C10, place H-23 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.10.9.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.10.9.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.10.9.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates as-found position.

7.10.10 Verify breaker H-13 is tripped or racked down.

7.10.10.1 In H-13, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-13 (AK) terminal 7 to terminal 8.

7.10.11 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.10.12 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-23 PT secondary circuit at TB A terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from H-23 TB A terminal 2 (BO /

Ground).

7.10.13 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (BO / Ground).

7.10.14 Verify PT drawer above H-25 returned to as-found condition or as directed by Ul Operations.

7.10.15 Verify PT drawer above H-23 returned to as-found condition or as directed by Ul Operations.

7.11 UAT Differential Current Transformers (5000/5 in H-24 bus compartment) - Reference E-33 and E-8-AC-56 device ZA.

7.11.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.

7.11.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed such that stud 4, stud 5, and stud 6 are shorted together.

7.11.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs from stud 3 to stud 5.

7.11.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C" 7.11.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to 2 A range or in automatic range mode.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 14 of 22 7.11.1.6 Verify the following Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) differential current relays in C20 have their connection plugs removed:

" 187AT-B

" 187AT-C 7.11.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and marked ammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:

" 187AT-B

" 187AT-C 7.11.1.8 Remove H-24 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the H-2 horizontal bus.

NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "HI" for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.11.1.9 Front C Phase CT 7.11.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-56 for CT device ZA, the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1 (wire EE3).

7.11.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "C" phase CT secondary terminal 1 (near polarity mark).

NOTE: When H-24 differential relay CTs are energized for testing, the corresponding H-14 differential CTs will also be energized - reference E-33.

7.11.1.9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A" and "B" phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through "C" phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.11.1.9.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test'plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 15 of 22 7.11.1.9.5 Check ammeter "C" in relay 187AT-C indicates more current than ammeter "A"in relay 187AT-A and ammeter "B"in relay 187AT-B.

7.11.1.9.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

7.11.1.10 Front A Phase CT 7.11.1.10.1 Check "A"middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-56 for CT device ZA, the "A" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3 (wire EEl).

7.11.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "A"phase CT secondary terminal 3 (near polarity mark).

7.11.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "B"and "C" phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through "A"phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.11.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

" 187AT-A ammeter "A"

" 187AT-B ammeter "B"

" 187AT-C ammeter "C" 7.11.1.10.5 Check ammeter "A"in relay 187AT-A indicates more current than ammeter "B"in relay 187AT-B and ammeter C" in relay 187AT-C.

7.11.1.10.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

7.11.1.11 Front B Phase CT 7.11.1.11.1 Check "B" right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

i NOTE: Per E-8-AC-56 for CT device ZA, the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5 (wire EE2).

7.11.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "B"phase CT secondary terminal 5 (near polarity mark).

7.11.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A"and "C" phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through "B" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 16 of 22 7.11.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:

" 187AT-A ammeter "A"

" 187AT-B ammeter "B"

" 187AT-C ammeter "C" 7.11.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B" in relay 187AT-B indicates more current than ammeter "A" in relay 187AT-A and ammeter C" in relay 187AT-C.

7.11.1.11.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.11.1.12 Re-install any H-24 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the H-2 horizontal bus.

7.11.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the UAT differential current relays in C20.

7.11.1.14 Verify the following Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) differential current relays in C20 have their connection plugs re-installed:

" 187AT-C 7.12 H-2 Bus Loss of Voltage Alarm to Plant Computer 7.12.1 At H-24, REMOVE connection plug(s) (pie plate(s)) from H-2 bus undervoltage relay 127-H2-1 (AF).

7.12.1.1 Check PMS1 computer point YS1H2UV indicates NORM.

7.12.2 At H-24, INSERT connection plug(s) into undervoltage relay 127-H2-1 (AF).

7.12.2.1 Check PMS1 computer point YS1 H2UV indicates TRBL.

8.0 Restoration 8.1 Verify Breaker H-24 is tripped or racked down as directed by Unit 1 Operations.

8.2 Verify test jumper removed from C20.

8.3 At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations (ref. E-138 sh. 1):

NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

" TS-286T switch 6 - Turbine Trip Generator Lockout

" TS-286-G1-3 switch 2 - Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 8.4 At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass cover reinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations:

  • Red knife switch
  • Black knife switches

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 17 of 22 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

w ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 18 of 22 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # I Summary or Additional Information I Recorded By / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 19 of 22 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log 12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log 12.4 Test Change Notices

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Attachment 12.1 ATrACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATU.RE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44315-04 Rev 00, SWGR H-24, UAT Feeder to H-2 Bus Page-....of___

Name Title Signature Initials 4 4-4 4 4

-4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 -l I 4 4 I 4 4 4 I 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 i I

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Attachment 12.2

[1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 , TEST LOG SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44315-04 REv 00, SWGR H-24, UAT FEEDER TO H-2 Bus Page of Date Entry Initials 4 I 4 I 4 I

.1 I 4 I I I 4 I 4 4 4 9 4 4 4 4 I I 4 4.

4 4.

4 4.

9 4.

9 4.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Attachment 12.3

[2] ArTrACHM ENT9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET 1 OFi1 Test Number: ECT/STI 44315-04 REV 00, SWGR H-24, UAT FEEDER To H-2 Bus DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/IIME NUMBER______

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 1 of 20 1

ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: [ ECT Procedure 0 ECT WO D STI Procedure Page I of 1 TEST #: ECT-44314-04 REV. #: 00 Quality Class: C- OR I NOR TEST TITLE: H-14 Functional Testing. Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) feeder to H-1 REVIEW (Prlnt/Sign/Date) F Test Engineer (TE): W P Riedmueller -('7-147- /

Technical Reviewer: 7-17-13,

"~'

CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operations Department -- I Ognain Maintenance k.Ogz o Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: EC Attached El Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: C3 Not Required C] Attached EC Other OSRC Approval APPROVAL,(Print/Sign/Date)

C Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

TE Supervisor: IflC4#4f'.ifJj TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): /'

Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: /

'ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made inthe development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

B133

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 2 of 20 Table of Contents 1.0 Objectives ........................................................................................................................ 3 2.0 References ...................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 Test Equipment ........................................................................................................... 4 4.0 Precautions and Limitations ..................................................................................... 4 5.0 Prerequisites .............................................................................................................. 4 6.0 Instrumentation ........................................................................................................... 5 7.0 Test Instructions ........................................................................................................ 5 7.1 H-14 DC Control Power Breaker and Fuse Checks ..................................................................... 5 7.2 H-14 Control and Indication Checks ............................................................................................ 5 7.3 H-14 Trip Test on Unit Lockout ...................................................................................................... 7 7.4 H-14 Trip Test on H-15 (SUI to H-1) Closure ............................................................................... 7 7.5 H-15 (SUl to H-I) Trp on H-14 Closure ....................................................................................... 8 7.6 H-14 Trip Test on H-13 (SU2 to H-1) Closure ............................................................................... 8 7.7 H-13 (SU2 to H-1) Trip on H-14 Closure ....................................................................................... 9 7.8 H-14 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 bus lockout trip ................. 9 7.9 H-1 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in H-15) circuit tests ................................................. 10 7.10 H-1 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests ............................................................ 12 7.11. H-1 Loss of Voltage Alarm to Plant Computer ............................................................................. 13 8.0 Restoration ............................................................................................................... 13 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 14 10.0 M&TE Instrumentation .............................................................................................. 15 11.0 Summary Information .............................................................................................. 16 12.0 Attachments: ............................................................................................................ 17 12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log .............................. 17 12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log ........................................................................ . .................. 17 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log .................................................................. 17 12.4 Test Change Notices ......................................................................................................................... 17

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus PIage 3 of 20 1.0 Objectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-14, 6900 VAC feeder from Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT). Testing is being performed as a result of affected cable replacements, repairs, or potential impacts as a result of the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event documented in CR-ANO-C-2013-00888.

1.2 H-14 circuit breaker will be racked up and cycled on a de-energized bus during testing.

2.0 References 2.1 EC-44314, H-1 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 OP-i1305.029, Off-site Power Undervoltage and Protective Relay Test 2.4 OP-1416.005, Unit 1 H1 Bus Switchgear Inspection 2.5 E-3 sheet 1, Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System 2.6 E-31 sheet 1, System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram 2.7 E-33 sheet 1, Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System 2.8 E-76 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.9 E-76 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V Switchgdar 2.10 E-87 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Transformer 6900V ACBs 2.11 E-88 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans No. 1 6900V ACBs 2.12 E-89 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans No. 2 6900V ACBs 2.13 E-93 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays 2.14 E-94 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram SU1 & SU2 Lockout Relays 2.15 E-95 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Transformer Undervoltage Relays 2.16 E-136 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays 2.17 E-138 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays 2.18 E-418 sheet 6, Schematic Diagram 6.9 KV Feeder Breaker Trip Reflash Annunciator 2.19 E-452 sheet 2, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 2.20 E-452 sheet 3, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 2.21 E-480 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs 2.22 E-481 sheet 79, Connection Schedule Computer Analog Inputs 2.23 E-482 sheet 12, Connection Schedule Computer Digital 10 Signals 2.24 E-482 sheet 18, Connection Schedule Computer Digital 10 Signals 2.25 E-482 sheet 60, Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs (SPDS) 2.26 E-504 sheet 1, Connection Diagram 6900 Volt Switchgear Units H 11 Through H 15 2.27 E-560 sheet 2, Connection Diagram Panel C20, TMOD EC-43758 Markup 2.28 E-561 sheet 3, Connection Diagram Panel C10 2.29 E-8-AC-45 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H13, H14 & H15) 2.30 E-8-AC-51 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H14)

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 4 of 20 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Temporary test jumper with momentary switch and alligator clips or mini-grabber ends so that terminals do not need to be disturbed to connect jumper.

3.3 Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source. 120 VAC source to have isolated (ungrounded) output. Two (2) sets of leads of sufficient length to reach from 120 VAC source to H-13, H-14, and/or H-15 PT drawers with alligator type clips on one end to attach 120 VAC source HOT and NEUTRAL leads to PT drawer secondary disconnect device terminals.

3.4 Three (3) GE relay test plugs with three (3) digital ammeters connected from stud 3 to stud 5 and studs 4, 5, & 6 shorted together.

4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. The requirements of EN-IS-123 "Electrical Safety" shall be complied with when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the H-1 6900V bus de-energized and grounded.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuit may be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the change documented in the Test Log.

4.5 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.6 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.7 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.8 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-117 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.9 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.10 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that H-1 6900V bus is de-energized and grounded.

5.2 Verify that the H-14 testing Work Order has been authorized and set to WORKING.

5.3 Verify that 125 VDC control power is available to H-1 switchgear and H-14.

5.4 Verify that 125 VDC control power breaker and fuses in H-13 are ON.

5.5 Verify that 125 VDC control power breaker and fuses in H-15 are ON.

5.6 Verify-bus H-1 lockout relay 186-Hi on H-14 is RESET except during portion of test that intentionally trips the lockout relay.

5.7 Verify H-13 breaker installed and racked up or In the test position.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 5 of 20 5.8 Verify H-15 breaker installed and racked up or in the test position.

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 H-14 DC Control Power Breaker and Fuse Checks 7.1.1 Verify the following breakers and fuses installed in H-14 in the ON position:

0 ACB-1OOA (BA) 0 FU-8 (UB) 0 FU-9 (UC)

  • FU-10(UR)
  • FU-11 (UT)
  • FU-12(UA) 7.2 H-1 4 Control and Indication Checks 7.2.1 Verify H-14 breaker installed and fully inserted into H-14 cubicle.

7.2.1.1 Check H-14 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.

7.2.1.2 Check H-14 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.2 Verify H-14 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.2.3 Rack up circuit breaker in H-14 cubicle. Refer to OP-1 107.001 Exhibit C.

7.2.3.1 Check H-14 spring charging motor operates (audible indication) after release of the elevator clutch handle.

7.2.3.1.1 Check H-14 Breaker Springs Charged WHITE light OFF during spring charging.

7.2.3.2 Check H-14 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.3.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block (SD) fully engaged.

7.2.3.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8".

7.2.3.5 Check H-14 Breaker Springs Charged local WHITE light ON.

7.2.3.6 Check H-14 Tripped local GREEN light ON.

7.2.3.7 Check H-14 local Closed RED light OFF.

7.2.3.8 Check H-14 Breaker On Local AMBER light ON.

7.2.3.9 Check H-14 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light ON at panel C10.

7.2.3.10 Check the following H-14 lights OFF at panel C10:

  • RED breaker Closed
  • GREEN breaker Tripped
  • WHITE Breaker Springs Charged.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 6 of 20 7.2.4 In H-14, place fuses in fuse block FU-12 (UA) to the OFF / REMOVED position.

7.2.4.1 Check H-14 Potential Monitor Indicator WHITE light OFF.

7.2.4.2 Check Annunciator K02-B4 "H1 DC Control Power Off' in alarm.

7.2.5 In H-14, place fuses in fuse block FU-12 (UA) in the ON / INSTALLED position.

7.2.5.1 Check H-44 Potential Monitor local WHITE light ON.

7.2.5.2 Check Annunciator K02-B4 "H1 DC Control Power Off" not in alarm.

7.2.6 At Control Room panel C20, verify open the following test switches (ref. E-138 sh.

1):

  • TS-286-G1-3 switch 2- Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 7.2.7 At Control Room panel C20, verify the following switches on Loss of Field relay 240 are OPEN (ref. E-136 sh. 1 and OP-1305.029):
  • Red knife switch
  • Black knife switches 7.2.8 At C20, Reset 286-Gi-1 Generator Lockout Relay.

7.2.9 At C20, Reset 286-G1-2 Generator Lockout Relay.

7.2.10 Verify H-i bus lock-out relay 186-HI on H-14 RESET.

7.2.11 Close H-14 breaker by taking local control switch to CLOSE and release.

7.2.11.1 Check H-14 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.11.2 Check H-14 local Closed RED light ON.

7.2.11.3 Check H-14 local Tripped GREEN light OFF.

7.2.11.4 Check H-14 SPDS point Z1H14B indicates NORMAL 7.2.12 Trip H-14 breaker by taking local control switch to TRIP and release.

7.2.12.1 Check H-14 indicates TRIP on breaker mechanism.

7.2.12.2 Check H-14 local Tripped GREEN light ON.

7.2.12.3 Check H-14 local Closed RED light OFF.

7.2.12.4 Check H-14 SPDS point Z1H14B indicates TRIPPED 7.2.13 Take H-14 Breaker Local-Remote Selector Switch to REMOTE.

7.2.13.1 Check H-14 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light OFF at panel C1O.

7.2.14 Take H-14 Sync Switch (152-14/SS on panel C10) to ON.

7.2.15 Take H-14 remote Control Switch (152-14/CS on C10) to CLOSE and release.

7.2.16 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.2.16.1 Check H-14 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.16.2 Check H-14 close local RED light ON.

7.2.16.3 Check H-14 close remote RED light ON at panel C10.

7.2.16.4 Check H-14 trip local GREEN light OFF.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 7 of 20

. 7.2.16.5 Check H-14 trip remote GREEN light OFF at panel CIO.

7.2.17 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release.

7.2.17.1 Check H-14 indicates TRIPPED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.17.2 Check H-14 trip local GREEN light ON.

7.2.17.3 Check H-14 trip remote GREEN light ON at panel C10.

7.2.17.4 Check H-14 close local RED light OFF.

7.2.17.5 Check H-14 close remote RED light OFF at panel CIO.

7.3 H-14 Trip Test on Unit Lockout 7.3.1 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.

7.3.2 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.3.3 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.3.3.1 Check H-14 Closed.

7.3.3.2 Check H-14 Breaker Trip NOT in alarm on K1630-2 Reflash Annunciator in back of C10.

7.3.3.3 Check Plant Computer Point HS1H14 indicates NORM.

7.3.4 Install a temporary test jumper with momentary switch in Control Room panel C20 across terminal block TB1 scheme H14 Terminals 2P and 29 on the cabinet internal side of the TB (opposite field cable H14D). Reference E-560 sh. 2 for location of TB and terminal points.

7.3.5 Trip H-14 on Unit Lockout by momentarily closing jumper switch.

7.3.5.1 Check H-14 Tripped.

7.3.5.2 Check H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-D4 in ihe Control Room in Alarm.

7.3.5.3 Check H-14 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-2 Reflash Annunciator in back of C10.

7.3.5.4 Check Plant Computer Point HS1H14 indicates TRIP.

7.3.6 Remove temporary test jumper with momentary switch from Control Room panel C20, scheme H14 terminals 2P & 29.

7.3.7 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release.

7.3.8 Acknowledge / Reset H-14 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1 630 Reflash Annunciator in back of C10.

7.4 H-14 Trip Test on H-15 (SU1 to H-1) Closure 7.4.1 Verify H-1 bus lock-out relay 186-Hi on H-14 RESET.

7.4.2 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.

7.4.3 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.4.4 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.4.4.1 Check breaker H-14 Closed.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 8 of 20 7.4.5 Verify breaker H-15 (SU1 to H-1) racked up or in the test position with DC control power available.

7.4.6 Verify H-15 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.4.7 Verify Test Switch H on TS1-14 on H-14 OPEN (removes H-15 trip from feeder undervoltage relay 127-15-1/X - reference E-88 SH 1, E-95 SH 1) 7.4.8 Verify SUW Transformer Lockout 186-ST1-1 on C20 is RESET (removes H-15 trip from SUl Transformer Lockout 186-ST1 reference E-88 SH 1, E-94 SH 1) 7.4.9 Take H-15 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.4.9.1 Check breaker H-15 Closed.

7.4.10 Verify H-15 remote Control Switch on CIO in Normal-After-Close.

7.4.11 Take H-15 Sync Switch to ON.

7.4.11.1 Check breaker H-14 Tripped.

7.4.12 Take H-15 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.5 H-15 (SU1 to H-1) Trip on H-14 Closure 7.5.1 Verify breaker H-15 Closed.

7.5.2 Take H-15 Remote Local switch to REMOTE.

7.5.3 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.

7.5.4 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.5.5 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.5.5.1 Check breaker H-14 Closed 7.5.5.2 Check breaker H-15 Tripped.

7.6 H-1 4 Trip Test on H-1 3 (SU2 to H-i) Closure 7.6.1 Verify breaker H-14 Closed.

7.6.2 Verify breaker H-13 (SU2 to H-i) racked up or in the test position with DC control power available.

7.6.3 Verify H-1 3 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.

7.6.4 Verify Test Switch J on TS1-14 on H-14 OPEN (removes H-13 trip from feeder undervoltage aux. relay 127-23-1/X - reference E-89 SH 1, E-95 SH 1) 7.6.5 Verify SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1 on C20 is RESET (removes H-13 trip from SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2 reference E-89 SH 1, E-94 SH 1) 7.6.6 Take H-13 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.6.6.1 Check breaker H-13 Closed.

7.6.7 Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.6.8 Take H-13 Sync Switch to ON.

7.6.8.1 Check breaker H-14 Tripped.

7.6.9 Take H-13 Sync Switch to OFF.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 9 of 20 7.7 H-13 (SU2 to H-1) Trip on H-14 Closure 7.7.1 Verify breaker H-13 Closed.

7.7.2 Take H-1 3 Remote Local Switch to REMOTE.

7.7.3 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.

7.7.4 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.7.5 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.7.5.1 Check breaker H-14 Closed.

7.7.5.2 Check breaker H-13 Tripped.

7.8 H-14 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 bus lockout trip 7.8.1 Remove the H-14 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL),

and 151N (AK).

7.8.2 Verify H-1 bus lock-out relay 186-Hi (AT) RESET.

7.8.2.1 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1H1 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1H1 indicates NORM.

7.8.3 Verify the following test switches are closed at H-14:

7.8.3.1 TS11-14 Switch A (186-Hi trip to H-15) 7.8.3.2 TS1-14 Switch B (186-H1 trip to H-14 7.8.3.3 TS1-14 Switch C (186-H1 trip to H-13) 7.8.4 Verify H-14 breaker CLOSED.

7.8.5 Take H-13 Remote Local Switch to LOCAL.

7.8.6 Take H-1 3 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.8.6.1 Check breaker H-13 Closed.

7.8.7 Take H-15 Remote Local Switch to LOCAL.

7.8.8 Take H-15 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.8.8.1 Check breaker H-15 Closed.

7.8.9 Manually actuate H-14 "A" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151A (AJ).

7.8.9.1 Check 151A (AJ) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.

7.8.9.2 Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) tripped.

7.8.9.3 Check H-13 Tripped.

7.8.9.4 Check H-14 Tripped.

7.8.9.5 Check H-15 Tripped.

7.8.9.6 Check H1 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A4 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.8.9.7 Check HI/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-D4 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.8.9.8 Check H14 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-2 Reflash Annunciator in back of C10.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 10 of 20 7.8.9.9 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1H1 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1 H1 indicates TRBL.

7.8.9.10 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.

7.8.9.11 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

7.8.9.12 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.8.9.12.1 Check H-14 did not Close (remains Tripped).

7.8.9.13 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release to green flag control switch (Normal-After-Trip).

7.8.9.14 Reset 151A (AJ) relay target indicator 7.8.9.15 Reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-HI (AT).

7.8.10 Manually actuate H-14 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151B (AH).

7.8.10.1 Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) trips.

7.8.10.2 Check 151B (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.8.10.3 Reset 151B (AH) relay target indicator 7.8.10.4 Reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).

7.8.11 Manually actuate H-14 "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151C (AL).

7.8.11.1 Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) trips.

7.8.11.2 Check 151 C (AL) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.8.11.3 Reset 151C (AL) relay target indicator 7.8.11.4 Reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).

7.8.12 Manually actuate H-14 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N (AK).

7.8.12.1 Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-HI (AT) trips.

7.8.12.2 Check 151N (AK) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.8.12.3 Reset 151N (AK) relay target indicator 7.8.12.4 Reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).

7.8.13 Install H-14 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL), and 151N (AK).

7.8.14 Verify H-13 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.15 Verify Test Switch H on TS1-14 on H-14 CLOSED unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.16 Verify H-15 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.17 Verify Test Switch J on TS1-14 on H-14 CLOSED unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.9 H-1 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in H-13) Circuit Tests (E-33) 7.9.1 Verify H-1 Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-13 racked out.

7.9.2 Verify H-13 fuses FU-22 (UD) and FU-23 (UE) ON / INSTALLED.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 11 of 20 7.9.3 Connect a 120 VAC 60 Hz source (de-energized) HOT lead to H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead at H-13 TB G terminal 12 (BO / Ground).

Note Performance of the following steps Is expected to bring in annunciator K02-C4 "H1 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm.

7.9.4 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.4.1 Check K02-C4 "H1 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127-NP/H1) - reference E-452 sh. 2.

7.9.4.2 Check Ul SPDS point E1H1 indicates a nominal 7 kV (E-481 sh. 79) 7.9.4.3 In H-13, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-13 (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6.

7.9.4.4 In H-15, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-15 (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6.

7.9.5 In Control Room panel C10, on panel A (rear, left door, panel on left, reference E-561 sh. 3), check approximately zero (0) VAC from TBA3 scheme H01 terminal 064 on internal side of TB opposite cable H01 N BK wire to cabinet ground.

7.9.6 In Control Room panel C10, on panel A (rear, left door, panel on left, reference E-561 sh. 3), check nominal 120 VAC from TBA3 scheme H01 terminal 44 on internal side of TB opposite cable H01 N WH wire to TBA3 scheme H01 terminal 064 on internal side of TB opposite cable H01 N BK wire.

7.9.7 At H-1 3, remove fuses FU-23 (UE).

7.9.7.1 Check K02-C4 "H1 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm clear.

7.9.8 On H-14, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase 7.9.8.1 Check local H-1 voltmeter on H-14 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.8.2 Check remote H-1 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.9 De-energizel20 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.10 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead from H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 9 (AO).

7.9.11 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead to H-1 3 PT secondary circuit at H-1 3 TB CC terminal 10 (CO).

7.9.12 Verify 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead connected at H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB G terminal 12 (B10 / Ground).

7.9.13 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.14 On H-1 4, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase 7.9.14.1 Check local H-1 voltmeter on H-14 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.14.2 Check remote H-1 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7kV.

7.9.15 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.16 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead from H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-1 3 TB G terminal 12 (B0 / Ground).

7.9.17 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL to H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 9 (AO).

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 12 of 20 7.9.18 Verifyl20 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead connected H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 10 (C0).

7.9.19 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.20 On H-14, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase 7.9.20.1 Check local H-i voltmeter on H-14 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.20.2 Check remote H-1 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.9.21 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.9.22 Verify relay targets, ifso equipped, are reset.

7.9.23 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source from H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 10 (C0) and terminal 9 (A0).

7.9.24 At H-13, re-install fuses FU-23 (UE).

7.10 H-1 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests (E-33).

7.10.1 Verify Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-13 racked out.

7.10.2 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-14 racked out.

7.10.3 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-i15 racked out.

7.10.4 On Control Room panel C10, record as-found position of Sync Scope needle with all sync switches OFF:

7.10.4.1 C10 Sync Scope as-found position:

NOTE: Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source will be needed in the following steps to check proper phasing of the bus and feeder PT circuits.

7.10.5 Connect one 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead at H-13 TB G terminal 12 (BO/

Ground).

7.10.6 Connect second 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-14 PT secondary circuit at H-14 TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead at H-14 TB CC terminal 10 (Ground).

7.10.7 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.10.8 At Control Room panel C1O, place H-14 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.10.8.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.10.8.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.10.8.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.

7.10.9 At Control Room panel C10, place H-14 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.10.9.1 On 010, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.10.9.2 On C01, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.10.9.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates as-found position.

7.10.10 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT-6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 13 of 20 7.10.11 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-14 PT secondary circuit at H-14 TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from TB CC terminal 10 (Ground).

7.10.12 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-15 PT secondary circuit at H-15 TB A terminal 1 (A0) and NEUTRAL lead at H-15 TB A terminal 2 (Ground).

7.10.13 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.10.14 At Control Room panel C10, place H-15 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.10.14.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.10.14.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.

7.10.14.3On C10, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.

7.10.15 At Control Room panel C10, place H-15 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.10.15.1 On C01, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.10.15.20n C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.

7.10.15.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates as-found position.

7.10.16 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

7.10.17 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-15 PT secondary circuit at H-15 TB A terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from TB A terminal 2 (Ground).

7.10.18 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-13 PT secondary circuit at TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead TB G terminal 12 (B0 / Ground).

7.10.19 Verify PT drawer above H-13 returned to as-found condition or as directed by Ul Operations.

7.10.20 Verify PT drawer above H-14 returned to as-found condition or as directed by Ul Operations.

7.10.21 Verify PT drawer above H-15 returned to as-found condition or as directed by Ul Operations.

7.11 H-1 Bus Loss of Voltage Alarm to Plant Computer 7.11.1 At H-1 4, REMOVE connection plug(s) (pie plate(s)) from H-1 bus undervoltage relay 127-Hi-i (AF).

7.11.1.1 Check PMS1 computer point YS1 HI UV indicates NORM.

7.11.2 At H-14, INSERT connection plug(s) into undervoltage relay 127-Hi-1 (AF).

7.11.2.1 Check PMS1 computer point YS1 H1 UV indicates TRBL.

8.0 Restoration 8.1 Verify Breaker H-14 is tripped or racked down as directed by Unit 1 Operations.

8.2 Verify test jumper removed from C20.

8.3 At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations (ref. E-138 sh. 1):

NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 14 of 20

  • TS-286-G1-3 switch 2- Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 8.4 At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass cover reinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations:
  • Red knife switch

" Black knife switches 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 15 of 20 10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 16 of 20 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Steo # Summary or Additional Information I Recorded Bv / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-1 4, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 17 of 20 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log 12.4 Test Change Notices

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Attachment 12.1 ATrACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number ECT/STI: 44314-04 Rev 00, SWGR H-14, UAT Feeder to H-1 Bus Page___of Name Title Signature Initials

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-1 4, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Attachment 12.2 (1] ArrACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOa SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: 44314-04 REV 00, SWGR H-1 4, UAT FEEDER TO H-1 Bus Page-of Date Entry Initials 4.

4.

4. 9
4. 9
4. 4
4. 4
4. 4
4. 4

_____ I I.______

.1. 4

4. 4

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Attachment 12.3 (2] ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET I OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: 44314-04 REv 00, SWGR H-14, UAT FEEDERTO H-1 BUS Page.of DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER I 1~

4 4-4 +

4 .4.

4 1.

4 +

I .4.

4 .4.

4 +

I 1*

9 4.

4 4.

9 1-4 .4.

I 4.

I 4.

9- 4.

t 1*

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 1 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of I TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure 0] ECT WO El STI Procedure Page I of 22 TEST #: ECT-44315-05 REV. #: 0 OualIty Class: El OR 0 NOR TEST TITLE: Functional Testing for Startup 1 Feeder Breaker H-25 REVIEW (Prlnt/Slgn/Date) -,

Test Engineer (TE): A. Spencer ".

Technical Reviewer: D. Barton ,- 1'7 CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operations Department: Y'-iM/v" NIQ"A wQ*-.,, 1X __-____:

Organization

/

Maint. / 7-1,24? _______/_-/_"_____:___/,___

Organization Organization

______ ,A/,4 / -

_ ___: /

Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE RE UIREMAENTS*-ý EN-LI-1-100 Review: A/ Attach[E Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: E equted [] Attached E] Other OSRC Approval Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date) ,

TE Supervisor: _. '/ A. */t9 *S..

TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*:

Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: .

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 2 of 22 Table of Contents 1.0 Oblectives .................................................................................. ........................... 3 2.0 References ................................................................. .................. 3 3.0 Test Equipm ent ........................................................................................ 4 4.0 Precautions and Limitations .............................................................. 4 5.0 Prerequisites .................................................................................................. 5 6.0 Instrum entation .......................................................................................................... 5 7.0 Test Instructions ........................................................................................................ 5 7.1 Testing Setup ......................................................................................................... 5 7.2 DC Power ............................................................................................................. 7 7.3 Local Control ........................................................................................................ 7 7.4 Alarm and Digital Com puter Point Test .................................................................. 8 7.5 Rem ote Operation .............................................................................................. 9 7.5.1 Indication Lights And Handswitch ........................................................ 9 7.5.2 Rem ote Close/Trip ................................................................................ 10 7.5.3 H-25 Auto Close to H-23 And Aux XFMR Breaker Fail Protection ........ 12 7.6 H-25 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 Bus Lockout Trip ..... 13 7.7 ST1 Differential Current Transformers ...................................................................... 14 8.0 Restoration .................................................................................................................... 17 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 18 10.0 M&TE Instrum entation .................................................................................... ........ 18 11.0 Sum m ary Inform ation .............................................................................................. 16 12.0 Attachm ents ............................................................................................................. 18

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 3 of 22 1.0 Oblectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-25, which supplies the H2 bus.

Testing is being performed as a result of damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.

1.2 This testing does not include system or performance testing of the load supplied by H-25.

1.3 Testing performed per this ECT will be done with Bus Hi and H2 De-eneraized.

2.0 References 2.1 EC-44315 H2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-3 Sh 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System 2.4 E-17 Sh 1A Green Train Vital AC and 125 VDC Single Line and Distribution.

2.5 E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram 2.6 E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter And Relay Diagram 6900 volt System 2.7 E-61 Sh 22 Panel Schedule No. 10 LA (P30) 2.8 E-76 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900 V Switchgear 2.9 E-87 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S 2.10 E-88 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S 2.11 E-89 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S 2.12 E93 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Swltchgear Bus Lockout And Undervoltage Relays 2.13 E94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2 Lockout Relays 2.14 E-138 Schematic Diagram Generator Protection And Lockout Relays-Turb and Reactor 2.15 E-418 Sh 6 Schematic Diagram 4.16 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip Reflash Annunciator 2.16 E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10) 2.17 E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10) 2.18 E-480 sh 1A Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs 2.19 E-482 Sh 3 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs 2.20 E-482 Sh 60 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs 2.21 E-504 Sh 2 Connection Diagram 6900 Volt Switchgear Units H-21 through H-25 2.22 E-560 Sh 1 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay & Gen Recorder BDS 2.23 E-560 Sh 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay & Gen Recorder BDS 2.24 E-561 Sh 3 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C10 Electrical Auxiliary System 2.25 E-561 Sh 5 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C10 Electrical Auxiliary System 2.26 E-8-AC-46 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.27 E-8-AC-47 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.28 E-8-AC-52 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.29 E-8-AC-55 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.30 E-8-AC-55 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 4 of 22 2.31 E-8-AC-56 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.32 E-8-AC-57 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing) 3.3 Test Jumpers 3.4 Two 120 VAC power sources 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the HI and H2 Bus de-energized and H2 grounded.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-117 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

4.10 Due to terminology differences, the word Check is means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.

4.11 Due to terminology differences, the word VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.

4.12 Due to terminology differences, the words trip and open have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

4.13 Due to terminology differences, when a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

4.14 When installing jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution against shorting.

4.15 Whenever possible, jumpers should be installed in a manner so as not to disturb terminations (i.e. gator clips, ez-hooks, etc.)

4.16 Test connections may be made at points other than those specified with approval from a cognizant test engineer.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 5 of 22 5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that 6900 volt switchgear H2 control power breaker (D21-01) is closed to H2 switchgear. (Ref E-17 sh 1A) 5.2 Verify H-23, H-24 and H-25 are available for testing.

5.3 Verify the following potential transformer fuses on H2 are withdrawn to prevent any possibility of inadvertent back-feed during secondary circuit energized testing. NOTE: If the PT drawers are pulled, this step may be marked WA 5.3.1 H-15 Bus PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-52 Device PA) 5.3.2 H-23 Bus PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-55 Device PA) 5.3.3 H-24 Bus PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-56 Device PA) 5.3.4 H-25 PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-57 Device PA) 5.4 Verify that personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.5 At C20, remove the glass cover for Loss Of Field Relay (240) then place the following switches in the OPEN position: (This will allow the 286-Gl -1 and 286-G1-2 generator lockout relays to be reset. Ref Op-1305.029)

" Red Knife Switch

" Black Knife Switches 6.0 Instrumentation NONE 7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Testing Setup 7.1.1 Verify breaker H-25 is racked down and the patch cord is NOT installed.

7.1.2 At H-25, verify H-25 DC control power breaker (BA) is OPEN.

7.1.3 At DC panel D21, verify 4160 volt switchgear H2 breaker D21-01 is closed.

7.1.4 At H-25, verify Approximately 125 VDC at the line side H-25 DC control power breaker (BA).

7.1.5 At H-25, verify polarity for the 125 VDC is correct at the line side of breaker BA.

(terminal 1- terminal 3 +) (Reference drawing E-8-AC-55) 7.1.6 At H-25, verify load side of DC input breaker BA is 0 VDC. (terminal 2 - terminal 4 7.1.7 At H-13, verify breaker is CLOSED.

7.1.8 At H-13, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

7.1.9 At H-15, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

7.1.10 At H-23, verify breaker BA is CLOSED.

7.1.11 At H-23, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

7.1.12 At H-23, verify control handswitch (1552/CS) in TRIP position 7.1.13 At H-24, verify breaker BA is CLOSED.

7.1.14 At H-24, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 6 of 22 7.1.15 At H-24, verify control handswitch (152/CS) in TRIP position 7.1.16 At H-25, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

7.1.17 At H-25, verify control handswitch (152/CS) in TRIP position 7.1.18 At C10, verify H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.19 At C10, verify H-23 sync switch (152-23/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.20 At C10, verify H-24 handswitch (152-24/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.21 At C10, verify H-24 sync switch (152-24/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.22 At C10, verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.23 At C10, verify H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.24 At H-24, place TS1 -24, switch C, in the open position. (186-H2 Trip to H-23) 7.1.25 At H-24, place TS1 -24, switch J, in the open position. (127-23-2/X Trip to H-23) 7.1.26 At H-24, remove the "pie plate" from relay 127-H2-1. (127-H2-1/X Close Enable H-23 & H-25) 7.1.27 At H-24, place TS1 -24, switch A, in the open position. (1186-H2 Trip to H-25) 7.1.28 At H-24, place TS1 -24, switch H, in the open position. (127-15-2/X Trip to H-25) 7.1.29 At C20, place TS-186-ST1-1 switch 2 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-25), in the open position. (Ref E-88, E-94) 7.1.30 At C20, place TS-1 86-ST2-1 switch 2 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-23), in the open position. (Ref E-89, E-94) 7.1.31 At C20, Place TS-286T switch 6 in the open position.

7.1.32 At C20, verify generator lockout Relay 286-G1-1 in the RESET position.

7.1.33 At C20, verify generator lockout Relay 286-G1-2 in the RESET position.

7.1.34 Verify H-23 is in the Breaker Racked UP/Open position.

7.1.35 Verify H-24 is in the Breaker Racked UP/Open position.

7.1.36 At C10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143-2) in the ST1 position. (Ref E-87).

7.1.37 At H-24, verify lockout relay 186-H2 (H2 bus lockout) is RESET.

7.1.38 At H-25, verify the following Fuses are installed:(Reference drawing E-8-AC-57) 7.1.38.1 UA (FU-54) C, 10 amp 7.1.38.2 UA (FU-54) A, 10 amp 7.1.38.3 UB (FU-50) +, 15 amp 7.1.38.4 UB (FU-50) -,15 amp 7.1.38.5 UC (FU-51) +, 15 amp 7.1.38.6 UC (FU-51) -, 15 amp 7.1.38.7 UD (FU-55) C, 10 amp 7.1.38.8 UD (FU-55) A, 10 amp 7.1.38.9 UE (FU-56) C, 10 amp 7.1.38.10UE (FU-56) A, 10 amp

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 7 of 22 7.1.38.11 UR (FU-52) +, 35 amp 7.1.38.12 UR (FU-52) -, 35 amp 7.1.38.13 UT (FU-53) +, 35 amp 7.1.38.14 UT (FU-53) -, 35 amp 7.2 DC Power 7.2.1 At H-25, place H-25 DC control breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position' 7.2.2 At H-25, verify approximately 125 VDC is present at the following locations:

7.2.2.1 UB (FU-50) terminal 2 - to UB (FU-50) terminal 4+

7.2.2.2 UC (FU-51) terminal 2-to UC (FU-51) terminal 4+

7.2.2.3 UR (FU-52) terminal 2 - to UR (FU-52) terminal 4+

7.2.2.4 UT (FU-53) terminal 2 - to UT (FU-53) terminal 4+

7.2.3 At H-23, verify H-23 DC control power breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

7.2.4 At H-24, verify H-24 DC control power breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

7.3 Local Control 7.3.1 Place breaker H-25 in the racked up position.

7.3.2 At H-25, charge the breaker springs as follows:

7.3.2.1 Pull the racking handle forward.

7.3.2.2 Place H-25 DC control breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

7.3.2.3 Release racking handle and check that springs charge.

7.3.3 At H-25, check WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A) 7.3.4 At H-25, check AMBER (breaker on local) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A) 7.3.5 At H-25, check GREEN (breaker tripped) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A) 7.3.6 At H-25, check RED (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E76 sh 1A)

NOTE CIO RED, WHITE AND GREEN LIGHTS SHOULD ONLY BE ON WHEN THE LOCAL/REMOTE SWITCH IS IN REMOTE.

7.3.7 At C1O, check H-25 WHITE (CHRGD) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1) 7.3.8 At C1O, check H-25 AMBER (LOCAL) light is ON. (Ref E-88 sh 1) 7.3.9 At C1O, check H-25 GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1) 7.3.10 At C10, check H-25 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1) 7.3.11 At H-25, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.3.12 Check the following:

7.3.12.1 Breaker H-25 is closed.

7.3.12.2 At H-25, AMBER (breaker on local) light is ON.

7.3.12.3 At H-25, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 8 of 22 7.3.12.4 At H-25, RED (breaker closed) light is ON.

7.3.12.5 At H-25, GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF.

7.3.12.6 At ClO, H-25 AMBER (LOCAL) light is ON, 7.3.12.7 At C1O, WHITE (CHRGD) light is OFF.

7.3.12.8 At C1O, H-25 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.3.12.9 At ClO, H-25 GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF.

7.3.13 At H-25, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.3.14 Check breaker H-25 is tripped.

7.4 Alarm And Digital Computer Point Test 7.4.1 Verify annunciator K1630-6 (H-25 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C10, is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-418 sh 6) 7.4.2 At C1O, verify annunciator K02-D5 (H11/1-12 Auto Transfer) is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-452 sh 3 )

7.4.3 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1 H25. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.4.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1H25. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.4.5 Check the SPDS 6900 display indicates GREEN (tripped) for H-25. (SPDS point Z1 H25B) 7.4.6 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-H25/CS) in the CLOSE position then check the following:

7.4.6.1 H-25 is TRIPPED.

7.4.6.2 At C1O, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) IS NOT in alarm.

7.4.6.3 Annunciator K1630-6 (H-25 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C1O, IS in alarm.

7.4.6.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates TRIP for computer point HS1 H25.

7.4.6.5 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1 H25.

7.4.6.6 SPDS 6900 display Indicates GREEN (tripped) for H-25, 7.4.7 At CIO, place H-25 handswitch (152-H25/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.4.8 At H25, place handswitch (152/CS) in the close position.

7.4.9 At H25, place the local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the REMOTE position.

7.4.10 Check the following conditions:

7.4.10.1 H-25 is CLOSED.

7.4.10.2 At C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) IS in alarm.

7.4.10.3 Annunciator K1630-6 (H-25 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C1O, IS NOT in alarm.

7.4.10.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1H25.

7.4.10.5 Unit 1 PMS display indicates YES for computer point ZS1 H25.

7.4.10.6 SPDS 6900 display indicates RED (CLOSED) for H-25.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 9 of 22 7.4.11 At C10, verify A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.12 At A-213, Install a jumper from TB-DD terminal 6 (P1) to TB-CC terminal 6 (11).

7.4.13 At C10, verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.14 At C-10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143/1) is in the ST2 position. (ref E-87) 7.4.15 At 0-10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143/2) is in the ST1 position. (ref E-87) 7.4.16 Check K02-B1 annunciator is NOT in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2) 7.4.17 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) is in the pull to lock position.

7.4.18 Check K02-B1 annunciator IS in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2) 7.4.19 At C10, verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.20 At A-213, remove the jumper from TB-DD terminal 6 (P1) to TB-CC terminal 6 (11).

7.4.21 Check K02-B1 annunciator IS in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2) 7.5 Remote Operation 7.5.1 Indication Lights and Handswitch 7.5.1.1 At H-25, remove both UA fuses (FU54). (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 7.5.1.2 At H-15, remove fuse UD (FU-17)) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52)

NOTE: Temporary 120 VAC power sources installed in the following steps shall be from the same source. Installing these power sources will generate a Negative sequence alarm.

7.5.1.3 At H-15, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source to TB A terminal 1 (line) and TB A, terminal 2 (neutral). (Sync Relay) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 7.5.1.4 At H-25, remove both UE (FU-56) fuses from H-25. (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 7.5.1.5 At H-25, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source at TB G terminal 13 (line), and TB CC terminal 9 (neutral).

7.5.1.6 At H-25, place H-25 local/remote handswitch in the remote position.

7.5.1.7 At C-10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.1.8 At CIO, place H-25 hand switch (152-25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.1.9 Check the following:

7.5.1.9.1 Breaker H-25 is CLOSED.

7.5.1.9.2 At H-25, AMBER (breaker on local) light is OFF.

7.5.1.9.3 At H-25, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.

7.5.1.9.4 At H-25, RED (breaker closed) light is ON.

7.5. 1.9.5 At H-25, GREEN (breaker trip) light is OFF.

7.5.1.9.6 At C10, H-25 AMBER (LOCAL) light is OFF.

7.5.1.9.7 At C10, H-25 WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.5.1.9.8 At C10, H-25 RED (breaker closed) light is ON.

7.5.1.9.9 At C10, H-25 GREEN (breaker trip) light is OFF.

7.5.1.10 At C-10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the OFF position.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 10 of 22 7.5.1.11 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) in the TRIP Position.

7.5.1.12 Check the following:

7.5.1.12.1 Breaker H-25 is tripped.

7.5.1.12.2 At H-25, AMBER (breaker on local) light is OFF.

7.5.1.12.3 At H-25, RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.5.1.12.4 At H-25, GREEN (breaker trip) light is ON.

7.5.1.12.5 At H-25, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.

7.5.1.12.6 At C10, H-25 AMBER (LOCAL) light is OFF.

7.5.1.12.7 At C10, H-25 WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.5.1.12.8 At C10, H-25 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.5.1.12.9 At C10, H-25 GREEN (breaker trip) light is ON.

7.5.1.12.10 AT C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-452 sh 3 )

7.5.1.12.11 At C10, check annunciator K1630-6 (H-25 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-418 sh 6) 7.5.1.12.12 SPDS computer 6900 display indicates breaker H-25 green (tripped). (Ref E-482 sh 60) 7.5.1.12.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1H25. (6.9KV ACB STI/BUS 1H2) (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.5.1.12.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1 H25.

(Auto Close)(Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.5.2 Remote Close/Trip (Ref E-88, E-561 Sh 4) 7.5.2.1 At C20, check status of lockout relay 186-ST1-2.

7.5.2.2 If relay 186-ST1-2 is tripped, then perform the following:

7.5.2.2.1 If lockout relay 186-ST1-2 can be reset, then reset it.

7.5.2.2.2 If lockout relay 186-STI-2 can not be reset, then install a jumper at C20, terminal block H25, terminal 11 to terminal 21. (ref E-560 shl) 7.5.2.3 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.4 Check H-25 is tripped.

7.5.2.5 At H23, check continuity (closed contact) between TB-AA terminal 11 (1) and TB-BB terminal 1 (61). (H25 auto close to H23) (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.6 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.7 Check H-25 is CLOSED.

7.5.2.8 At H23, check NO continuity (open contact) between TB-AA terminal 11 (1) and TB-BB terminal 1 (61). (H25 auto close to H23) (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.9 At C10, remove the H-23 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-89) 7.5.2.10 At C10, remove the H-24 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-87)

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 11 of 22 7.5.2.11 At H-23, check for continuity (CLOSED contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.12 At H-24, check for continuity (CLOSED contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.13 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.14 At H-23, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.15 At H-24, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.16 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.17 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.18 Check H-25 is TRIPPED.

7.5.2.19 At H-23, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.20 At H-24, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.21 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.22 At C10, place ST1/ST2 selector switch 143-2 in the ST1 position. (ref E-87) 7.5.2.23 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 to terminal 61. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.24 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.

7.5.2.25 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 to terminal 61. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.26 At C10, reinstall the H-23 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-89) 7.5.2.27 At 010, reinstall the H-24 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-87) 7.5.2.28 At C10, Place H-23 sync switch (152-H23/SS) in the on position.

7.5.2.29 At C10, place H-23 handswitch (152-H23/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.30 At H-23, place a hand held jumper from TB-G, terminal 13 (12) to terminal 14 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-55) 7.5.2.31 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

7.5.2.32 At H-23, remove the hand held jumper from TB-G, terminal 13 (12) to terminal 14 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-55) 7.5.2.33 At C10, Place H-23 sync switch (152-H23/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.34 At C10, place H-23 handswitch (152-H23/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.35 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 to terminal 52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.36 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.

7.5.2.37 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 to terminal 52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.38 At C10, Place H-24 sync switch (152-H24/SS) in the ON position.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 12 of 22 7.5.2.39 At C10, place H-24 handswitch (152-H24/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.40 At H-24, place a hand held jumper from TB-H, terminal 6 (12) to terminal 5 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-56) 7.5.2.41 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

7.5.2.42 At H-24, remove the hand held jumper from TB-H, terminal 6 (12),to terminal 5 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-56) 7.5.2.43 At C10, place H-24 sync switch (152-H24/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.44 At C10, place H-24 handswitch (152-H24/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.45 At H-24, INSTALL the "pie plate" from relay 127-H2-1. (127-H2-1/X Close Enable H-23 & H-25) 7.5.2.46 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 to terminal 52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.47 Check H-25 is Tripped.

7.5.2.48 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 to terminal 52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.49 At 010, place H-25 sync switch (152-H25/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.50 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-H25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.51 Check H-25 is CLOSED.

7.5.2.52 At H-24, place switch TS1 -24 switch H in the CLOSED position.

7.5.2.53 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY tripped. (127-15-1/X trip) 7.5.2.54 At H-24, place switch TS1 -24 switch H in the OPEN position. (ref E-88) 7.5.2.55 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (1 52-H25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.56 Check H-25 is CLOSED.

7.5.2.57 At H-24, place a hand held jumper from terminal block D terminal 5 (2P) to terminal 6 (29). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-47) 7.5.2.58 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED. (186-H2 trip) 7.5.2.59 At H-24, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block D terminal 5 (2P) to terminal 6 (29). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-47) 7.5.2.60 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-H25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.61 Check H-25 is CLOSED.

7.5.2.62 At C10, place H-24 sync switch (152-H24/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.63 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 2P to terminal 29. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.64 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED. (186-ST1-1 trip) 7.5.2.65 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 2P to terminal 29. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.3 H-25 Auto Close to H-23 and Aux XFMR Breaker Fail Protection 7.5.3.1 Verify H-24 is TRIPPED.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 13 of 22 7.5.3.2 At H-23, verify continuity from TB-BB terminal 1 (61) to terminal 3 (52). (E-89) 7.5.3.3 At H-23, verify NO continuity from TB-DD terminal 11 (1A) to terminal 12 (1B). (E-93) 7.5.3.4 At H-25, place the local/ remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the LOCAL position.

7.5.3.5 At H-25, place the handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.3.6 At H-23, verify NO continuity from TB-BB terminal 1((61) to terminal 3 (52).

7.5.3.7 At H-23, verify continuity from TB-DD terminal 11 (1A) to terminal 12 (1B).

7.5.3.8 At H-25, place the handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.6 H-25 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 Bus Lockout Trip 7.6.1 Remove the H-25 protective relay covers for 151A (AH), 151B (AG), 151C (AF),

and 151N (AE).

7.6.2 Verify H-2 bus lock-out relay 186-H2 (AT) RESET.

7.6.2.1 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1H2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1H2 indicates NORM.

7.6.3 At H-24, verify test switch TS1-24 switch A is closed.

7.6.4 At H-25, place the local/remote (152/SEL SW) switch in the LOCAL position.

7.6.5 At H-25, place handswitch (15/CS) in the close position.

7.6.6 Verify H-25 breaker CLOSED.

7.6.7 At H-25, place the local/remote (152/SEL SW) switch in the REMOTE position.

7.6.8 Manually actuate H-25 "A"Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 A (AH).

7.6.8.1 At H-25, check 151A (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.

7.6.8.2 At H-24, check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) tripped.

7.6.8.3 Check H-25 Tripped.

7.6.8.4 At C10, check H2 LO RELAY TRIP annunciator K02-A5 is in alarm.

7.6.8.5 Check H-25 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-5 annunciator In back of C10.

7.6.8.6 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1 H2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1 H2 indicates TRBL.

7.6.8.7 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-H25/SS) in the ON position.

7.6.8.8 At C10, place H-25 handswitch in the CLOSE position.

7.6.8.9 At C1 0, place H-25 sync switch (152-H25/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.8.9.1 Check H-25 remains TRIPPED).

7.6.8.10 At C10, place H-25 handswitch in the TRIP position.

7.6.8.11 At H-25, reset 151A (AH) relay target indicator.

7.6.8.12 At H-24, reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).

7.6.9 At H-25, manually actuate "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B (AG).

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 14 of 22 7.6.9.1 At H-24, check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.

7.6.9.2 At H-25, check 151 B (AG) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.

7.6.9.3 At H-25, reset 151B (AG) relay target indicator.

7.6.9.4 At H-24, reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).

7.6.10 At H-24, manually actuate "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151C (AF).

7.6.10.1 At H-24, check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.

7.6.10.2 At H-25, check 151C (AF) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.

7.6.10.3 At H-25, reset 151C (AF) relay target indicator.

7.6.10.4 At H-24, reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).

7.6.11 At H-25, manually actuate H-25 ground Overcurrent Relay 151 N (AE).

7.6.11.1 At H-24, check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.

7.6.11.2 At H-25, check 151 N (AE) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.6.11.3 At H-25, reset 151 N (AE) relay target indicator 7.6.11.4 At H-24, reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).

7.6.12 At H-25, install H-25 protective relay covers for 151A (AH), 151 B (AG), 151C (AF),

and 151N (AE).

7.6.13 Verify H-25 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.6.14 H2 Bus Voltage Transducer V-H2/T Check (Ref E-33 sh 1, E-88) 7.6.14.1 Check that on the SPDS Unit 1, 6900 display, the H2 bus voltage displayed is approximately 7200 volts.

7.6.14.2 At H-25, disconnect the temporary 120 VAC power source at TB G terminal 13 (line), and TB CC terminal 9 (neutral).

7.6.14.3 Check that on the SPDS Unit 1, 6900 display, the H2 bus voltage displayed is approximately 0 volts.

7.7 ST1 Differential Current Transformers (5000/5 in H-25 bus compartment) - Reference E-33 and E-8-AC-57 device "ZA".

NOTE: Connecting plugs are tagged out for SU-1 TMOD. Test Plugs are not connecting plugs and can be installed in relays that are tagged out. Alternate connection points may be used for connecting test equipment ifapproved by the test engineer.

7.7.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.

7.7.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed from stud 4 to stud 5 and from stud 6 to stud 5.

7.7.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs from stud 3 to stud 5.

7.7.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C" 7.7.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to 2 A range or in automatic range mode.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 15 of 22 7.7.1.6 Verify the following Startup Transformer No. 1 (ST1) differential current relays In C20 have their connection plugs removed:

" 187ST1/A

  • 187ST1/B

" 187ST1/C 7.7.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and marked ammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:

  • 187ST1/A
  • 187ST1/B
  • 187ST1/C 7.7.1.8 Remove H-25 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-1 horizontal bus.

NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "Hi" for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary.

7.7.1.9 Front C Phase CT 7.7.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-57 for CT device "ZA", the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1(EE3).

7.7.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup hot lead to "C" phase CT secondary terminal 1 (near polarity mark).

NOTE: When H-25 differential relay CTs are energized for testing, the corresponding H-15 differential CTs will also be energized - reference E-33.

7.7.1.9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A"and "B"phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through "C" phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.9.4 Verify that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:

" 187ST1/A ammeter "A"

" 187ST1/B ammeter "B"

" 187ST1/C ammeter "C" 7.7.1.9.5 Check that ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C indicates more current than ammeter "A"in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "B"in relay 187ST1/B.

7.7.1.9.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 16 of 22 7.7.1.10 Front A Phase CT 7.7.1.10.1 Check "A"middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-57 for CT device "ZA", the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3 (EEl).

7.7.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "A"phase CT secondary terminal 3 (near polarity mark).

7.7.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "B" and "C" phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through "A"phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:

  • 187ST1/A ammeter "A" 9187ST1/B ammeter "B" o187ST1/C ammeter "C" 7.7.1.10.5 Check that ammeter "A"in relay 187ST1/A indicates more current than ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1/B and ammeter C" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.7.1.10.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

7.7.1.11 Front B Phase CT 7.7.1.11.1 Check that "B"right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-57 for CT device "ZA", the "B"P phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5 (EE2).

7.7.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "B" phase CT secondary terminal 5 (near polarity mark).

7.7.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through uA" and "C"phases is expected to be a small fraction of the current through "B" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:

  • 187ST1/A ammeter "A" 9187ST1/B ammeter "B" o 187ST1/C ammeter "C"

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 17 of 22 7.7.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B"in relay 187ST1/B indicates more current than ammeter "A"in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "C"in relay 187ST1/C.

7.7.1.11.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.7.1.12 Re-install any H-25 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-1 horizontal bus.

7.7.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the ST1 differential current relays in C20.

7.7.1.14 Verify the following Startup Transformer 1 (ST1) differential current relays in C20 have their connection plugs re-installed or tagged out:

" 187ST1/A

" 187ST1/B

" 187ST1/C 8.0 Restoration 8.1 All switchgear breakers manipulated during this testing should be left in the racked up, tripped position with the DC control power energized unless otherwise directed.

8.2 At H-15, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from TB A terminal 1 (line) and TB A, terminal 2 (neutral). (Sync Relay) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 8.3 At H-25, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from TB G terminal 13 (line), and TB CC terminal 9 (neutral).

8.4 At H-25, reinstall both UA fuses (FU54).) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 8.5 At H-15, reinstall fuse UD (FU-17) ) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 8.6 At H25, reinstall both UE (FU-56) fuses. (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-56) 8.7 Place the following test switches in the closed position unless other wise directed by Unit 1 Operations:

8.7.1 . H-24, TS1-24, switch C.

8.7.2 H-24, TS1-24, switch J 8.7.3 H-24, TS1-24, switch A 8.7.4 H-24, TS1 -24, switch H 8.7.5 C20, TS-186-ST1-1 switch 2 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-25). (E-88, E-94) 8.7.6 C20, TS-1 86-ST2-1 switch 2 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip A-23). (E-94, E-89) 8.7.7 C20, TS-286T SWITCH 6 8.7.8 At H-15, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source at TB A terminal 1 (line),

and TB A terminal 2 (neutral).

8.8 IF PT fuses are not on a tagout, then Install the following potential transformer fuses on H-2:

8.8.1 H-23 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-B-AC-55 Device PA) 8.8.2 H-25 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-8-AC-57 Device PA)

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 18 of 22 8.9 At C20, remove the glass cover for Loss Of Field Relay (240) then place the following switches in the CLOSE position: (This may cause the 286-G1-1 and 286-Gl-2 generator lockout relays to TRIP. Ref Op-1305.029)

  • Red Knife Switch
  • Black Knife Switches 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation NONE 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Deficiencies 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.8 -Test Change Notice 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log 12.4 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 19 of 22 Ar"ACHMENT 9.8 TEST CHANGE NOTICE SHEET 1 OF 1 TEST CHANGE NOTICE TEST EJECT [ECT WO [ STI Page 1 of TYPE:

TEST #: Change Notice No.: - Quality Class: CQOR [I NOR TEST TITLE:

Type of Change: [C Intent [] Non Intent Description of Change(s):

TCN POSTING INSTRUCTION List Page(s) being Replaced (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Added (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Deleted (N/A, if not applicable):

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer:

Technical Reviewer: / or [I Non Intent Change (Signature not required for Non-intent Changes, mark N/A and check box)

STI Original EN-LI-100, process Applicability Determination: C Not Impacted; C] Impacted and Revised OSRC Approval:[] Not Required Mtg No._ Date: Chairman:_

Operations Department: /  : /

Organization Organzatio / Oranzaio Organization Organization

_ _ _ :__ /  : /___

Organization Organization On Site Risk Assessment Group:

APPROVAL (Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor: I Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 20 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET I OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI:____________________ Page of Date Entry Initials 4 t 4 f

.4 -F 4 9 4 9

.4 4

.4- 4 4 4

_ _ _ _ _ . I __

.4 .4 4 4

.9. J.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 21 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: Page.of.*

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 22 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION Loa SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI:. Page-Of Name Title Signature Initials

zID138 ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 1 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: Z ECT Procedure D ECT WO D STI Procedure Page 1 of 22 TEST #: ECT-44314-05 REV. #: 0Q Quality Class: E] OR Z NOR TEST TITLE: Functional Testing for SiartuD 1 Feeder Breaker H-1 5 REVIEW (Prlnt/SignrDate)

Test Engineer (TE): A. Spencer - '

Technical Reviewer: S, Mitchell I/ 746/

CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operations Department: - / 7//q//33 /

Organization Maint. ~&4'7 A ZO 12 ______.

Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-1 00 Review: [] Attached 0 Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: El Not Required C0 Attached C Other OSRC Approval [ Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

TA~pPOeVrAL(rrint/Slg*'n/DateR)N (*  ![/H1/ih TE Supervisor: Viyrzt Am TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE

'( t /57011/31 Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*:

Test Engineer (TE): .

Technical Reviewer TE Supervisor:

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made inthe development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 2 of 22 Table of Contents 1.0 Oblectives ........................................................................................................................ 3 2.0 References ....................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 Test EquiDm ent ............................................................................................................... 4 4.0 Precautions and Lim itations ......................................................................................... 4 5.0 Prerequisites .................................................................................................................... 4 6.0 Instrum entation .......................................................................................................... 5 7.0 Test Instructions ........................................................................................................ 5 7.1 Testing Setup ............................................................................................................. 5 7.2 DC Power ............................................................................................................. 6 7.3 Local Control ........................................................................................................ 7 7.4 Alarm and Digital Com puter Point Test ............................................................. 8 7.5 Rem ote Operation .............................................................................................. 9 7.5.1 Indication Lights And Handswltch ....................................................... 9 7.5.2 Rem ote Close/Trip .................................................................................... 10 7.5.3 H-15 Auto Close to H-13 And Aux XFMR Breaker Fall Protection ........ 12 7.6 H-15 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H1 Bus Lockout Trip ......... 13 7.7 ST1 Differential Current Transformers ...................................................................... 14 7.8 H-15 Synchronizing Circuit ................................. 17 8.0 Restoration .................................................................................................................... 17 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 18 10.0 M&TE Instrum entation ...................................................................................... . 18 11.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ................................................................................................... 18 12.0 Attachm ents ............................................................................................................. 18

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 3 of 22 1.0 Oblectivea 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Swltchgear Cubicle H-15, which supplies the H-1 bus.

Testing is being performed as a result of damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.

1.2 This testing does not Include system or performance testing of the load supplied by H-15.

1.3 Testing performed per this ECT will be done with Bus H1 and H2 Deeneraized 2.0 References 2.1 EC-44314 H-1 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-3 Sh 1 Single Une Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System 2.4 E-17 Sh 1 Red Train Vital AC and 125 VDC Single Line and Distribution.

2.5 E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram 2.6 E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter And Relay Diagram 6900 volt System 2.7 E-61 Sh 22 Panel Schedule No. 10 LA (P30) 2.8 E-76 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900 V Switchgear 2.9 E-87 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S 2.10 E-88 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S 2.11 E-89 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S 2.12 E93 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout And Undervoltage Relays 2.13 E94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2 Lockout Relays 2.14 E-138 Schematic Diagram Generator Protection And Lockout Relays-Turb and Reactor 2.15 E-418 Sh 6 Schematic Diagram 4.16 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip Ref lash Annunciator 2.16 E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C1 0) 2.17 E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10) 2.18 E-480 sh 1A Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs 2.19 E-482 Sh 3 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs 2.20 E-482 Sh 60 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs 2.21 E-504 Sh 1 Connection Diagram 6900 Volt Switchgear Units H-1I through H-15 2.22 E-560 Sh 1 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay &Gen Recorder BDS 2.23 E-560 Sh 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay &Gen Recorder BDS 2.24 E-561 Sh 3 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C1 0 Electrical Auxiliary System 2.25 E-561 Sh 5 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C1 0 Electrical Auxiliary System 2.26 E-8-AC-50 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.27 E-8-AC-51 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.28 E-8-AC-52 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.29 E-8-AC-56 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 2.30 E-8-AC-57 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 4 of 22 2.31 E-8-AC-56 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram 3.0 Teat Equlpnmnt 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing) 3.3 Test Jumpers 3.4 Two 120 VAC power sources 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area ifequipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the H1 and H2 Bus de-enerqized and H1 grounded.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

4.10 Due to terminology differences, the word Check is means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.

4.11 Due to terminology differences, the word VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.

4.12 Due to terminology differences, the words trip and open have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

4.13 Due to terminology differences, when a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

4.14 When installing jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution against shorting.

4.15 Whenever possible, jumpers should be installed in a manner so as not to disturb terminations (i.e. gator clips, ez-hooks, etc.)

4.16 Jumpers or test connections may be made at different points than those specified as long at they do not alter the intent of the test and have the approval of the test engineer.

5.0 Prereguisites 5.1 Verify that 6900 volt switchgear H-1 control power breaker (D1 1-01) is closed to H-1 switchgear. (Ref E-17 sh 1)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 5 of 22 5.2 Verify H-13, H-14 and H-15 are available for testing.

5.3 Verify that 120 VAC space heater power breaker (1OLA-32) is closed to the H-1 switchgear. (Ref E-61 sh 22) 5.4 Verify the following potential transformer primary fuses are withdrawn to prevent any possibility of inadvertent back-feed during secondary circuit energized testing. NOTE:

If the PT drawers are pulled for these cubicles, these steps may be marked N/A.

5.4.1 H-25 Bus PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-50 Device PA) 5.4.2 H-1 3 PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-51 Device PA) 5.4.3 H-14 PT Fuses (EJ-.1)(Reference E-8-AC-51 Device PA) 5.4.4 H-15 PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-52 Device PA) 5.5 Verify that personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.6 At C20, remove the glass cover for Loss Of Field Relay (240) then place the following switches in the OPEN position: (This will allow the 286-Gli-1 and 286-G1-2 generator lockout relays to be reset. Ref Op-1305.029)

" Red Knife Switch

  • Black Knife Switches 6.0 Instrumentation NONE 7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Testing Setup 7.1.1 Verify breaker H-15 is racked down and the patch cord is NOT installed.

7.1.2 At H-15, verify H-15 DC control power breaker (BA) is OPEN.

7.1.3 At DC panel D11, verify 4160 volt switchgear H-1 breaker D1 1-01 is closed.

7.1.4 At H-15, verify Approximately 125 VDC at the line side H-15 DC control power breaker (BA).

7.1.5 At H-15, verify polarity for the 125 VDC is correct at the line side of breaker BA.

(terminal 1- terminal 3 +) (Reference drawing E-8-AC-50) 7.1.6 At H-15, verify load side of DC input breaker BA is 0 VDC. (terminal 2 - terminal 4 7.1.7 At H-13, Verify breaker BA Is CLOSED.

7.1.8 At H-13, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

7.1.9 At H-13, verify control handswitch (152/CS) in TRIP position.

7.1.10 At H-14, Verify breaker BA is CLOSED.

7.1.11 At H-14, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

7.1.12 At H-14, verify control handswitch (152/CS) in TRIP position 7.1.13 At H-15, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

7.1.14 At H-15, verify control handswitch (152/CS) in TRIP position 7.1.15 At C10, verify H-13 handswitch (152-13/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.16 At C10, verify H-13 sync switch (152-13/SS) in the OFF position.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 6 of 22 7.1.17 At C10, verify H-14 handswitch (152-14/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.18 At C10, verify H-14 sync switch (152-14/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.19 At C10, verify H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.20 At C10, verify H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.21 At H-14, place TS1-14, switch C, in the open position. (186-Hi Trip to H-13) 7.1.22 At H-14, place TS1-14, switch J, in the open position. (127-23-1/X Trip to H-13) 7.1.23 At H-14, remove the "pie plate" from relay 127-H1-1. (127-Hl-i/X Close Enable H-13 & H-15) 7.1.24 At H-14, place TS1-14, switch A, in the open position. (186-H1 Trip to H-15) 7.1.25 At H-14, place TS1-14, switch H, in the open position. (127-15-1/X Trip to H-15) 7.1.26 At C20, place TS-186-ST switch 1 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-15), in the open position. (Ref E-88, E-94) 7.1.27 At C20, place TS-186-ST2-1 switch 1 (Startup XFMR 2 Lockout Trip H-13), in the open position. (Ref E-89, E-94) 7.1.28 At C20, Place TS-286T switch 6 in the open position.

7.1.29 At C20, verify generator lockout Relay 286-G1i1 in the RESET position.

7.1.30 At C20, verify generator lockout Relay 286-G1-2 in the RESET position.

7.1.31 Verify H-13 is in the Breaker Racked UP/Open position.

7.1.32 Verify H-14 is in the Breaker Racked UP/Open position.

7.1.33 At C10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143-1) in the STI position. (Ref E-87).

7.1.34 At H-14, verify lockout relay 186-Hi (H1 bus lockout) is RESET.

7.1.35 At H-1 5, verify the following Fuses are installed:(Reference drawing E-8-AC-52) 7.1.35.1 UA (FU-7) +, 35 amp 7.1.35.2 UA (FU-7) -, 35 amp 7.1.35.3 UB (FU-3) +, 15 amp 7.1.35.4 UB (FU-3) -, 15 amp 7.1.35.5 UC (FU-4) +, 15 amp 7.1.35.6 UC (FU-4) -, 15 amp 7.1.35.7 UD (FU-17), 10 amp 7.1.35.8 UE (FU-19), 10 amp 7.1.35.9 UF (FU-18), 10 amp 7.1.35.10UR (FU-5) +, 35 amp 7.1.35.11 UR (FU-5) -, 35 amp 7.1.35.12 UT (FU-6) +, 35 amp 7.1.35.13 UT (FU-6) -, 35 amp 7.2 DC Power 7.2.1 At H-15, place H-15 DC control breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 7 of 22 7.2.2 At H-15, verify approximately 125 VDC is present at the following locations:

7.2.2.1 UA (FU-7) terminal 2 - to UA (FU-7) terminal 4+

7.2.2.2 UB (FU-3) terminal 2 - to UB (FU-3) terminal 4+

7.2.2.3 UC (FU-4) terminal 2 - to UC (FU-4) terminal 4+

7.2.2.4 UR (FU-5) terminal 2 - to UR (FU-5) terminal 4+

7.2.2.5 UT (FU-6) terminal 2 - to UT (FU-6) terminal 4+

7.3 Local Control 7.3.1 At H-15, place H-15 DC control breaker (BA) in the OPEN position.

7.3.2 Place breaker H-15 in the racked up position.

7.3.3 At H-15, charge the breaker springs as follows:

7.3.3.1 Pull the racking handle forward.

7.3.3.2 Place H-15 DC control breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

7.3.3.3 Release racking handle and check that springs charge.

7.3.4 At H-1i5, check WHITE1(breaker springs charged) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A) 7.3.5 At H-15, check AMBER (breaker on local) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A) 7.3.6 At H-15, check GREEN (breaker tripped) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh IA) 7.3.7 At H-15, check RED (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E76 sh 1A)

NOTE C10 RED, WHITE AND GREEN LIGHTS SHOULD ONLY BE ON WHEN THE LOCAL/REMOTE SWITCH IS IN REMOTE.

7.3.8 At C10, check H-15 WHITE (CHRGD) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1) 7.3.9 At O10, check H-15 AMBER (LOCAL) light Is ON. (Ref E-88 sh 1) 7.3.10 At C10, check H-15 GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1) 7.3.11 At 010, check H-15 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1) 7.3.12 At H-15, place local handswItch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.3.13 Check the following:

7.3,13.1 Breaker H-15 is closed.

7.3.13.2 At H-15, AMBER (breaker on local) light is ON.

7.3.13.3 At H-15, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.

7.3.13.4 At H-15, RED (breaker closed) light is ON.

7.3.13.5 At H-15, GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF.

7.3.13.6 At C10, H-15 AMBER (LOCAL) light is ON.

7.3.13.7 At C10, WHITE (CHRGD) light is OFF.

7.3.13.8 At C10, H-15 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.3.13.9 At C10, H-15 GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 8 of 22 7.3.14 At H-15, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.3.15 Check breaker H-15 is tripped.

7.4 Alarm And Digital Computer Point Test 7.4.1 Verify annunciator K1630-3 (H-15 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of ClO, Is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-418 sh 6) 7.4.2 At C1 0, verify annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-452 sh 3 )

7.4.3 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1 H15. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.4.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1 H15. (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.4.5 Check the SPDS 6900 display indicates GREEN (tripped) for H-15. (SPDS point Z1H15B) 7.4.6 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position then check the following:

7.4.6.1 H-15 is TRIPPED.

7.4.6.2 At C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) IS NOT in alarm.

7.4.6.3 Annunciator K1630-3 (H-15 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C10 IS in alarm.

7.4.6.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates TRIP for computer point HS1H15.

7.4.6.5 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1 H15.

7.4.6.6 SPDS 6900 display indicates GREEN (tripped) for H-15.

7.4.7 At CIO, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.4.8 At H-15, place handswitch (152/CS) in the close position.

7.4.9 At H-15, place the local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the REMOTE position.

7.4.10 Check the following conditions:

7.4.10.1 H-15 is CLOSED.

7.4.10.2 At C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1I/H2 Auto Transfer) IS in alarm.

7.4.10.3 Annunciator K1630-3 (H-15 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of ClO, IS NOT in alarm.

7.4.10.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1H15.

7.4.10.5 Unit 1 PMS display indicates YES for computer point ZS1 H15.

7.4.10.6 SPDS 6900 display indicates RED (CLOSED) for H-15.

7.4.11 At CIO, verify A-113 handswitch (152-113/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.12 At A-1 13, install a jumper from TB-CC terminal 6 (11) to TB-DD terminal 6 (P1) 7.4.13 At A-1 13, place the local/remote handswitch in the REMOTE position.

7.4.14 At C10, verify H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) is in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.4.15 At C-10, verify STI/ST2 selector switch (143/1) is in the ST1 position. (ref E-88)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 9 of 22 7.4.16 At C-10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143/2) Is In the ST2 position. (ref E-88) 7.4.17 Check K02-B1 annunciator IS in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2) 7.4.18 At C1O, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.19 At C1O, check K02-B1 annunciator IS not in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2) 7.4.20 At A-1 13, remove the jumper from TB-CC terminal 6 (11) to TB-DD terminal 6 (P1) 7.4.21 At C10, check K02-B1 annunciator IS in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2) 7.4.22 At C10, place A-I 13 handswitch in PULL TO LOCK position.

7.5 Remote Operation 7.5.1 Indication Lights and Handswitch 7.5.1.1 At H-25, remove both UA fuses (FU-54). (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 7.5.1.2 At H-15, remove fuse UD (FU-17)) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52)

NOTE: Temporary 120 VAC power sources installed in the following steps shall be from the same source. The following steps will generate a negative sequence alarm.

7.5.1.3 At H- 15, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source to AL (127-15) terminal 5 (line) and terminal 6 (neutral). (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 7.5.1.4 At A-13, remove both UA (FU-21) fuses. (Ret E-33, E-8-AC-50) 7.5.1.5 At H-13, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source to AK (125-13) terminal 5 (line), and terminal 6 (neutral). (ref E-33, E-8-AC-51) 7.5.1.6 At H-15, place H-15 locaVremote handswitch in the remote position.

7.5.1.7 At C-10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.1.8 At C10, place H-15 hand switch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.1.9 Check the following:

7.5.1.9.1 Breaker H-15 is CLOSED.

7.5.1.9.2 At H-15, AMBER (breaker on local) light is OFF.

7.5.1.9.3 At H-15, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.

7.5.1.9.4 At H-15, RED (breaker closed) light is ON.

7.5.1.9.5 At H-15, GREEN (breaker trip) light is OFF.

7.5.1.9.6 At C10, H-15 AMBER (LOCAL) light is OFF.

7.5.1.9.7 At C10, H-15 WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.5.1.9.8 At CIO, H-15 RED (breaker closed) light is ON.

7.5.1.9.9 At C10, H-15 GREEN (breaker trip) light is OFF.

7.5.1.10 At C-10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.1.11 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the TRIP Position.

7.5.1.12 Check the following:

7.5.1.12.1 Breaker H-15 istripped.

7.5.1.12.2 At H-15, AMBER (breaker on local) light is OFF.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 10 of 22 7.5.1.12.3 At H-15, RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.5.1.12.4 At H-15, GREEN (breaker trip) light is ON.

7.5.1.12.5 At H-15, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.

7.5.1.12.6 At CIO, H-15 AMBER (LOCAL) light is OFF.

7.5.1.12.7 At C10, H-15 WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON.

7.5.1.12.8 At C10, H-15 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.

7.5.1.12.9 At C10, H-15 GREEN (breaker trip) light is ON.

7.5.1.12.10 AT C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-452 sh 3 )

7.5.1.12.11 At C10, check annunciator K1630-3 (H-15 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-418 sh 6) 7.5.1.12.12 SPDS computer 6900 display indicates breaker H-15 green (tripped). (Ref E-482 sh 60) 7.5.1.12.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1H15. (6.9KVACB ST1/BUS 1H1) (Ref E-480 sh 1A)

.7.5.1.12.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZSI H1 5.

(Auto Close) (Ref E-480 sh 1A) 7.5.2 Remote Close/Trip (Ref E-88, E-561 Sh 4) 7.5.2.1 At C20, check status of lockout relay 186-STI-2.

7.5.2.2 If relay 186-ST1-2 is tripped, then perform the following:

7.5.2.2.1 If lockout relay 186-ST1-2 can be reset, then reset it.

7.5.2.2.2 If lockout relay 186-ST1-2 can not be reset, then install a jumper at C20, terminal block H-15, terminal 11 to terminal 21. (ref E-560 shl) 7.5.2.3 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.4 Check H-15 is tripped.

7.5.2.5 At H-13, check continuity (closed contact) between TB-AA terminal 11 (1) and TB-BB terminal 1 (61). (H-15 auto close to H-13) (ref E-89, E-504 sh 1) 7.5.2.6 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.7 Check H-15 is CLOSED.

7.5.2.8 At H-13, check NO continuity (open contact) between TB-AA terminal 11 (1) and TB-BB terminal 1 (61). (H-15 auto close to H-13) (ref E-89, E-504 sh 1) 7.5.2.9 At C10, remove the H-13 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-89) 7.5.2.10 At C10, remove the H-14 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-87) 7.5.2.11 At H-1 3, check for continuity (CLOSED contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.12 At H-14, check for continuity (CLOSED contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 11 of 22 7.5.2.13 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.14 At H-13, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.15 At H-14, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.16 At CIO, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.17 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.18 Check H-15 is TRIPPED.

7.5.2.19 At H-13, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.20 At H-14, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal 1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2) 7.5.2.21 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position, 7.5.2.22 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 51 to terminal 61. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.23 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.

7.5.2.24 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H-1 5, terminal 51 to terminal 61. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.25 At C10, reinstall the H-13 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-89) 7.5.2.26 At C10, reinstall the H-14 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-87) 7.5.2.27 At C10, Place H-13 sync switch (152-H-13/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.28 At C10, place H-13 handswitch (152-H-13/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.29 At H-1 3, place a hand held jumper from TB-G, terminal 15 (12) to terminal 16 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-50) 7.5.2.30 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

7.5.2.31 At H-1 3, remove the hand held jumper from TB-G, terminal 15 (12) to terminal 16 (2). (ref E-88, E-B-AC-50) 7.5.2.32 At C10, Place H-13 sync switch (152-H-13/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.33 At C10, place H-13 handswitch (152-H-13/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.34 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 51 to terminal 52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.35 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.

7.5.2.36 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 51 to terminal 52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.37 At C10, Place H-14 sync switch (152-H-14/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.38 At C10, place H-14 handswitch (152-H-14/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.39 At H-14, place a hand held jumper from TB-H, terminal 6 (12) to terminal 5 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-51) 7.5.2.40 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 12 of 22 7.5.2.41 At H-14, remove the hand held jumper from TB-H, terminal 6 (12) to terminal 5 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-51) 7.5.2.42 At C10, place H-14 sync switch (152-H-1 4/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.43 At C10, place H-14 handswitch (152-H-1 4/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.44 At H-14, INSTALL the "pie plate" from relay 127-H1-1. (127-H1-1/X Close Enable H-13 & H-15) 7.5.2.45 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 51 to terminal 52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.46 Check H-15 is TRIPPED.

7.5.2.47 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 51 to terminal 52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.48 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.49 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.50 Check H-15 is CLOSED.

7.5.2.51 At H-14, place switch TS1-14 switch H in the CLOSED position.

.7.W,52 Check H-1i5 AUTOMATICALLY tripped. (127-15-1/X trip).

7.5.2.53 At H-14, place switch TSI-14 switch H In the OPEN position.

7.5.2.54 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position. (ref E-54) 7.5.2.55 Check H-15 is CLOSED.

7.5.2.56 At H-14, place a hand held jumper from terminal block D terminal 5 (2P) to terminal 6 (29). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-47) 7.5.2.57 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED. (186-H-1 trip) 7.5.2.58 At H-14, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block D terminal 5 (2P) to terminal 6 (29). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-47) 7.5.2.59 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.60 Check H-15 is CLOSED.

7.5.2.61 At C10, place H-14 sync switch (152-H-14/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.62 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 2P to terminal 29. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.2.63 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED. (186-ST1-1 trip) 7.5.2.64 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 2P to terminal 29. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1) 7.5.3 H-15 Auto Close to H-13 and Aux XFMR Breaker Fail Protection 7.5.3.1 Verify H-14 is TRIPPED.

7.5.3.2 At H-1 3, verify continuity from TB-B5 terminal 1 (61) to terminal 3 (52).

7.5.3.3 At H-13, verify NO continuity from TB-DD terminal 11(1A) to terminal 12 (1B).

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 13 of 22 7.5.3.4 At H-15, place the local/ remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the LOCAL position.

7.5.3.5 At H-15, place the handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.3.6 At H-13, verify NO continuity from TB-BB terminal 1((61) to terminal 3 (52).

7.5.3.7 At H-13, verify continuity from TB-DD terminal 11(1 A) to terminal 12 (11B).

7.5.3.8 At H-15, place the handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.6 H-I5 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 Bus Lockout Trip 7.6.1 At H-i5, remove the protective relay covers for 151A (AH), 151B (AG), 151C (AF),

and 151N (AK).

7.6.2 At H-14, verify H-1 bus lock-out relay 186-Hi (AT) RESET.

7.6.2.1 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1 H1 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1 H1 indicates NORM.

7.6.3 Verify the following test switches are closed at H-14:

7.6.3.1. TSi-14 Switch A (186-H1 trip to H-i!5) 7.6.4 At H-15, place the local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the LOCAL position.

7.6.5 At H-15, place handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.6.5.1 Check breaker H-15 Closed.

7.6.5.2 At C1O, place handswitch (152-H15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.6.5.3 At H-15, place the local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the REMOTE position.

7.6.6 AT H-15, manually actuate H-15 "A"Phase Overcurrent Relay 151A (AH).

7.6.6.1 At H-15, check 151A (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.

7.6.6.2 At H-14, check H-I bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) tripped.

7.6.6.3 Check H-15 Tripped.

7.6.6.4 Check H1 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A4 in the Control Room in alarm.

7.6.6.5 Check H15 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-3 Reflash Annunciator in back of C1O.

7.6.6.6 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1H1 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YSI Hi indicates TRBL.

7.6.6.7 At C10, place H-15 Sync Switch (I52-Hl5/SS) in the ON position.

7.6.6.8 At C1O, place H-15 handswitch (152-H15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.6.6.9 At C10, place H-15 Sync Switch (152-Hl5/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.6.9.1 Check H-15 did not Close (remains Tripped).

7.6.6.10 At CIO, place H-15 handswitch in the TRIP position.

7.6.6.11 AT H-15, reset 151A (AH) relay target indicator 7.6.6.12 At H-14, reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 14 of 22 7.6.7 At H-1 5, manually actuate H-1 5 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B (AG).

7.6.7.1 At H-14, check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-HI (AT) trips.

7.6.7.2 At H-15, check 151B (AG) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.6.7.3 At H-15, reset 151B (AG) relay target indicator 7.6.7.4 At H-14, reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).

7.6.8 At H-15, manually actuate H-15 "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151C (AF).

7.6.8.1 At H-14, check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) trips.

7.6.8.2 At H-15, check 151C (AF) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.6.8.3 At, H-15, reset 151C (AF) relay target indicator 7.6.8.4 At H-14, reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).

7.6.9 At H-15, manually actuate H-15 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N (AK).

7.6.9.1 At H-14, check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) trips.

7.6.9.2 At H-15, check 151N (AK) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip 7.6.9.3 At H-15, reset 151N (AK) relay target indicator

.7.6.9.4 At H-14, reset HW1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).

7.6.10 At H-15, install H-15 protective relay covers for 151A (AH), 151B (AG), 151C (AF),

and 151N (AK).

7.6.11 At H-14, verify Test Switch H on TS1-14 on H-14 CLOSED unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations.

7.6.12 Verify H-15 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.6.13 Verify Test Switch J on TS1-14 on H-15 CLOSED unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.7 ST1 Differential Current Transformers (5000/5 in H-i 5 bus compartment) - Reference E-33 and E-8-AC-52 device "ZA".

NOTE: Connecting plugs are tagged out for SU-1 TMOD. Test Plugs are not connecting plugs and can be installed in relays that are tagged out. Alternate connection points can be used for this testing with approval from the test engineer.

7.7.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.

7.7.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed, connecting stud 3, stud 5 and stud 6.

7.7.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs from stud 3 to stud 5.

7.7.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C" 7.7.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to 20 A range or in automatic range mode.

7.7.1.6 Verify the following Startup Transformer No. 1 (STI) differential current relays in C20 have their connection plugs removed:

  • 187ST1/A
  • 187STI/B

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 15 of 22

  • 187ST1/C 7.7.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and marked ammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:
  • 187ST1/A
  • 187ST1/B
  • 187ST1/C 7.7.1.8 Remove H-15 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the H-1 horizontal bus.

NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "HI" for the primary and "XI" for the secondary.

7.7.1.9 Front C Phase CT 7.7.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-52 for CT device "ZA", the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 1(EE3).

7.7.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "C" phase CT secondary terminal 1 (near polarity mark).

NOTE: When H-1 5 differential relay CTs are energized for testing, the corresponding H-25 differential CTs will also be energized - reference E-33.

7.7.1,9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A"and "B" phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through 'V" phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.9.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:

  • 187ST1/A ammeter "A"

" 187ST1/B ammeter "B"

" 187ST1/C ammeter "C" 7.7.1.9.5 Check that ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C indicates more current than ammeter "A"in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "B"in relay 187ST1/B.

7.7.1.9.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

7.7.1.10 Front A Phase CT 7.7.1.10.1 Check "A"middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-52 for CT device "ZA", the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3 (EEl).

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 16 of 22 7.7.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "A"phase CT secondary terminal 3 (near polarity mark).

7.7.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "B" and "C"phases is expected to be a fraction of the current through "A"phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 STI differential current relays indicate current flow:

.187ST1 /A ammeter "A"

.187ST1/B ammeter "B"

  • 187ST1/C ammeter "C" 7.7.1.10.5 Check that ammeter "A"in relay 187ST1/A indicates more current than ammeter "B"in relay 187ST1/B and ammeter C" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.7.1.10.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

7.7.1.11 Front B Phase CT 7.7.1.11.1 Check that "B"right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-52 for CT device "ZA", the "B"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 5 (EE2).

7.7.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "B"phase CT secondary terminal 5 (near polarity mark).

7.7.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate some current flow, but current through "A"and "C" phases is expected to be a small fraction of the current through "B" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20 ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:

  • 187ST1/A ammeter "A"
  • 187ST1/B ammeter "B"
  • 187ST1/C ammeter "C" 7.7.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B"in relay 187ST1 /B indicates more current than ammeter "A"in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.7.1.11.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.

7.7.1.12 Re-install any H-15 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed to visually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-1 horizontal bus.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 17 of 22 7.7.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the ST1 differential current relays in C20.

7.7.1.14 Verify the following Startup Transformer 1 (STI) differential current relays In C20 have their connection plugs re-installed or tagged out:

  • 187ST1/A
  • 187ST1/B 0 187ST1/C 7.8 H-15 Synchronizing Circuit (Ref E-31 Sh 1, E-33, E-561 Sh 3) 7.8.1 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position.

7.8.2 At C10, check that approximately 120 VAC from TBA3-H01 terminal 43 to ground.

7.8.3 At C10, check that approximately 120 VAC from TBA3-H01 terminal 43 to terminal 063.

7.8.4 At H-1 5, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source to TB A terminal 1 (line) and TB A, terminal 2 (neutral). (Sync Relay) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 7i8.5 At C10, check that approximately 0 VAC from TBA3-H01 terminal 43 to ground.

7.8.6 At C10, check that approximately 0 VAC from TBA3-H01 terminal 43 to terminal 063.

8.0 Restoration 8.1 All switchgear breakers manipulated during this testing should be left in the racked up, tripped position with the DC control power energized unless otherwise directed.

8.2 At H-15, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from TB A terminal 1 (line) and TB A, terminal 2 (neutral). (Sync Relay) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 8.3 At H-25, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from TB G terminal 13 (line), and TB CC terminal 9 (neutral).

8.4 At H-25, reinstall both UA fuses (FU54). ) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 8.5 At H-15, reinstall fuse UD (FU-17)) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 8.6 At H-1 3, reinstall both UA (FU-21) fuses. (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-56) 8.7 Place the following test switches in the closed position unless other wise directed by Unit 1 Operations:

8.7.1 H-14, TS1-14, switch C.

8.7.2 H-14, TS1-14, switch J 8.7.3 H-14, TS1-14, switch A 8.7.4 H-14, TS1-14, switch H 8.7.5 H-14, reinstall the "pie plate" in relay 127-Hi-1.

8.7.6 C20, TS-186-ST1-1 switch 1 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-15). (E-88, E-94) 8.7.7 C20, TS-186-ST2-1 switch 1 (Startup XFMR 2 Lockout Trip H-13). (E-94, E-89) 8.7.8 C20, TS-286T SWITCH 6

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 18 of 22 8.8 IF PT fuses are not on a tagout, then Install the following potential transformer fuses on H-1:

8.8.1 H-13 PT Fuses (EJ-l) (Reference E-8-AC-50 Device PA) 8.8.2 H-14 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-8-AC-51 Device PA) 8.8.3 H-15 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-8-AC-52 Device PA) 8.8.4 H-25 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-8-AC-57 Device PA) 8.9 At C20, remove the glass cover for Loss Of Field Relay (240) then place the following switches in the CLOSE position: (This may cause the 286-Gl -1 and 286-Gl -2 generator lockout relays to TRIP. Ref Op-1 305.029)

  • Black Knife Switches 0 Red Knife Switch 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation NONE 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Deficiencies 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.8 - Test Change Notice 12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log 12.4 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 19 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.8 TEST CHANGE NOTICE SHEET I OF I TEST CHANGE NOTICE TEST -ECT JECT WO 1STI Page I of TYPE:

TEST #: Change Notice No.: _ Quality Class: [ OR 0] NOR TEST TITLE:

Type of Change: [I Intent [0 Non Intent Description of Change(s):

TCN POSTING INSTRUCTION Ust Page(s) being Replaced (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Added (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Deleted (N/A, if not applicable):

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer. I Technical Reviewer: / or 0 Non intent Change (Signature not required for Non-intent Changes, mark N/A and check box)

STI Original EN-LI.100, process Applicability Determination: 0l Not Impacted; 0 Impacted and Revised OSRC Approval:Q Not Required Mtg No._ Date:_ Chairman:_

operations Department: / _ /

Organization Organzatio / Orgnizti /

Organization Organization Organization Organization On Site Risk Assessment Group:

APPROVAL (Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-1 5 Page 20 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST Loa SHEET 1 OFi1 Test Number: ECT/STI:_____________________ Page of Date Entry Initials 4

  • I

+ I

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 21 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEsT DEFICIENCY Loo SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: Page....ot_

DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 22 of 22 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IoENTrICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI:- Page...otf Name Title Signature Initials 4 4

4. 4 I 4 4 I 4 4 I
4. 4 I
4. 4.

4 .4 4 4 4 4 4 4 I

_ _ _ _ I _ _ I _ __ I _

I 3 I ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 1 of 19 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of I TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: Z ECT Procedure C ECT WO C STI Procedure Page 1 of 19 TEST #: ECT-44"315-03 REV. #: 0Q- Quality Class: C3 OR 0 NOR TEST TITLE: Functional Testina of Start-up Transformer #2 H-2 Feeder Breaker H-23 REVIEW (Print/SIgn/Date) ,

Test Engineer (TE): Chris Shively 7118/11 Technical Reviewer: VjJ (9*; &N"7-/)L CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operations Department: / 7/tq, o-ig-o{',  :

Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: EC Attached EC Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: C Not Required [] Attached C Other OSRC Approval C Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPOVA(Print/Sign/Date) - 9//

TE Supervisor: 'I j Iilf' 4 2 TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): I Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: /

'Itrequired for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 2 of 19 Table of Contents

1. Oblectives ......................................................................................................... 3
2. References ....................................................................................................................... 3
3. Test Eauipm ent .......................................................................................................... 5
4. Precautions and Lim itations .................................................................................... 5
5. Prerequisites .................................................................................................................... 6
6. Instrum entation .......................................................................................................... 6
7. Test Instructions ....................................................................................................... 7
8. Restoration .................................................................................................................... 13
9. Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 14
10. M&TE Instrum entation .............................................................................................. 14
11. Sum m ary Inform ation .............................................................................................. 15
12. Attachm ents: ............................................................................................................ 16

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 3 of 19

1. Oblectives 1.1. This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-23, 6900 v feed from Startup 2 transformer. Testing is being performed as a result of switchgear reconstruction due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.

1.2. Testing performed per this ECT will be done with bus H-2 DE-ENERGIZED and grounded.

1.3. Differential Current Transformer testing (H01T and 2H02P) will be completed under the currently installed Temporary Modification removal testing per EC 43763 and EC 43758 due to the Unit 1 reconnection and the Unit 2 coordination scheduling.

1.4. Synchronizing circuits to relay 125-13 (H02M) and Synch switch 152-23 (H02K) tested by ECT-44315-04, H-24 UAT Feeder Breaker Dead Bus Test.

1.5. Load shed circuit to relay 194-ST2/H (H07C) tested by ECT-44314-03, H-13 ST2 Feeder Breaker Dead Bus Test

2. References 2.1. EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.2. EC 43763 DISCONNECT SU # 2 4.16 KV AND 6.9 KV BUSSES FROM UNIT I TO ASSURE RELIABILITY OF THE FEED TO UNIT 2 2.3. EC 43758 PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO FIRE PUMP P-6A, MAIN CHILLER VCH-2B, CIRC WATER PUMPS P-3A & P-3D, SWGR A-3 & A-4, AND LOAD CENTERS B1, B2, AND B3 [REV-1 / PHASE-1&2]

2.4. OP-1416.006 "Unit 1 H2 Bus Switchgear Inspection" 2.5. E-3 Sh 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System (EC 43686, Temp A3 Feed from ST1; EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.6. E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.7. E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 6900 Volt System (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.8. E-76 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.9. E-87 Schematic Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Trans. 6900V ACB's 2.10. E-88 Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans. 6900V ACB's 2.11. E-89 Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans No 2, 6900V ACB 2.12. E-93 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays 2.13. E-94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2, Lockout Relays 2.14. E-95 Schematic Diagram, Transformer Undervoltage Relays 2.15. E-118 Schematic Diagram, Load Shedding on Fast Transfer to Startup Transformer ST2 2.16. E-138 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Generator Protection and Lockout Relays - Turb. And Reactor 2.17. E-418 Sh 6 Schematic Diagram, 6.9 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip, Ref lash Annunciator 2.18. E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C10) 2.19. E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C10)

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 4. of 19 2.20. E-480 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Computer Digital Inputs, Schemes C9814, C9815 &

C9828 2.21. E-481 Sh 79 Connection Schedule, Computer Analog Inputs (reference EC 1885, EC 5000111917, no effect) 2.22. E-482 Sh 4 Computer Digital I/O Signals (reference EC 5000114246, as built in Rev 9) 2.23. E-482 Sh 12 Computer Digital I/0 Signals (reference EC 5000118043, corrected point ID for HS1H23) 2.24. E-482 Sh 19 Computer Digital I/O Signals 2.25. E-482 Sh 60 Connection Schedule, Computer Digital Inputs 2.26. E-504 Sh 1 Connection Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H21 Through H25 (EC 5000109806, Cable H23C moved from A16 to CC1; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected) 2.27. E-504 Sh 2 Connection Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H21 Through H25 (EC 500116015, no effect; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected) 2.28. E-560 Sh 1, Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &

Generator Recorder BOS (TMEC 43763, TB850 add) 2.29. E-561 Sh 3 Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C10, Electrical Auxiliary System (EC 5000118107, EC 12880, no effect) 2.30. E-561 Sh 5 Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C10, Electrical Auxiliary System (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; disabled EDG Interconnect; EC 5000111199, EC 12923, EC 12881, no effect) 2.31. E8-AC-45 Sh 1 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram (EC 21871, no effect) 2.32. E8-AC-45 Sh 2 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram 2.33. E8-AC-46 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram (EC 5000113001, EC 5000113053, no effect) 2.34. E-8-AC-50 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 5000118739, no effect) 2.35. E-8-AC-51 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 5000111543, EC 5000116736, EC 5000118740, no effect) 2.36. E-8-AC-52 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 5000118741, EC 21871, no effect) 2.37. E-8-AC-55 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 5000117599, no effect) 2.38. M-201-62 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder Board C20 (EC 5000108438 & EC 5000109577; no effect)

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 5 of 19

3. Test Equipment 3.1. Multi-meter 3.2. Two (2) temporary test jumpers configured for attachment so that terminals do not need to be disturbed to insert jumper.
4. Precautions and Umitations 4.1. Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area ifequipment is energized.

4.2. Testing will be done with the H-1 and H-2 Bus DE-ENERGIZED and grounded.

4.3. Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4. In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuit may be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the TB change documented in the Test Log.

4.5. Control Room alarms not required for test verification may occur, but are not specifically identified by the test steps.

4.6. Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.7. M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.8. Personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.9. The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-117 section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.10. Test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.11. The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

4.12. Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing and performing this ECT, the following definitions will be utilized:

  • Check means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.
  • VERIFY will mean ifa breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.

" TRIP and OPEN have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

" When a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 6 of 19

5. Prereaulsites 5.1. Verify that 125VDC control Power is available to H-2 switchgear; breaker D21 -01 closed (reference E-17 Sh 1).

5.2. Verify H2 switchgear is ready for DC power to be energized.

5.3, Verify H-13, H-23, H-24 and H-25 are available for testing.

5.4. Ensure that test personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.5. Verify that the H-23 Testing Work Order WO 00354190 task 01 has been authorized.

6. Instrumentation 6.1. No instrumentation is required.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 7 of 19

7. Test Instructions 7.1.1. Verify H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.1.2. Verify H-24 handswitch (152-24/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK 7.1.3. Verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) at C1 0 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.1.4. Verify breaker H-23 is racked up and open.

7.1.5. Verify DC Control Power breaker (BA) located inside H-23 breaker cubicle is closed.

7.1.6. Check nominal 125 VDC at line side of DC input breaker (BA) points 1 (-) and 3 (+)

at H-23 (reference E-8-AC-55).

7.1.7. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UA" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at H-23.

7.1.8. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UB" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at H-23.

7.1.9. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UC" points 2 (-) and 4(+) at H-23.

7.1.10. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UR" points 2 (-) and 4(+) at H-23.

7.1.11. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UT" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at H-23.

7.1.12. Verify breaker H-24 is racked up and open.

7.1.13. Verify breaker H-25 is racked up and open.

7.2. H-23 Permissive Setup for Remote Operation 7.2.1. Request Relay technician remove glass cover and open the following knife switches for Loss of Field relay (240) in C20 (reference E-1 36 Sh 1 and OP-1305.029).

7.2.1.1. Red knife switch open.

7.2.1.2. Black knife switches open.

7.2.2. At C20, open the following test switches:

7.2.2.1. TS-286T switch 6 - Generator Lockout 7.2.2.2. TS-286-G1-2 switch 9 - Reactor Trip 7.2.2.3. TS-286-G1-3 switch 2 - Generator Lockout 286 G1-1 and 2 7.2.3. Reset Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-1 7.2.4. Reset Generator Lockout Relay 286-Gl -2 7.2.5. Verify ST1 NOT locked out at 186-ST1-1 in C20 (references E-89, E-94).

7.2.6. Verify ST2 NOT locked out at 186-ST2-2 in C20 (references E-89, E-94, M-201-62

& E-560 Sheet 1).

7.2.7. Verify test switch TS-286-G1-2 switch #7 open in C20 to disable Unit Aux Trans Prot to L.O. H-2 (reference E-93 Sh 1).

7.2.8. Verify bus Al NOT locked out at 186-H2 in H-24 (references E-89, E-93 Sh 1).

7.2.9. Verify test switch TS1 -24 switch J open in H-24 to disable feeder undervoltage H-23 trip.

7.2.10. Verify test switch TS1 -24 switch C open in H-24 to disable bus lockout H-23 trip.

7.2.11. Verify test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #2 open in C20 to disable transformer lockout H-23 trip.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 8 of 19 7.2.12. Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for H-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-H2-1 in H-24, to defeat the undervoltage load trip condition.

7.2.13. Verify undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-H2-1/X in H-23 de-energized.

7.2.14. Install jumper H-2 bus undervoltage relay 127-H2-1/X contacts 9 to 10 in H-24 for automatic transfer undervoltage permissive (reference E-93 Sh 1 & E-8-AC-51)].

7.3. Relay 127-23-1/X Test (Ref E-89, E-95) 7.3.1. Verify relay 127-23-1/X contacts 11 to 12 OPEN in H-13.

7.3.2. Remove connection plug (pie plate) for ST#2 Undervoltage relay 127-23 in H-23.

7.3.3. Verify relay 127-23-1/X contacts 11 to 12 CLOSED in H-13.

7.4. H-23 Breaker Local / Remote Manual Operation 7.4.1. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-23 in LOCAL.

7.4.1.1. Check amber LOCAL indicating light at panel C10 is ON.

7.4.2. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-23 in REMOTE.

7.4.2.1. Check H-23 white CHARGED indicating light at panel C10 is ON.

7.4.2.2. Check H-23 amber LOCAL indicating light at panel C10 is OFF.

7.4.2.3. Check H-23 amber LOCAL indicating light at panel H-23 is OFF.

7.4.3. Place Synchronization switch 152-23/SS ON at C10.

7.4.4. Place H-23 CONTROL SWITCH (152-23/CS) at C10 in CLOSE.

7.4.4.1. Check red CLOSED light at C10 is ON.

7.4.4.2. Check green TRIPPED light at C10 is OFF.

7.4.4.3. Check breaker H-23 CLOSED per local indication.

7.4.5. Place Synchronization switch 152-23/SS OFF at C1O.

7.4.6. Trip H-23 using handswitch 152-23/CS on C10 7.4.6.1. Check green TRIPPED light at C10 is ON.

7.4.6.2. Check red CLOSED light at C10 is OFF.

7.4.6.3. Check breaker H-23 TRIPPED per local indication.

7.5. Relay 152X-111 Test (Ref E-89, E-561 Sh 5) 7.5.1. Verify approximately 125 VDC in C10 at TBA3 between terminal H23 N3 and terminal 31.

7.5.2. Place H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.5.3. Verify approximately 0 VDC in C10 at TBA3 between terminal H23 N3 and terminal 31.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 9 of 19 7.6. DC OPS CHECK - Automatic Transfer Unit Auxiliary Transformer Trip H-23 Close NOTE Test conditions required are:

Simulated Generator trip with STI not available (H-25 open).

7.6.1. Select ST2 as the preferred standby power source at 143-2 on CIO (reference E-87).

7.6.2. Verify Unit Auxiliary Transformer NOT locked out at 286-G1-1 on C20.

7.6.3. Install jumper C20 scheme H23 in C20 at terminal 51 to terminal 61 to simulate Generator locked out (generator tripped) at 286-G1-1 contacts 1 TO IC for H-23 close permissive (reference E-138, E-560 Sheet 1 & M-201-62).

7.6.4. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-24 in LOCAL.

7.6.5. Place local control switch at H-24 in CLOSE position (to open 152-24/b contact 1-1T).

7.6.6. Verify H-24 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.

7.6.7. Verify test switch TS1-24 switch H open in H-24 to disable the H-25 (127-15-2/x) feeder undervoltage H-25 trip.

7.6.8. Verify test switch TS1-24 switch A open in H-24 to disable the H-2 bus lockout H-25 trip.

7.6.9. Verify test switch TS-186-ST1-1 switch #2 open in C20 to disable the H-25 Startup

  1. 1 Feed to H-2 lockout H-25 trip.

7.6.10. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-25 in LOCAL.

7.6.11. Place local control switch at H-25 in CLOSE position.

7.6.12. Verify H-25 Startup Transformer #1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed.

7.6.13. Place H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 in CLOSE position.

7.6.14. Verify H-23 feeder breaker remains OPEN.

7.6.15. Verify PDS point HS1 H23 "6.9KV ACB ST2/BUS 1H2" TRIP 7.6,16. Trip H-25 using local control switch.

7.6.17. Verify H-23 closes automatically.

7.6.18. Verify PDS point HS1 H23 "6.9KV ACB ST2/BUS 1H-2" NORMAL 7.6.19. Remove jumper C20 wire scheme H23 in C20 at terminal 51 to terminal 61 (reference E-138, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.6.20. Place H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 in TRIP position.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 10 of 19 7.7. DC OPS CHECK - Automatic Transfer SUT #1 not Available or Tripped

(+ Annunciator + Computer)

NOTE Test conditions required are:

Simulated STI disconnect with Auxiliary Transformer not available (H-24 open).

7.7.1. Place H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.

7.7.2. Install jumper C20 scheme H23 In C20 at terminal 51 to terminal 52 to simulate ST1 Transformer locked out at 186-ST1-1 for H-23 close permissive (reference E-94, E-560 Sheet 1 & M-201-62).

7.7.3. Place local control switch at H-25 in CLOSE position (to open 152-25/b contact 1-1T).

7.7.4. Verify H-25 Startup Transformer #1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed.

7.7.5. Verify H-24 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.

7.7.6. Take H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 to TRIP.

7.7.7. Verify H-23 feeder breaker remains OPEN.

7.7.8. Verify Annunciator K02/D5 "H1/H2 AUTO TRANSFER" not lit.

7.7.9. Verify PDS point ZS1 H23 "AUTO CLOSE ACB 152-23" NO 7.7.10. Verify SPDS point Z1H23B "6900V SYS ST2 TO H2 BKR STAT' TRIPPED 7.7.11. Trip H-24 using local control switch.

7.7.12. Verify H-23 closes automatically.

7.7.13. Verify Annunciator K02/D5 "H1/H2 AUTO TRANSFER" lit.

7.7.14. Verify PDS point ZS1 H23 "AUTO CLOSE ACB 152-23" YES 7.7.15. Verify SPDS point Z1 H23B "6900V SYS ST2 TO H2 BKR STAT" NORMAL 7.7.16. Trip H-25 using local control switch.

7.7.17. Remove jumper C20 scheme H23 in C20 at terminal 51 to terminal 52 (reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.8. DC OPS CHECK - Manual Transfer to ST #1 7.8.1. Verify H-23 closed 7.8.2. Take H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 to CLOSE (to establish Normal after Close contact).

NOTE K1630 Is a reflash unit located Inside panel C10.

7.8.3. Verify Annunciator K1630/4 "H23 Breaker Trip" not lit.

7.8.4. Verify Annunciator K02/D4 "H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" not lit.

7.8.5. Take H-25 Local Control Switch to CLOSE.

7.8.6. Check breaker H-25 Closed.

7.8.7. Verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) on C10 in Normal after Close.

7.8.8. Take H-25 Sync Switch to ON.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 11 of 19 7.8.9. Verify H-23 trips automatically.

NOTE K1630 Is a reflash unit located Inside panel CIO.

7.8.10. Verify Annunciator K1630/4 "H23 Breaker Trip" lit.

7.8.11. Verify Annunciator K02/D4 "H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" lit.

7.8.12. Take H-25 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.8.13. Trip H-25 using local control switch.

7.8.14. Take H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) on C10 to TRIP to reset.

7.9. DC OPS CHECK - Manual Transfer to Auxiliary Transformer 7.9.1. Place Synchronization Switch 152-23/SS ON at C10.

7.9.2. Close H-23 using handswitch 152-23/CS on C1O.

7.9.3. Verify H-23 closes.

7.9.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-23/SS OFF at CO.

7.9.5. Take H-24 Local Control Switch to CLOSE.

7.9.6. Check breaker H-24 Closed.

7.9.7. Verify H-24 handswitch (152-24/CS) on C10 in Normal after Close.

7.9.8. Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.

7.9.9. Verify H-23 trips automatically.

7.9.10. Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.

7.9.11. Trip H-24 using local control switch.

7.9.12. Take H-24 handswitch (152-24/CS) oh C010 to TRIP to reset.

7.10. DC OPS CHECK - Trip Transformer Lockout 7.10.1. Place Synchronization switch 152-23/SS ON at CO.

7.10.2. Close H-23 using handswitch 152-23/CS on C10.

7.10.3. Verify H-23 closed.

7.10.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-23/SS OFF at C1O.

7.10.5. IF 186-ST2-1 is TRIPPED, THEN perform the following:

7.10.5.1. Place test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #2 in C20 CLOSE.

7.10.5.2. Verify H-23 trips.

7.10.6. IF 186-ST2-1 Is NOT TRIPPED, THEN perform the following:

7.10.6.1. Install jumper C20 scheme H23 terminal 2P to terminal 29 to simulate ST2 Transformer locked out at 186-ST2-1 on C20 (reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.10.6.2. Verify H-23 trips.

7.10.6.3. Remove jumper C20 scheme H23 terminal 2P to terminal 29.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 12 of 19 7.11. Unit AUX XFMR Protection (186-H2) (H2 bus lockout) (Ref E-89, E-93 Sh 1) 7.11.1. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-23 in LOCAL.

7.11.2. Place H-23 local control switch in the TRIP position.

7.11.3. Verify H-24 local control switch in the TRIP position.

7.11.4. Verify H-25 local control switch in the TRIP position.

7.11.5. At H-24, verify TS1-24 switch B is in the OPEN position.

7.11.6. At H-24, verify TS1-24 switch C is in the OPEN position.

7.11.7. Install jumper C20 scheme H06 in C20 at terminal P to terminal 1 to simulate Generator locked out (generator tripped) at 286-G1 -2 contacts 11 TO 11 C (reference E-93, E-138 & E-560 Sh 1).

7.11.8. Place local control switch at H-24 in CLOSE position.

7.11.9. Verify H-24 feeder breaker closed.

7.11.10. Verify 186-H2 (H2 bus lockout) lockout is NOT tripped at H-24.

7.11.11. Place local control switch at H-23 in CLOSE position.

7.11.12. Verify H-23 feeder breaker closed.

7.11.13. Verify 186-H2 (H2 bus lockout) lockout is TRIPPED at H-24.

7.11.14. Place local control switch at H-23 in TRIP position.

7.11.15. Place local control switch at H-24 in TRIP position.

7.11.16. Verify H-23 feeder breaker open.

7.11.17. At H24, reset 186-H2 lockout.

7.11.18. Remove jumper C20 scheme H06 in C20 at terminal P to terminal 1.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 13 of 19

8. Relstoration 8.1. Verify breaker H-23 is tripped and racked down, or as directed by Operations.

8.2. At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations (ref. E-138 sh. 1):

NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

" TS-286T switch 6 - Turbine Trip Generator Lockout

  • TS-286-G1 -3 switch 2 - Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 8.3. At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass cover reinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations:
  • Red knife switch
  • Black knife switches 8.4. Place test switch TS-286-G1-2 switch #7 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.5. Place test switch TS-186-ST1-1 switch #2 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.6. Verify test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #2 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.7. Verify test switch TS1-24 switch A closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.8. Verify test switch TS1-24 switch B closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.9. Verify test switch TS1 -24 switch C closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.10. Place test switch TS1-24 switch J closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.11. Place test switch TS1-24 switch H closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.12. Replace connection plugs (pie plate) for H-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-H2-1 In H-24.

8.13. Remove jumper H-2 bus undervoltage relay 127-H2-1/X contacts 9 to 10 in H-24.

8.14. Replace connection plug (pie plate) for ST#2 Undervoltage relay 127-23-1 in H-23.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 14 of 19

9. Test Results and Evaluation 9.1. No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.
10. M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used I

ECT-44316-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 15 of 19

11. Summary Information Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 16 of 19

12. Attachments:

12.1. EN-DC- 117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log 12.2. EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.3. EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log 12.4. Test Change Notices

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 17 of 19 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDEN1IFICAT1ON LaO SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET I F SI Test Number: ECT/STI: 44315.03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, Startup Transformer 2 Feeder Page of._

Name Title Signature Initials r I 1 I I 4.

1 4 4.

I 4 4.

I 4 4.

1 1 I 4 4.

I 4 4.

I 4 +

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 18 of 19 (1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST Loa SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: 44315-03 REv 000 SWGR H-23, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEWER Pageof Date Entry Initials 4 -4 I 4 I .4

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 19 of 19

[2] ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY Loo SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44315-03 REv 000 SWGR H-23, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDER Page__of DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATEMTME NUMBER

IDOC 40 1 ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 1 of 23 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO 0l STI Procedure Page 1 of 23 TEST #: ECT-44314-03 REV. #: 0 Quality Class: [: OR 0 NOR TEST TITLE: H-13 Functional Testing, Start-up Transformer #2 (SU2) feeder to H-1 REVIEW (Print/Slgn/Date)

Test Engineer (TE): Alan Smith /7 8 Technical Reviewer: 6& /

Operations Department:* 16*,, 7J

-. r,  : 1./

__-_____/ " t__ " Organization Orga'nization  : 414 // Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: t6t) ai"I"- [] Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: E Not R - I Attached El Other OSRC Approval I Reiured Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(PrintlSign/Date)/

TE Supervisor: ,V 7/'*;*

TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE -'J Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): I Technical Reviewer /__"

TE Supervisor: /

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS) bi 37

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 2 of 23 Table of Contents

1. Oblectives ........................................................................................................................ 3
2. References ....................................................................................................................... 3
3. Test Equipm ent .......................................................................................................... 5
4. Precautions and Lim itations .................................................................................... 5
5. Prerequisites ............................................................................................... ...... 6
6. Instrum entation .......................................................................................................... 6
7. Test Instructions ........................................................................................................ 6
8. Restoration ............................................................................................................... 17
9. Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 18
10. M&TE Instrum entation .............................................................................................. 18
11. Sum m ary Inform ation .............................................................................................. 19
12. Attachm ents: ............................................................................................................. 20

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 3 of 23

1. Oboectives 1.1. This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-13, 6900 v feed from Startup 2 transformer. Testing is being performed as a result of switchgear reconstruction due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.

1.2. Testing performed per this ECT will be done with bus A-1, H-1 and H-2 DE-ENERGIZED.

1.3. SU2 Differential Relay and associated Current Transformer (CT) testing will be completed under the currently installed Temporary Modification removal testing per EC 43763 and EC 43758 due to the Unit 1 reconnection and the Unit 2 coordination scheduling.

2. References 2.1. EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.2. EC 43763 DISCONNECT SU # 2 4.16 KV AND 6.9 KV BUSSES FROM UNIT 1 TO ASSURE RELIABILITY OF THE FEED TO UNIT 2 2.3. EC 43758 PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO FIRE PUMP P-6A, MAIN CHILLER VCH-1B, CIRC WATER PUMPS P-3A & P-3D, SWGR A-3 & A-4, AND LOAD CENTERS B1, B2, AND B3 [REV-1 / PHASE-I&2]

2.4. OP-1416.005 "Unit 1 HI Bus Switchgear Inspection" 2.5. E-3 Sh 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System (EC 43686, Temp A3 Feed from STI; EC-43758, Temp power from ST2; TMOD EC-43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.6. E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram (EC-43758, Temp power from ST2; TMOD EC-43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.7. E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 6900 Volt System (EC-43758, Temp power from ST2; TMOD EC-43763, ST2 disconnected from bus) 2.8. E-76 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.9. E-82 sh. 1 Schematic Diagram, RCP Power Monitors C15 2.10. E-87 Schematic Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Trans. 6900V ACB's 2.11. E-88 Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans. 6900V ACB's 2.12. E-89 Schematic Diagram, Startup Trans No 2, 6900VACB.

2.13. E-93 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays 2.14. E-94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2, Lockout Relays 2.15. E-95 Schematic Diagram, Transformer Undervoltage Relays 2.16. E-1 18 Schematic Diagram, Load Shedding on Fast Transfer to Startup Transformer ST2 2.17. E-138 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Generator Protection and Lockout Relays - Turb. And Reactor 2.18. E-196 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Reactor Coolant Pump 2.19. E-196 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram, Reactor Coolant Pumps 2.20. E-196 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram, Reactor Coolant Pump P32B 2.21. E-418 Sh 6 Schematic Diagram, 6.9 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip, Reflash Annunciator 2.22. E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C10)

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 4 of 23 2.23. E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C10) 2.24. E-480 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram, Computer Digital Inputs, Schemes C9814, C9815 &

C9828 2.25. E-481 Sh 79 Connection Schedule, Computer Analog Inputs (reference EC 1885, EC 5000111917, no effect) 2.26. E-482 Sh 4 Computer Digital I/O Signals (reference EC 5000114246, as built in Rev 9) 2.27. E-482 Sh 12 Computer Digital I/O Signals (reference EC 5000118043, corrected point ID for HS1 H1 3) 2.28. E-482 Sh 19 Computer Digital I/O Signals 2.29. E-482 Sh 60 Connection Schedule, Computer Digital Inputs 2.30. E-504 Sh 1 Connection Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H 11 Through H15 (EC 5000109806, Cable H13C moved from A16 to CC1; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected) 2.31. E-504 Sh 2 Connection Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H21 Through H25 (EC 500116015, no effect; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected) 2.32. E-560 Sh 1, Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &

Generator Recorder BDS (TMEC 43763, TB850 add) 2.33. E-560 Sh2 Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &

Generator Recorder BDS (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, terminal box; EC 11038, EC 12923, EC33142, EC 44585 & EC 5000107429, no effect) 2.34. E-561 Sh 5 Connection Diagram, Main Control Panel C10, Electrical Auxiliary System (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; disabled EDG interconnect; EC 5000111199, EC 12923, EC 12881, no effect) 2.35. E-573 sh. 1 Connection Diagram, C15 2.36. E8-AC-45 1 Switchgear Interconnection Diagram H-13, H-14, H-15 (EC 21871, no effect) 2.37. E8-AC-45 2 Switchgear Interconnection Diagram H-1 1, H-1 2 2.38. E8-AC-46 . H-21, H-22, H-23 Switchgear Interconnection Diagram (EC 5000113001, EC 5000113053, no effect) 2.39. E-8-AC-50 H-13 Switchgear Connection Diagram (EC 5000118739, no effect) 2.40. E-8-AC-51 H-14 Switchgear Connection Diagram (EC 5000111543, EC 5000116736, EC 5000118740, no effect) 2.41. E-8-AC-52 H-15 Switchgear Connection Diagram (EC 5000118741, EC 21871, no effect) 2.42. E-8-AC-55 H-23 Switchgear Connection Diagram (EC 5000117599, no effect) 2.43. M-201-62 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder Board C20 (EC 5000108438 & EC 5000109577; no effect) 2.44. M-201-126 C15 RCP Power Monitor Vendor Wiring Diagram 2.45. M-201-127 C15 RCP Power Monitor Vendor Wiring Diagram

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 5 of 23

3. Test Equipment 3.1. Multi-meter 3.2. 120 VAC 60 Hz source with isolated output with two (2) sets of output leads with alligator or grabber type clips for connecting to terminals without disturbing installed connections.

3.3, One (1) temporary test jumper with momentary switch with alligator or grabber type clips for attachment to terminals so that installed connections do not need to be disturbed to insert jumper.

3.4. One (1) temporary test jumper with maintained switch with alligator or grabber type clips for attachment to terminals so that installed connections do not need to be disturbed to insert jumper.

4. Precautions and Limitations 4.1, Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2. Testing will be done with the A-i, H-1 and H-2 Bus DE-ENERGIZED and grounded.

4.31 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4. In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuit may be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the TB change documented in the Test Log.

4.5, Control Room alarms not required for test verification may occur, but are not specifically identified by the test steps.

4.6. Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.7. M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.8. Personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.9, The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11].(b).

4.10. Test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.11. The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

4.12. Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing and performing this ECT, the following definitions will be utilized:

" Check means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.

  • VERIFY will mean ifa breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.
  • TRIP and OPEN have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 6 of 23 When a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

5. Prerequisites 5.1. Verify that the H-13 Testing Work Order WO 00354192 task 01 has been authorized and set to WORKING.

5.2. Ensure that test personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.3. Verify that 125 VDC panel breaker D-1 101 is not tagged out of service (provides 125 VDC control power to H-1 switchgear - reference E-1 7 Sh 1).

5.4. Verify H-1 switchgear is ready for DC power to be energized.

5.5. Verify breaker H-13 (SU2 Feeder to H-i) is installed in the cubicle and available for testing.

5.6. Verify breaker H-14 (UAT Feeder to H-i) is installed in the cubicle and available for testing.

5.7. Verify breaker H-15 (SU1 Feeder to H-i) is installed in the cubicle and available for testing.

5.8. Verify that 125VDC control Power is available to A-1 switchgear (specifically A-111);

breaker D11-03 closed (needed for testing relay 152X reference E-17 Sh 1 & E-92).

6. Instrumentation 6.1. No instrumentation is required.
7. Test Instructions 7.1. 125 VDC Control Power for H-1

[Cables D1 101 and D1101A]

7.1.1. Verify 125 VDC panel breaker D-1101 supply to H-1 switchgear is OPEN. (E-1 7 Shl) 7.1.2. Verify H-13 DC Control Power Breaker BA located inside H-13 cubicle is OPEN.

(E-8-AC-50) 7.1.2.1. CHECK approximately 0 VDC at H-13 DC control power breaker-BA top line side terminals 1(-) and 3(+). (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.3. CLOSE DC panel breaker D-1101. (E-17 Shi) 7.1.3.1. CHECK nominal +125 VDC at H-13 DC control power breaker BA from top line side terminal 1 (-) to terminal 3(+). (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.3.2. CHECK approximately 0 VDC at H-13 DC control power breaker BA on bottom load side terminal 2(-) and terminal 4(+). (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.4. CLOSE H-13 DC control power breaker BA. (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.4.1. CHECK +125 VDC is present at breaker BA bottom load side terminal 2(-)

to terminal 4(+). (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.4.2. CHECK +125 VDC is present at bottom load side terminal 2(-) to terminal 4(+) on the following fuse blocks: (E-8-AC-50)

  • UB(15Amp)
  • UC (15 Amp)

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 7 of 23

" UE(10Amp)

  • UL(10Amp)

" UR (35 Amp)

" UT (35 Amp)

" UTT(10Amp) 7.2. H-13 Permissive Setup for Remote Operation 7.2.1. Verify breaker H-13 is racked up or in the test position and TRIPPED.

7.2.2. Verify breaker H-14 is racked up or in the test position and TRIPPED.

7.2.3. Verify breaker H-15 is racked up or in the test position and TRIPPED.

7.2.4. At C20, open the following test switches:

7.2.4.1. TS-286T switch 6 - Generator Lockout 7.2.4.2. TS-286-Gl-2 switch 9- Reactor Trip 7.2.4.3. TS-286-G1-3 switch 2 - Generator Lockout 286 G1-1 and 2 7.2.5. Request Relay technician remove glass cover and open the following knife switches for Loss of Field relay (240) in C20 (reference E-1 36 Sh 1 and OP-1305.029).

7.2.5.1. Red knife switch.

7.2.5.2. Black knife switches.

7.2.6. Verify Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-1 is reset.

7.2.7. Verify Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-2 is reset.

7.2.8. Verify ST1 lockout relay 186-ST1-1 in C20 is reset (ref. E-89, E-94) 7.2.9. Verify ST2 lockout relay 186-ST2-1 in C20 is reset (ref. E-89, E-94) 7.2.10. Verify ST2 lockout relay 186-ST2-2 in C20 is reset (ref. E-89, E-94) 7.2.11. Verfy connection plug(s) installed in SU2 Feeder Undervoltage Relay 127-23 on breaker H-23.

7.2.11.1. Check SU2 Feeder UV auxiliary relay 127-23-2/X on H-23 picked up.

7.2.11.2. Check SU2 Feeder UV auxiliary relay 127-23-1/X on H-13 picked up.

[Cable H04C wires 27, 72]

7.2.12. Remove connection plug(s) from SU2 Feeder Undervoltage Relay 127-23 on breaker H-23.

7.2.12.1. Check SU2 feeder UV auxiliary relay 127-23-2/X on H-23 not picked up.

7.2.12.2. Check SU2 feeder UV auxiliary relay 127-23-1/X on H-13 not picked up (removes SU2 FeederUndervoltage trip relay contact 9-10 from H- 13 and closes H- 13 auto close permissive contact 11 ref E-89) 7.2.13. Verify H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi in H-14 is reset (ref. E-89, E-93-1).

7.3. H CLOSE / TRIP - MANUAL - LOCAL 7.3.1. Verify H-13 breaker is TRIPPED / OPEN

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 8 of 23 7.3.2. Verify H-13 breaker LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch in LOCAL.

7.3.2.1. Check local white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on H-13 is ON.

7.3.2.2. Check local green Breaker Tripped lamp on H-13 is ON.

7.3.2.3. Check local red Breaker Closed lamp on H-13 is OFF.

7.3.2.4. Check local amber Breaker On Local lamp on H-13 is ON.

7.3.2.5. Check remote amber Breaker On Local lamp on C10 is ON.

7.3.2.6. Check remote white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on C10 is OFF.

7.3.2.7. Check remote green Breaker Tripped lamp on C10 is OFF.

7.3.2.8. Check remote red Breaker Closed lamp on C10 is OFF.

7.3.2.9. Check SPDS1 point Z1H13B indicates TRIPPED (E-89, E-482-60) 7.3.3. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release 7.3.3.1. Check annunciator K02-D4 "H1-H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" in alarm (E-89, E-452-3).

7.3.3.2. Check ref lash annunciator K1630 in C10 indicates H13 BREAKER TRIP in alarm (E-89, E-418-6)

[Cable K02K1 wires E, F]

7.3.3.3. Check PMS1 point HS1H13 indicates TRIP.

7.3.4. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release 7.3.4.1. Check annunciator K02-D4 "H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" not in alarm (E-89, E-452-3) 7.3.4.2. Check reflash annunciator K1630 in C10 indicates H13 BREAKER TRIP not in alarm (E-89, E-418-6).

7.3.4.3. Check PMS1 point HS1H13 indicates NORM (E-89, E-480-1).

7.3.5. Take H-1 3 breaker local Control Switch to CLOSE and release 7.3.5.1. Check local white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on H-13 is ON.

7.3.5.2. Check local green Breaker Tripped lamp on H-13 is OFF.

7.3.5.3. Check local red Breaker Closed lamp on H-13 is ON.

7.3.5.4. Check local amber Breaker On Local lamp on H-13 is ON.

7.3.5.5. Check remote amber Breaker On Local lamp on C1 0 is ON.

7.3.5.6. Check remote white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on C10 is OFF.

7.3.5.7. Check remote green Breaker Tripped lamp on C10 is OFF.

7.3.5.8. Check remote red Breaker Closed lamp on C10 is OFF.

7.3.5.9. Check SPDS1 point Z1H13B indicates CLOSED (E-89, E-482-60) 7.3.5.10. Check annunciator K02-D5 "Hl1/H2 AUTO TRANSFER" in alarm (E-89, E-452-3).

[Cable K02K1 wires D, G]

7.3.5.11. Check PMS1 point ZS1H13 indicates YES (E-89, E-480-1).

7.3.6. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 9 of 23 7.3.6.1. Check annunciator K02-D5 "H1/H2 AUTO TRANSFER" not in alarm (E-89, E-452-3).

7.3.6.2. Check PMS1 point ZS1H13 indicates NO (E-89, E-480-1).

7.4. H CLOSE / TRIP - MANUAL - REMOTE

[Cable H13C wires P, 3A, 3G, 3W, cable H13F wire P1, 2, Ni]

7.4.1. Take H-13 breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch to REMOTE.

7.4.1.1. Check local white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on H-13 is ON.

7.4.1.2. Check local green Breaker Tripped lamp on H-13 is ON.

7.4.1.3. Check local red Breaker Closed lamp on H-13 is OFF.

7.4.1.4. Check local amber Breaker On Local lamp on H-13 is OFF.

7.4.1.5. Check remote amber Breaker On Local lamp on C10 is OFF.

7.4.1.6. Check remote white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on C10 is ON.

7.4.1.7. Check remote green Breaker Tripped lamp on C10 is ON.

7.4.1.8. Check remote red Breaker Closed lamp on C10 is OFF.

7.4.2. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.4.3. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE.

7.4.4. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.4.4.1. Check H-13 remote red CLOSED light at C10 is ON.

7.4.4.2. Check H-13 remote green TRIPPED light at C10 is OFF.

7.4.4.3. Check breaker H-1 3 CLOSED per local indication.

7.4.5. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release.

7.4.5.1. Check H-13 remote green TRIPPED light at C10 is ON.

7.4.5.2. Check H-13 remote red CLOSED light at C10 is OFF.

7.4.5.3. Check breaker H-13 TRIPPED per local indication.

.. : . .... . ... ~....

7.5. Relay 152X-1 3 and annunciator K02-C3 "SU2 Selected Not Avail Test" (Ref E-87 & E-89

& E452 sh. 2)

[Cable H13C wire N3]

NOTE: The following steps associated with A-1 11 are necessary to energize 152X-11I and open 152X-111 N.C. contact 4-8 that is in parallel with 152X-13 contact 4-8 in annunciator circuit.

7.5.1. Verify connection plug(s) removed for SU2 Feeder to A-1 bus UV relay 127-111 on A-11l (reference E-95).

7.5.2. Verify SU2 Feeder to A-1 UV auxiliary relay 127-11 1-1/X on A-111 not picked up.

7.5.3. Verify A-111 breaker Local-Remote selector switch in REMOTE.

7.5.4. Verify A-111 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock.

7.5.5. Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on CIO not in Pull-To-Lock.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 10 of 23 7.5.6. Verify ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-2 & H-2 (143-2) on C10 in ST#1 position.

7.5.7. Verify ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-1 & H-1 (143-1) on C10 in ST#2 position.

7.5.7.1. Check annunciator K02-C3 "SU2 SELECTED NOT AVAIL." is not in alarm (E-452-2).

7.5.8. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to Pull-To-Lock.

7.5.8.1. Check annunciator K-02-C3 "SU2 SELECTED NOT AVAIL." is in alarm (E-452-2).

7.5.9. Return ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-2 & H-2 (143-2) on C10 to Unit 1 Operations desired position.

7.5.10. Return ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-1 & H-1 (143-1) on C10 in to Unit 1 Operations desired position.

7.5.11. Remove H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 from Pull-To-Lock 7.5.12. Install connection plug(s) for A-111 (SU2 Feeder to A-i) UV relay 127-111 on A-111 unless otherwise directed by U1 Operations or tag out.

7.5.13. Place A-111 breaker Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out.

7.6. H CLOSE - AUTOMATIC TRANSFER - H-1 Bus UNDERVOLTAGE with ST#1 Not Available and main generator lockout

[Cable H13D wires 11,61, cable H13E wires 21, 51, cable H13F wires 31, 41]

7.6.1. Verify H-13 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE.

7.6.2. Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock.

7.6.3. Verify ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-1 & H-1 (143-1) on C10 in ST#2 position.

7.6.4. Verify breaker H-14 DC control power breaker BA CLOSED.

7.6.5. Verify H-1 4 fuse block FU-12 (UA) installed in the ON position....

7.6.6. Verify connection plug(s) installed in H-1 bus undervoltage load tripping relay 127-H1-1 (E-93-1).

7.6.6.1. Check auxiliary UV load tripping relay 127-H1-1/X on H-14 picked up (N.O. contact 9-10 provides automatic transfer close permissive for H-13

-reference E-89, E-93-1).

7.6.7. Verify H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi on H-14 is RESET.

7.6.8. Verify breaker H-15 Racked Up or in the Test Position.

7.6.9. Verify breaker H-15 Tripped.

7.6.10. Install test jumper with momentary switch in C20 on the internal wiring side of terminal block scheme H13 terminal 51 (opposite cable H13E WH wire) to terminal 61 (opposite cable H1 3D BL wire). (simulates generator lockout relay 286-Gl-l contact 1-iC closure - reference E-89, E-560-1).

7.6.11. Momentarily close switch on test jumper in C20 across TB scheme H1 3 terminals 51 and 61.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 11 of 23 7.6.11.1. Check breaker H-13 CLOSED.

7.6.12. Remove test jumper from C20 scheme H1 3 terminals 51 & 61.

7.7. H TRIP - MANUAL TRANSFER TO ST#1 (H-15)

[Cable H13C wire 12]

7.7.1. Verify H-13 breaker CLOSED.

7.7.2. Verify breaker H-15 DC control power breaker BA CLOSED.

7.7.3. Verify H-15 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL 7.7.4. Take H-i5 local Control Switch to CLOSE.

7.7.4.1. Check H-15 breaker Closed.

7.7.5. Verify H-15 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock.

7.7.6. Take H-15 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.7.7. Take H-15 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.7.7.1. Check H-13 breaker Tripped.

7.8. H CLOSE - AUTOMATIC TRANSFER - UAT H-14 TRIPPED - IN SYNC (No UV) with simulated ST#1 lockout and bus PT meterina checks

[Cable H13D wire 52, cable H02M wires 061 141, cable C573E wires 21, 22]

7.8.1. Take ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-1 & H-1 (143-1) on CIO to the ST#1 position (opens 143-1 contact 2-2T in H-13 auto close string - ref E-87, E-89).

7.8.2. Take H-15 remote Control Switch on C1 0 to Pull-To-Lock (ensures relay 152X- 15 de-energized and contact 7-3 in H-13 auto close string is closed - ref E-88 & E-89).

7.8.3. Check annunciator K02-C4 (H1 Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) alarm clear.

7.8.4. Remove connection plug(s) in H-1 bus undervoltage load tripping relay 127-Hi-i

.. . .(E*-9 3-1 ). ... .. .. .. . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . ..: . .

7.8.4.1. Check auxiliary UV load tripping relay 127-H1-1/X on H-14 not picked up (opens N.O. contact 9-10 in H-13 auto close path - reference E-89, E-93-1).

NOTE: The following steps setup to energize feeder and bus PTs in H-23 and H-13 with 120 VAC source to allow in-sync automatic closure of H-13 with simulated ST#1 lockout and checks PT metering circuits.

7.8.5. Verify fuses UE in H-23 installed in the ON position.

7.8.6. Verify fuses UF in H-23 installed in the ON position.

7.8.7. Verify H-23 terminal block A terminal 2 is connected to ground via installed jumper (H-23 PT BO ground reference).

7.8.8. Verify H-13 terminal block G terminal 12 is connected to ground via installed jumper (H-13 PT BO ground reference).

7.8.9. Install one (1) set of leads from the 120 VAC 60 Hz source in H-13 Bus PT circuit as follows:

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 12 of 23 7.8.9.1. Connect HOT 120 VAC lead to H-13 terminal block CC terminal 9 (PT AO).

7.8.9.2. Connect NEUTRAL 120 VAC lead to H-13 terminal block G terminal 12 (PT B0).

7.8.10. Install one (1) set of leads from the 120 VAC 60 Hz source in H-23 SU2 Feeder PT circuit as follows:

7.8.10.1. Connect HOT 120 VAC lead to H-23 terminal block A terminal 1 (PT AO).

7.8.10.2. Connect NEUTRAL 120 VAC lead to H-23 terminal block A terminal 2 (PT B10).

7.8.11. Energize 120 VAC 60 HZ source.

7.8.11.1. Check annunciator K02-C4 (H1 Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) in alarm. (E-33-1, E-452-2) 7.8.11.2. Check SPDS1 Point El HI indicates approximately 4 KV. (E-33-1) 7.8.12. Take H-14 local Voltage Selector Switch to A-B position. (E-33-1) 7.8.12.1. Check local H-1 bus voltage meter on H-14 indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.8.12.2. Check remote H-1 bus voltage meter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV. (E-33-1, Cable H01N wires 61V, 62V) 7.8.13. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.8.13.1. Check Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV 7.8.13.2. Check Running Voltmeter on CIO indicates approximately 4 KV 7.8.13.3. Check Sync Scope on CIO indicates 12 o'clock (E-33-1, E-31-1, cable H01N wires 064 & 44, cable H02K wires 41 & 061) 7.8.14. Install test jumper with momentary switch in C20 on the internal wiring side of terminal block scheme Hi 3 terminal 51 (opposite cable H1 3E WH wire) to terminal 52 (opposite cable H13D OR wire). (simulates ST1 lockout relay 186-ST1-1 contact 2-2C closure - reference E-89, E-560-1).

..7.8.15. Momentarily close switch on test jumper in C20 across TB scheme H13 terminals 51 and 52.

7.8.15.1. Check breaker H-13 CLOSED.

7.8.16. Remove test jumper from C20 scheme H13 terminals 51 & 52.

7.9. H TRIP - MANUAL TRANSFER TO UAT (H-14) and check 120 VAC oower to RCP Monitor relays in C15

[Cable H01 V wires OP, 9P].

7.9.1. Verify H-14 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL 7.9.2. Take H-14 local Control Switch to CLOSE.

7.9.2.1. Check H-14 breaker Closed.

7.9.3. Verify H-14 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock.

7.9.4. Take H-14 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 13 of 23 7.9.5. Take H-14 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.9.5.1. Check H-13 breaker Tripped.

7.9.6. De-energize 120 V 60 HZ source.

7.9.6.1. Check annunciator K02-C4 (HI Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) alarm clear.

7.9.7. Remove 120 VAC 60 HZ source HOT lead from H-1 3 terminal block CC terminal 9.

7.9.8. Connect 120 VAC 60 HZ source HOT lead removed in previous step to H-13 terminal block CC terminal 10 (H-13 PT C0).

7.9.9. Energize 120 VAC source.

7.9.9.1. Check annunciator K02-C4 (H1 Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) in alarm.

7.9.9.2. Check approximately 0 VAC in C15 bottom right section, TB-2, scheme H01, terminal OP on internal side of TB opposite cable H01V BK wire to ground (H-13 BO PT circuit to relays 137-11/1 & 137-12/1 - reference E-33-1, E-573, M-201-126).

7.9.9.3. Check approximately 120 VAC in C15 bottom right section, TB-2, scheme H01, terminal OP on internal side of TB opposite cable H01V BK wire to terminal 9P opposite cable HO1V WH wire (H-13 BO to C0 PT circuit to relays 137-11/1 & 137-12/1 - reference E-33-1, E-573, M-201-126). (cable H01V wires OP & 9P) 7.9.10. De-energize 120 V 60 HZ source.

7.9.10.1. Check annunciator K02-C4 (H1 Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) alarm clear.

7.9.10.2. Check approximately 0 VAC in C15 bottom right section, TB-2, scheme H01, terminal OP on internal side of TB opposite cable H01V BK wire to terminal 9P opposite cable H01V WH wire.

7.10. H INTERLOCK- TRIP H-14 ON H-13 CLOSURE 7.10.1. Take H-13 Local-Remote Selector Switch to LOCAL 7.10.2. Take H-13 local Control Switch to CLOSE.

7...10.2.1. Check H-13 CLOSED.

7.10.3. Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock 7.10.4. Verify H-14 breaker CLOSED 7.10.5. Verify H-14 Local - Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE 7.10.6. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to ON 7.10.6.1. Check H-1 4 breaker TRIPPED.

7.10.7. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.11. H INTERLOCK- TRIP H-15 ON H-13 CLOSURE 7.11.1. Verify H-13 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL 7.11.2. Take H-1 3 local Control Switch to CLOSE.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 14 of 23 7.11.2.1. Check H-13 CLOSED.

7.11.3. Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock 7.11.4. Verify H-15 breaker CLOSED.

7.11.5. Verify H-15 Local - Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE 7.11.6. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to ON 7.11.6.1. Check H-1 5 breaker TRIPPED.

7.11.7. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.12. Load Shedding on 6.9 KV Buses H1 & H2 (relay 194-ST2/H - ref. E-89, E-118):

[Cable H07C wires 1, 11; cable H21T wires 29, 29A]

7.12.1. Verify H-13 breaker CLOSED.

7.12.2. Verify H-11 breaker TRIPPED or racked down.

7.12.3. Verify H-12 breaker TRIPPED or racked down.

7.12.4. Verify H-22 breaker TRIPPED or racked down.

7.12.5. Verify H-23 breaker TRIPPED or racked down.

7.12.6. Connect test jumper with maintained switch OPEN in H-23 across open STA contact 20-20T terminals. (E-1 18) 7.12.6.1. Check no continuity from H-1 1 terminal block A terminal 17 (Hi1-A17) to H-12 terminal block J terminal 4 (H12-J4). (E-8-AC-45, E-8-AC-50) 7.12.6.2. Check no continuity from H-22 terminal block G terminal 12 (H22-G12) to terminal 13 (H22-G13) on the internal side of the TB opposite field cable H21T WH & BK wires (E-504 sh. 1 & 2, E-8-AC-45, E-8-AC-50) 7.12.7. CLOSE test jumper maintained switch across H-23 STA contact 20-20T.

7.12.7.1. Check continuity exists from H-11 terminal block A terminal 17 (H11-A17) to H-12 terminal block J terminal 4 (H12-J4).

7A12.7.2. lCheck continuity exists from- H-22 lterimhaiblock G terminal 12 (H22-G12) to terminal 13 (H22-G13) on the internal side of the TB opposite field cable H21T WH & BK wires.

7.12.8. OPEN test jumper maintained switch across H-23 STA contact 20-20T.

7.12.9. Remove switched test jumper from H-23 STA contact 20-20T.

7.13. Unit Aux XFMR BRKR Failure Protection and H-13 Trip on Bus Lockout (E-89, E-93-1)

[Cable H05B wires P, 11 7.13.1. Verify H-13 breaker CLOSED 7.13.2. Verify H-15 breaker TRIPPED or racked down 7.13.3. Verify H-14 DC control breaker BA CLOSED 7.13.4. Verify H-14 fuse block UA for 186-Hi circuit installed in the ON position 7.13.5. Verify H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi is RESET

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 15 of 23 7.13.6. Verify test switch C on TS1-14 on H-14 CLOSED 7.13.7. Take H-14 Local-Remote Selector Switch to LOCAL 7.13.8. Take H-14 local Control Switch to CLOSE 7.13.8.1. Check H-14 breaker CLOSED 7.13.9. Install test jumper with maintained switch in the OPEN position in C20 across TB scheme H05 terminal P to terminal 1 on the internal side of the terminal block opposite cable H05B BK wire and WH wire (jumper across lockout relay 286-Gi -2 output contact 10-10C to simulate a lockout relay trip - reference E-560-1).

NOTE: The following step will cause H bus lockout trip alarm in the Control Room.

7.13.10. Close test jumper switch across C20 TB scheme H05 terminal P to terminal 1.

7.13.10.1. Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi TRIPPED 7.13.10.2. Check H-13 breaker TRIPPED 7.13.10.3. Check H-14 breaker TRIPPED 7.13.11. Open test jumper switch across C20 TB scheme H05 terminal P to terminal 1 7.13.12. Remove test jumper with switch from C20 TB scheme H05 terminal P to terminal 1 7.13.13. Take H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi on H-14 to RESET.

7.13.14. Take H-13 breaker local Control Switch to TRIP and release.

7.13.15. Take H-14 breaker local Control Switch to TRIP and release.

7.13.16. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release.

7.14. H-13 TRIP-TRANSFORMER LOCKOUT (E-89, E-560 sh. 1)

[Cable H13D wires 2P, 29]

7.14.1. Verify H-1i3 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL 7.14.2. Take H-13 local Control Switch to CLOSE 7.14.2.1. Check H-13 breaker CLOSED 7.14.3. Verify test switch 1 on TS-186-ST2-1 on C20 CLOSED (ref E-89 & E-94) 7.14.4. Install test jumper with momentary switch in C20 across TB scheme H13 terminal 2P to terminal 29 on the internal side of the terminal block opposite cable H13D RD wire and BK wire (jumper across ST2 lockout relay 186-ST2-1 output contact 2-2C to simulate a lockout relay trip - reference E-89 & E-560-1).

7.14.5. Momentarily close and release test jumper switch across C20 TB scheme H1 3 terminal 2P to terminal 29.

7.14.5.1. Check H-13 breaker TRIPPED 7.14.6. Remove test jumper with momentary switch in C20 across TB scheme H13 terminal 2P to terminal 29.

7.15. H-13 TRIP- FEEDER UNDERVOLTAGE (E-89, E-95)

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 16 of 23 7.15.1. Take H-13 local Control Switch to CLOSE 7.15.1.1. Check H-13 breaker CLOSED 7.15.2. Verify test switch J on TS1-14 on H-14 is CLOSED 7.15.3. Verify H-23 DC Control Power breaker BA CLOSED 7.15.4. Verify H-23 DC fuse block UA installed in the ON position NOTE: The following step may cause a breaker trip alarm in the Control Room depending on remote control switch position 7.15.5. Insert connection plug(s) into SU2 6.9 KV Feeder UV relay 127-23 on H-23.

7.15.5.1. Check H-13 breaker TRIPPED

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 17 of 23

8. Restoration 8.1. Verify breaker H-13 is tripped and racked down, or as directed by Operations.

8.2. Verify breaker H-14 is tripped and racked down, or as directed by Operations.

8.3. Verify breaker H-15 is tripped and racked down, or as directed by Operations.

8.4. At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out (ref. E-138 sh. 1):

NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-GI-1 and 286-G1-2.

" TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout

  • TS-286-G1 -3 switch 2 - Lockout Trip Generator Lockout 8.5. At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass cover reinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out:
  • Red knife switch
  • Black knife switches 8.5.1. Install connection plug(s) in H-1 bus undervoltage load tripping relay 127-Hi-i (E-93-1).

8.5.2. Remove the 120 VAC 60 Hz source in H-13 Bus PT circuit.

8.5.2.1. Connect HOT 120 VAC lead to H-13 terminal block CC terminal 9 (PT 8.5.3. Remove the 120 VAC 60 Hz source in H-23 SU2 Feeder PT circuit.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 18 of 23

9. Test Results and Evaluation 9.1. No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.
10. M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 19 of 23

11. Summary Information Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # Summary or Additional Information I Recorded By / Date Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 20 of 23

12. Attachments:

12.1. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log 12.2. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log 12.3. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log 12.4. Test Change Notices (as required)

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 21 of 23 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHeEET OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44312-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, Startup Transformer 2 Feeder PageýOLf Name Title Signature Initials I ~4 4.

4 4 4.

I 4 4.

4 4 4.

4 4 4.

_.._._..._..1 .. . .. . .. . . .. ... . . . .

4 4 4.

t I 4 4 4.

4 4 4.

t 1 4.

& A 4 4 4.

4 4 4.

& J 4.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 22 of 23

[1] ATrACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44312-05 REV 000 SWGR H-13, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDER Page-of Date Entry Initials

__ 1~

1 4

___ 1 4

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 23 of 23

[2] ATrACHMENT9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY Loa SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44312-05 REv 000 SWGR H-13, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDER Page of DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER

4. 1
4. I 1* t
4. __________
4. I
4. 4
4. 4

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page I of IS ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of I TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: [D ECT Procedure El ECT WO El STI Procedure Page 1 of 18 TEST #: ECT-44312-02 REV. #: 000 Quality Class: OR O El NOR TEST TITLE: SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test REVIEW (Print/Sign/Dae)ll Test Engineer (TE): . " / 7'C/u./.,i0 Technical Reviewer: "/.j 7 CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVI W Operations Departmeln 3~.J/7 II______

Organization

?12 /1____________

Or~anization *Organization Organization 7 Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached El Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: Cl Not Required E] Attached El Other OSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor: vnefý&

TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: /

iff required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 4 of 19 2.19 E-212 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Primary Makeup Pump B 2.20 E-241 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Reactor Building Spray Pumps 2.21 E-275 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Service Water Pump A 2.22 E-276 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Service Water Pump B 2.23 E-294 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram EFW Pump P7B 2.24 E-372 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Main Chiller 2.25 E-2005 Sh. 2 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram AMC Generator 2.26 E-2034 Sh. 2 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram AAC Generator System 2.27 E-2042 Sh. 1 Logic Diagram AAC Gen. Gen Lockout & Gen Breaker 2.28 E-2042 Sh. 2 Logic Diagram AAC Gen 2.29 E-2042 Sh. 3 Logic Diagram AAC Gen 2.30 E-2116 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram-AAC Generator SYSTEM 2A-902(BUS 2A-4) 2.31 M-405 Sh. 1 Functional Description & Logic Dia. Circ. Water 2.32 M-412 Sh. 1 Functional Description & Logic Dia. Emergency Diesel Generator 2.33 STM 2-33 Alternate AC Diesel Generator 2.34 OP-2104.037 Alternate AC Diesel Generator Operations 2.35 OP-1107.006 ESF Electrical Bus Outage 2.36 OP-1 107.007 NON-ESF Electrical Bus Outage 2.37 OP-1107.002 ES System Electrical Operation 2.38 OP-1 104.026 Chilled Water System 2.39 CR-ANO-C-2013-00888 CA-1 5 "ANO Unit 1 Electrical System Recovery: Returning 4160 volt buses to original design configuration."

3.0 Test EauiDment 3.1 5 KV or higher rated Hot Sticks 3.2 Phasing meter or sensors rated to operate at 4.16 kV 3.3 Thermal Imaging Device capable of interfacing with switchgear spy ports.

4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Energized bus testing will require some components to be ENERGIZED.

4.3 Test steps shall be done in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.5 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.6 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per the requirements of EN-DC-117, Section 5.2 [11] (b).

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 5 of 19 4.7 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.8 Test Engineer shall provide a post-test summary, including evaluation of test results in Section 11.0.

5.0 PrerequIsites 5.1 Ensure that construction and dead bus testing associated with the applicable sections have been completed:

5.1.1 VERIFY A-1 dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.2 VERIFY A-2 dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.3 VERIFY H-15 (SU1 Feeder to H-i) dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.4 VERIFY H-25 (SU1 Feeder to H-2) dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED 5.2 VERIFY SU1 Transformer 4160VAC and 6900VAC Non-Segregated Bus has been restored to Unit 1. Reference TMCN 45525 (SUI T-MOD removed).

5.3 Verify that the testing work order task for this test has been set to WORKING.

5.4 VERIFY Industrial Safety Boundaries are established prior to energizing equipment.

5.5 VERIFY Fire Brigade has been briefed for electrical fires.

5.6 Perform a pre-test brief per EN-DC-117, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 None.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Startup)1 Transformer (SU1) feed to A-1 Switchpear 7.1.1 VERIFY A-1 bus is De-energized, and use OP-1 107.007 attachment A as a reference guide to verify any applicable A-1 bus outage conditions that must be in place to restore A-1 to SU Transformer #1.

7.1.2 VERIFY breakers H-15 and H-25 are TAGGED OPEN.

7.1.3 VERIFY breaker A-501 is TAGGED OPEN.

7.1.4 VERIFY A-111, A-1 12, A-1 10, A-103, A-102 and A-1 14 are TAGGED OPEN.

7.1.5 VERIFY ALL A-1 breakers are RACKED down or OPEN.

7.1.6 VERIFY A-1 Lockout Relay 186-Al is RESET.

7.1.7 VERIFY A-309 breaker is TRIPPED (OPEN) and RACKED DOWN.

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 6 of 19 NOTE:

Installing the Pie Plates for the differential relay will be installed ONLY to verify no fault conditions exist on the non-segregated phase bus and must be removed BEFORE loading the A-1 Bus. No load shall be added with the pie plates installed UNTIL the applicable ECT for testing the differential relay has been performed.

7.1.8 If A-2 is already energized from SU 1, THEN the following three (3) sub-steps are not applicable and may be marked N/A 7.1.8.1 VERIFY Startup Transformer #1 Differential Relay Pie Plates on C20 are INSTALLED.

7.1.8.2 ENERGIZE Startup Transformer #1.

7.1.8.3 VERIFY SUl differential relay does NOT initiate a transformer lockout to SUl when energized.

7.1.9 VERIFY the grounding has been removed from the A-1 bus.

7.1.10 VERIFY A-1 13 breaker is RACKED UP and Local/Remote Handswitch in Remote.

7.1.11 VERIFY A-113 Sync Switch 152-113/SS in C10 control panel is ON.

7.1.12 CLOSE A-1 13 breaker via 152-113/CS control switch in CIO control panel.

7.1.13 Verify sync scope reads at 12:00 position.

7.1.14 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.1.15 CHECK Running Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.1.16 Take A-1 13 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.1.17 CHECK remote A-1 bus voltage meter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.

NOTE:

Al is available for 2A-903, AACPhase Checks at this point. Reference"2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Phasing Checks" section of this test plan.

7.1.18 CHECK SPDS1 computer point ElAl for correct bus voltage.

7.1.19 CHECK local analog volt meter at A-I for proper voltage.

7.1.20 Verify Startup #1 Differential Relay Pie Plates on C20 removed.

7.1.21 IF DESIRED, Using an available load, bump a motor fed from A-1 or connected load center/ MCC for rotation. Document results in test log.

NOTE:

Other sections of this test plan can be performed while adding loads on A-1.

7.1.22 Using available loads, load A-I to allow thermography (recommend B-7, VCH-1A and P-3C). Document loads applied to A-i in test log.

7.1.23 Perform thermography of A-1 (as a minimum the exterior of the horizontal bus covers and A-113 Cubicle).

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 7 of 19 7.1.24 While A-1 is LOADED; CHECK Remote analog volt meter for A-1 at C10 for proper voltage.

7.1.25 While A-1 is LOADED; CHECK Ammeter at A-1 13 and Verify proper current reading.

7.1.26 NOTIFY UI Operations that the Startup 1 Transformer (SU 1) feed to Al Switchgear testing is finished.

7.2 Al Switchgear Feed to A-3 ES Switchaear 7.2.1 VERIFY A-1 bus is ENERGIZED.

7.2.2 VERIFY A-310 breaker is OPEN and A-3 bus is DE-ENERGIZED.

7.2.3 VERIFY ALL A-3 Breakers are open.

7.2.4 IF B-5 is DE-ENERGIZED; THEN OPEN test switch "J" on TS2-309 in A-309; (Reference E-97 sh. 1)

OTHERWISE N/A.

7.2.5 Take A-309 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.2.6 CLOSE A309 REMOTELY to energize A3 from Al.

7.2.7 CHECK Sync Scope on C10 indicates 12 o'clock.

7.2.8 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV 7.2.9 CHECK Running Voltmeter on Cl0 indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.2.10 CHECK A-3 Sync Check Relay 125S-A3 in C10 has the PICKUP LED illuminated.

7.2.11 Take A-309 Sync Switch on CIO to OFF.

NOTE:

A-3 is available for 2A-901, AAC Phase Checks at this point. Reference "2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Phasing Checks" section of this test plan.

7.2.12 PERFORM an UNCOUPLED motor bump for rotation on EFW Pump P-7B.

7.2.13 VERIFY P-7B rotates in correct direction.

7.2.14 LOAD A-3 bus as desired.

NOTE:

Additional thermography will be performed with K-4A EDG operating in parallel with A-1 and the grid.

7.2.15 After A-3 is ENERGIZED from A-1, perform thermography of A-101 and A-309 cable connections.

7.2.16 Verify B-5 Loadcenter is ENERGIZED.

7.2.17 IF OPENED PREVIOUSLY, THEN CLOSE Test Switch "J" on TS2-309 in A-309; OTHERWISE N/A.

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 8 of 19 2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator to A-1 (2A-903) Phasing Checks NOTE:

2A-903 and 2A-901 Phase Checks may be performed in parallel.

7.2.18 Verify 2A-903 to A-101 power cable replacement construction testing is FINISHED.

7.2.19 VERIFY A-1 is powered from SUl.

7.2.20 VERIFY 2A-903 breaker is RACKED OUT and Removed.

7.2.21 VERIFY 2K-9 is LOADED on 2A-1. (Reference OP2104.037, Section 9.1) 7.2,22 PERFORM 2A-903 phase checks using WO-00354184-07.

7.2.23 Document results of 2A-903 to A-101 phasing checks in test log.

7.2.24 IF DESIRED, RACK IN 2A-903 breaker.

72.25 IF DESIRED, UNLOAD AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037 Section 9.2) 7.2.26 IF DESIRED, SECURE AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 11.0) 7.3 2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator to A-3 (2A-901) .PhasingChecks NOTE:

2A-901 and 2A-903 Phase Checks may be performed in parallel.

7.3.1 VERIFY 2A-901 splices to A-310 construction testing is FINISHED.

7.3.2 VERIFY A-1 is powered from SU1.

7.3.3 VERIFY, A-3 Energized from A-1.

7.3.4 VERIFY 2A-901 breaker is RACKED OUT and Removed.

7.3.5 CLOSE A-310 breaker to energize 2A-901 breaker stabs on the load side.

7.3.6 VERIFY 2K-9 is LOADED on 2A-1. (Reference OP2104.037, Section 9.1) 7.3.7 PERFORM 2A-901 phase checks using WO-00354184-07.

7.3.8 Document results of 2A-901 to A-310 phasing checks in test log.

7.3.9 IF DESIRED, OPEN A-310 breaker.

7.3.10 IF DESIRED, RACK IN 2A-901 breaker.

7.3.11 IF DESIRED, UNLOAD AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 9.2) 7.3.12 IF DESIRED, SECURE AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 11.0)

ECT44312-02 Rev DOO SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 9 of 19 7.4 2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Switchqear (2A-9) feed to A-3 Switchqear 7.4.1 VERIFY 2A-901 splices to A-310 construction testing is FINISHED.

7.4.2 Energize A-3 from 2A-9 (Reference OP-1 107.002 Section 37.0) 7.4.3 IF, A-1 is energized from SU1, THEN, perform the following sub-steps, OTHERWISE, mark the following sub-steps N/A 7.4.3.1 Take A-309 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.4.3.2 Check Sync Scope on C10 indicates 12 o'clock 7.4.3.3 Check Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV 7.4,3.4 Check Running Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.4.3.5 Take A-309 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.4.4 IF the "2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Phasing Checks" section of this test plan has NOT been completed, THEN PERFORM P-7B uncoupled BUMP for rotation, OTHERWISE N/A.

7.4.5 Request U1 Operations ADD load to A-3 bus while being supplied from 2A-901 to allow thermography of power cables from 2A-901 to A-310 - recommend one (1) service water pump (P-4A or P-4B fed from A-3) AND decay heat pump P-34A.

7.4.6 PERFORM thermography of power cable terminations in 2A-901 and power cable splices in tray in A-3 switchgear room NE corner in overhead (immediately and after 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />).

7.4.7 Request Ul Operations to secure loads on A-3 bus.

7.4.8 Secure AAC Diesel Generator line up to A-3. (Reference OP-1 107.002, Section 38.0) 7.4.9 IF DESIRED, SECURE AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section .11).

7.4.10 IF DESIRED, Restore A-3 feed from an available source.

7.5 2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Switchqear (2A9) feed to Al Switch-gear.

7.5.1 VERIFY A-1 is powered from SU1.

7.5.2 IF the "2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Phasing Checks" section of this test plan has not been completed, THEN PERFORM 2A-903 phase checks using WO-00354184-07, OTHERWISE N/A.

7.5.3 PLACE AAC Diesel, 2K-9 on A-1. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 10.1) 7.5.4 LOAD 2K-9 (>2500KW).

7.5.5 USING thermography monitor A-101 and 2A-903 connections for at least one hour.

ECT44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 10 of 19 7.5.6 UN-LOAD 2K-9 from A-I. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 10.2) 7.5.7 IF DESIRED, SECURE 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 11) 7.6 K-4A Emeraencv Diesel Supply to A-1 Switchaear 7.6.1 VERIFY A-1 is powered from SU1.

7.6.2 VERIFY A-3 Energized from A-1.

7.6.3 START and LOAD K-4A Emergency Diesel Generator on A-3 (>2500KW) per OP-1104.036, Section 7.

7.6.4 PERFORM thermography of A-101 and A-309 connections.

7.6.5 Reduce K-4A load to approximate demand load on A-3.

7.6.6 OPEN Breaker A-309 to separate A-3 from A-1 (K-4A feeding A-3).

7.6.7 SYNC and CLOSE Breaker A-309 to verify A-3/K-4A can be tied (synchronized) to A-1.

7.6.8 SECURE K-4A Emergency Diesel Generator if desired, per OP-1 104.036, Section 8.

7.7 Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) Feed to A-2 Switchgear 7.7.1 VERIFY A-2 bus is De-energized, and use OP-1 107.007 Attachment B as a reference guide to verify any applicable A-2 bus outage conditions that must be in place to restore A-2 to SU Transformer #1 7.7.2 VERIFY breakers H-15 and H-25 are TAGGED OPEN.

7.7.3 VERIFY breaker A-213 is OPEN.

7.7.4 VERIFY breaker A-501 is TAGGED OPEN.

7.7.5 VERIFY A-21 1, A-212, are TAGGED OPEN.

7.7.6 VERIFY ALL A-2 breakers are RACKED down or OPEN.

7.7.7 VERIFY A-202, A-208 and A-209 are TAGGED OPEN.

7.7.8 VERIFY A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 is RESET.

7.7.9 VERIFY the cables from A-201 to A-409 are disconnected in A-201 and A-201 cable termination points are insulated.

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 11 of 19 NOTE:

Installing the Pie Plates for the differential 'relay will be installed ONLY to verify no fault conditions exist on the non-segregated phase bus and must be removed BEFORE loading the A-2 Bus. No load shall be added with the pie plates installed UNTIL the applicable ECT for testing the differential relay has been performed.

7.7.10 If SU 1 is already connected to the A-1 bus, THEN, the following three (3) sub-steps are not applicable and may be marked N/A.

7.7.10.1 VERIFY Startup Transformer #1 Differential Relay Pie Plates are INSTALLED.

7.7.10.2 ENERGIZE Startup Transformer #1.

7.7.10.3 VERIFY SU1 differential relay does NOT initiate a transformer lockout to SUl when energized.

7.7.11 Verify the grounding has been removed from the A-2 bus 7.7.12 VERIFY A-213 breaker is RACKED UP and Local/Remote Handswitch in Remote.

7.7.13 VERIFY A-213 Sync Switch 152-213/SS in C10 control panel is ON.

7.7.14 CLOSE A-213 breaker via 152-213/CS control switch in CIO control panel.

7.7.15 Verify sync scope on C10 reads 12:00 position.

7.7.16 Check Incoming Voltmeter on CIO indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.7.17 Check Running Voltmeter on C 10 indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.7.18 Take A-213 Sync Switch on CIO to OFF.

7.7.19 Check remote A-2 bus voltage meter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.7.20 CHECK SPDS1 computer point E1A2 for correct bus voltage.

7.7.21 CHECK local analog A-2 bus volt meter at A-212 for proper voltage.

7.7.22 Verify Startup #1 Differential Relay Pie Plates removed.

7.7.23 Using an available load, bump a motor fed from A-2 or connected load center/

MCC for rotation. Document results in test log.

NOTE:

Other sections of this test plan can be performed while adding loads on Al.

7.7.24 Using available loads, load A2 to allow thermography (recommend B2, B4, and P-3B or P3D). Document loads applied to A-2 in test log.

7.7.25 PERFORM thermography of A-2 (as a minimum the exterior of the horizontal bus covers and A-213 Cubicle).

7.7.26 While A-2 is LOADED; CHECK Remote analog volt meter for A-2 at C10 for proper voltage. (Ref. 2.1)

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 12 of 19 7.7.27 While A-2 is LOADED; CHECK Ammeter at A-213 and Verify proper current reading.

7.7.28 NOTIFY Ul Operations that the Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) feed to A2 Switchgear testing is finished.

8.0 Restoration NOTE:

P-7B motor may be re-coupled to the pump after correct rotation is verified.

8.1 None 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By I Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 13 of 19 ECT-44312-02 Rev 000

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 14 of 19 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test SteD # 4 Summary or Additional Information 4 Recorded By / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 15 of 19 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 16 of 19 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44312-02 Page 1 of 2 Date Entry Initials

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 17 of 19 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44312-02 of 2 Page 2 Initials Date Entry Date Entry Initials

ECT,44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 18 of 19 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET I OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44312-02 Page 1 of 1 DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER

___ I I ____

4. 1*

4.

.6. +

+ 4.

+ _______________

4. .1.

.6. +

4. +
4. 4.
4. 4.
4. 4.
4. 4.

4 4.

4 4.

4 4

ECT44312-02 Rev 000 SU I Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 19 of 19 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECTISTI: ECT-44312-02 Page 1 of I Name Title Signature Initials 4 4 I I I I i i 4 I I 4

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 1 of 17 ATTACHMENT 9.0 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of i TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: S ECT Procedure C ECT WO C] STI Procedure Page 1 of 17 TEST #: 44316:02 REV. #: 001 Quality Class: OR [I NOR O

TEST TITLE: C2069 Conduit and Circ Pump Controls Miscellaneous Functional Testing REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date) .

Test Engineer (TE): Susan Mitchell l,15r111- " naa"- I /i4/.

Technical Reviewer: &I P64e#1 CSSDI CIPLINER Operations Departmen :0 */ Maintenance:

qj'v &

/Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI QONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: C EDAtter¶S"r Other 10CFR5O.59 Evaluation: [I Not Rq v I"1 Attached 0l Other OSRC Approval []AW g1equired Mtg No. Date:

-P Chairman:_, __

-"i*,'

APPROVAL(PrlntISign/Date)

.TE.,,Supervisor: , 4')4VI4. Al, AIW, **ý .

TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANQE Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*:

Test Engineer (TE): I Technical Reviewer /__

TE Supervisor: /

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

B/3q

ECT-44316-02 Flev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 2 of 17 Table of Contents 1.0 Qble t lves .......................................................................................................................................................... 3 2.0 l nce ............................................... 3..

3 3.0 T est E ul m e .nt ................................................................................................................................................. 3 4.0 Precautilons and Limitations ............................................................................................................................ 3 5.0 Pm ulltes .............................................................. ............................................... 4 6.0 Instrum entation ................................................................................................................................................. 4 7.0 T est In structIons ............................................................................................................................................... 4 7.1 Cable A601C, cable A602C and cable RA203A - P4B Bus Select MOD Control Circuit and Power ...... 4 7.2 Cable 51335D, D1, D2 - Intake Structure Exhaust Fan VEF-25 Trouble Annunciation ...................... 5 7.3 Cable B1346D, D1, D2 - Intake Structure Exhaust Fan VEF-32 Trouble Annunciation ...................... 5 7.4 Cable K05WP, W P1, WP2 - Traveling Screen System Trouble Annunciation .................................... 5 7.5 Cable K1ODG, DGI, DG2 - Service Water Discharge Pressure High Annunciation .......................... 6 7.6 Cable K10DL, DL1, DL2 - Service Water Pump P-4B Strainer AP HI Annunciation ........................... 6 7.7 Cable K10DM, DM1, DMS - Service Water Pump P-4A Strainer AP Hi Annunciation ........................ 6 7.8 Cable K1 2C2, C21, C22 - Fire Pump P-6A Trip Annunciation ............................................................ 6 7.9 Cable K16B2, B21, B22 - Oily Water Separator pH Control Panel Annunciation ................................ 7 7.10 Cable U01L, L1, L2 - Diesel Fire Pump P-61 Remote Handswitch .................................................... 7 7.11 Cables K02C1, K02E1 and SIS wire #137 - Annunciator K02-F7 A1/A2 Auto Transfer ..................... 7 7.12 Cable J021 R - Clrc Pump Trip on All Inlet Valves Closed ................................................................. 8 7.13 Cables J021J, J021 K,J021 L, L1, L2 - Circ Pump Aux Controls ......................................................... 8 7.14 Cables B1333F, B1333F1, and B1333F2 - Valve CV-3621 Auto Close .......................................... 10 7.15 Cables B2333C, B2333C1, and B2333C2 - Valve CV-3617 Auto Open ......................................... 10 7.16 Cables B2333F, 62333F1, and B2333F2 - Valve CV-3617 Auto Close .......................................... 10 8.0 R esto iration ....................................................................................................................................................... 11 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation .......................................................................................................................... 11 10.0 M TE Instrmentatoion .................................................................................................................................... 12 11.0 Summary Information ..................................................................................................................................... 13 12.0 Attachments: ................................................................................................................................................... 14 12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log .............................................................. 15 12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log ............................................................................................. 16 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log ........................................................................... 17

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 3 of 17 1.0 Obiectlves 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing for cables routed through conduit C2069. Testing is being performed as a result of cables impacted by the damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event or the subsequent temporary modification and repair efforts.

2.0 References 2.1 EC-44316, Miscellaneous Electrical Equip Child EC, Stator Reconstruction 2.2 EN-DC- 117, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-17 sh. 1A, Green Train, Vital AC and 125V DC, Single Line and Distribution 2.4 E-83 sh. 1, Typical 480 Volt Motor Control Center, Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters 2.5 E-276 sh. 2, Schematic Diagram, Service Water Pump P4B, Disconnect Switch 189-601 2.6 E-276 sh. 3, Schematic Diagram, Service Water Pump P4B, Disconnect Switch 189-602 2.7 E-334 sh. 1, Schematic Diagram, Intake Structure Exhaust Fans 2.8 E-347 sh. 1, Schematic Diagram, Diesel Driven Fire Pump 2.9 E-455 sh. 3, Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K05, (On Panel C11) 2.10 E-460 sh. 2, 3, Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K1 0, (On Panel C1 6) 2.11 E-462 sh. 2, Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K12, (On Panel C19) 2.12 E-474 sh. 2, Schematic Diagram, Annunciator K1 5, (On Panel C26) 2.13 E-474 sh. 3, Schematic Diagram, Annunciator KI 6, (On Panel C26) 2.14 E-508 sh. 4, Connection Diagram, 480 Volt MCC - Intake Structure, B13 2.15 E-527sh. 1, Connection Diagram, Screen Wash System 2.16 E-531 sh. 8, Connection Diagram, Terminal Box (TB132) 2.17 E-532sh. 2, Connection Diagram, Local Control Panels (A703) 2.18 VP M-32-22, Schematic Wiring Diagram for Model 68 Control 3.0 lTe Eiiulomg 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Temporary test jumper with maintained or momentary switch and configured for attachment so that terminals do not need to be disturbed to insert jumper.

4.0 Precautlons and Limitations 4.1 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.2 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.

4.3 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.4 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.5 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per the requirements of EN-DC- 117, Section 5.2 (11](b).

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 4 of 17 4.6 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.7 The Test Engineer shall provide a post-test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section 11.0.

5.0 Prereaulshtes 5.1 Verify that the Testing Work Order Task for this test has been set to working.

5.2 Perform a Pre-test Brief per EN-DC-1 17, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

5.3 Verify 125 VDC breaker DI 1-22 Is closed.

5.4 Check that A-303, A-403, P-4B, and P-6B can be secured, and that A-601, A-602, Bi 3, C16, C18, C19, C26, C1 I, C146, C160, RA2-03, TB132, VEF-25, and VEF-32 are available.

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Cable A601C (E-276-2), cable A602C (E-276-3) and cable RA203A (E-276-2, E-17-1 A) -

P46 Bus Select MOD Control Circuit and MOD Power 7.1.1 Check that both SW Pump P-4B supply breakers are open.

7.1.1.1 On C18, A-303 indicates open.

7.1.1.2 On C16, A-403 indicates open.

7.1.2 Verify DC power from breaker RA2-03 is available.

7.1.3 Verify local control power breakers 72-601 and 72-602 on A-601 and A-602 are CLOSED.

7.1.3.1 On A-601 DC CONTROL POWER AVAILABLE white indicating light lit.

7.1.3.2 On A-602 DC CONTROL POWER AVAILABLE white indicating light lit.

7.1.4 Record position of P46 Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 on C18.

7.1.5 On C18, verify P4B Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 selected to BUS A3.

7.1.5.1 On C18, check MOD TO BUS A3 red indicating light lit.

7.1.5.2 On C16, check MOD TO BUS A4 green indicating light lit.

7.1.6 On C18, place P4B Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 to the BUS A4 position.

7.1.6.1 On C18, check MOD TO BUS A3 green indicating light lit.

7.1.6.2 On C16, check MOD TO BUS A4 red indicating light lit.

7.1.7 On C18, verify P4B Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 selected to BUS A3.

7.1.7.1 On C18, check MOD TO BUS A3 red indicating light lit.

7.1.7.2 On C16, check MOD TO BUS A4 green indicating light lit.

7.1.8 On C18, return P4B Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 to the original position unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 5 of 17 7.2 Cable B1 335D, D1, D2 - Intake Structure Exhaust Fan VEF-25 Trouble Annunciation (E-334-1, E-83-1, E-474-2) 7.2.1 Verify Breaker B-1335 is closed.

7.2.2 Verify annunciator K15-B7, INTAKE STRC FAN TROUBLE, at panel C26 is NOT in alarm.

7.2.3 Install a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position at MCC B-1335 between terminal points 6 and 51 (Ref. E-508 sh. 4).

7.2.4 Close switch and check annunciator K15-B7 at panel C26 is in alarm.

7.2.5 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals 6 and 51 at MCC B-1335.

7.2.6 Check annunciator K15-B7 at panel C26 is NOT In alarm.

7.3 Cable B1 346D, D1, D2 - Intake Structure Exhaust Fan VEF-32 Trouble Annunciation (E-334-1, E-83-1, E-474-2) 7.3.1 Verify Breaker B-1 346 is closed.

7.3.2 Check annunciator K15-B7, INTAKE STRC FAN TROUBLE, at panel C26 is NOT in alarm.

7.3.3 Install a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position at MCC B-1346 between terminal points 6 and 51 (Ref. E-506 sh. 4).

7.3.4 Close switch and check annunciator K1 5-17 at panel C26 is in alarm.

7.3.5 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals 6 and 51 at MCC B-1346.

7.3.6 Check annunciator K1 5-B7 at panel C26 is NOT in alarm.

7.4 Cable K05WP, WP1, WP2 - Traveling Screen System Trouble Annunciation (E-455-3) 7.4.1 Check annunciator K05-F1, TRAV SCREEN SYSTEM TROUBLE, at panel C1I is NOT In alarm.

7.4.2 At panel C160, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position, across terminals K05 KF1 and K05 PF1 (Ref. E-527 sh. 1).

7.4.3 Close switch and check annunciator K05-Fi at panel ClI is in alarm.

7.4.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K05 KF1 and K05 PF1 at panel C160.

7.4.5 Check annunciator K05-Fl at panel Cll Is NOT In alarm.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 6 of 17 7.5 Cable K1ODG, DG1, DG2 - Service Water Discharge Pressure High Annunciation (E-460-2) 7.5.1 Verify annunciator K10-B3, SW PUMP DISCH PRESS HI, at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.

7.5.2 At terminal box TB132, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position, across terminals K10 KB3 and K10 PB3 (Ref. E-531 sh. 8).

7.5.3 Close switch and check annunciator K10-B3 at panel C16 is In alarm.

7.5.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K1 0 KB3 and K1 0 PB3 in TB1 32.

7.5.5 Check annunciator K10-B3 at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.

7.6 Cable K10DL, DL1, DL2 - Service Water Pump P-4B Strainer AP HI Annunciation (E-460-3) 7.6.1 Check annunciator K10-D3, SW PUMP P4B STRAINER AP HI, at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.

7.6.2 At terminal box TB1 32, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position, across terminals K10 KD3 and K10 PD3 (Ref. E-531 sh. 8).

7.6.3 Close switch and check annunciator K1O-D3 at panel C16 Is in alarm.

7.6.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K10 KD3 and K10 PD3 in TB1332.

7.6.5 Check annunciator K1O-D3 at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.

7.7 Cable K10DM, DM1, DMS - Service Water Pump P-4A Strainer AP Hi Annunciation (E-460-2) 7.7.1 Check annunciator K10-C3, SW PUMP P4A STRAINER AP HI, at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.

7.7.2 At terminal box TB132, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position, across terminals KI0 KC3 and K10 PC3 (Ref. E-531 sh. 8).

7.7.3 Close switch and check annunciator K1O-C3 at panel 016 Is In alarm.

7.7.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals KI 0 KC3 and K1 0 PC3 In TB1 32.

7.7.5 Check annunciator K1O-C3 at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.

7.8 Cable K12C2, C21, C22- Fire Pump P-6A Trip Annunciation (E-462-2) 7.8.1 Check annunciator K12-C1, FIRE PUMP P6A TRIP, at panel C19 is NOT in alarm.

7.8.2 At A703, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position, across terminals K12 PC1 (82) and K12 KC1 (84) (Ref. E-532 sh. 2).

7.8.3 Close switch and check annunciator K1 2-Cl at panel C1 9 is in alarm.

7.8.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K12 PCI (82) and K12 KC1 (84) in TB132.

7.8.5 Check annunciator K12-C1 at panel C19 is NOT in alarm.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 7 of 17 7.9 Cable K1 6132, 621, B22 - Oily Water Separator pH Control Panel Annunciation (E-474-3) 7.9.1 Check annunciator K1 6-B1, OILY WATER SEPARATOR TROUBLE, at panel C26 is NOT In alarm.

7.9.2 At terminal box TB132, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position, across terminals K16 KB1 and K16 PBI (Ref. E-531 sh. 8).

7.9.3 Close switch and check annunciator K16-B1 at panel C26 is in alarm.

7.9.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K1 6 KB1 and K1 6 PB1 In TB132.

7.9.5 Check annunciator K16-B1 at panel C26 is NOT in alarm.

7.10 Cable U0IL, Li, 12 - Diesel Fire Pump P.6B Remote Handswitch (E-347-1, M-32-22) 7.10.1 Start Diesel Fire Pump P-6B using remote handswitch HS-3605 at C19, per procedure OP-1 104.032.

7.10.2 Secure Diesel Fire Pump P-6B per procedure OP-1 104.032.

7.11 Cables K02C1 (wires Al, Ki), K02E1 (wire N1) and SIS wire #137 (per Electrical Recovery Master Ust database) - Annunciator K02-F7 AL/A2 Auto Transfer (Ref. E-452 sh. 3) 7.11.1 Verify breaker A-2i1 Is tripped/racked out.

7.11.2 Verify breaker A-213 is tripped/racked out.

7.11.3 Check Annunciator window K02-F7 is NOT In alarm.

7.11.4 Verify A-211 control switch (152-211/CS) at C10 is in the Normal-After-Trip position.

7.11.5 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-211 to simulate breaker closed condition and check Annunciator window K02-F7 is in alarm.

7.11.6 Return STA switch In cubicle A-211 to breaker tripped condition and check Annunciator window K02-F7 Is NOT in alarm.

7.11.7 Verify A-213 control switch (152-213/CS) at CIO is in the Normal-After-Trip position.

7.11.8 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-213 to simulate breaker closed condition and check Annunciator window K02-F7 is in alarm.

7.11.9 Return STA switch in cubicle A-213 to breaker tripped condition and check Annunciator window K02-F7 is NOT in alarm.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 8 of 17 7.12 Cable J021 R - Circ Pump Trip on All Inlet Valves Closed (Ref. E-271 sh. 2)

NOTE: This test will provide a trip signal to breakers A-109, A-110, A-209 and A-210. This test should be performed prior to placing any Circulating Water Pumps on A-1 or A-2.

7.12.1 Check condenser inlet valve CV-3622 is closed.

7.12.2 Check condenser inlet valve CV-3630 is closed.

7.12.3 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 12 between terminal J021-P2 and terminal J021-P4 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.12.4 Check relay CR1-J021/1 in C30 is deenergized.

7.12.5 Close switchable jumper In TB1 12 between terminal J021 -P2 and terminal J021-P4.

7.12.6 Check relay CR1-J021/1 in C30 is energized.

7.12.7 Open and remove switchable jumper in TBI 12 between terminal J021-P2 and terminal J021-P4.

7.13 Cables J021J, J021K, J021L, Li, L2 - Circ Pump Aux Controls (Ref. E-271 sh. 2) 7,13.1 Verify breaker A-109 tripped or racked out.

7.13.2 Verify breaker A-110 tripped or racked out.

7.13.3 Verify breaker A-209 tripped or racked out.

7.13.4 Verify breaker A-210 tripped or racked out.

7.13.5 Verify breaker B-2342 open.

7.13.6 Verify breaker B-1333 open.

7.13.7 Check P-3B Discharge Valve CV-3625 is 100% closed.

7.13.8 Check P-3C Discharge Valve CV-3621 is 100% closed.

7.13.9 Check P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is 100% open or 100% closed.

7.13.10 Check P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is 100% open or 100% closed.

7.13.11 Check relay CR3-J021 in C30 is energized.

7.13.12 Lift and tape BK conductor of cable J021P in TB111 from TB point J021-P1 (Ref.

E-531 sh. 4).

7.13.13 Lift and tape BK conductor of cable J021N in TB1 11 from TB point J021-P1 (Ref.

E-531 sh. 4).

7.13.14 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is closed, THEN lift and tape BK conductor of cable J021 0 in TB1 11 from TB point J021 -P1, otherwise N/A this step (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.13.15 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is closed, THEN lift and tape BK conductor of cable J021 Min TB1 11 from TB point J021-P1, otherwise N/A this step (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 9 of 17 7.13.16 Check the following relays in C30 are deenergized:

  • CR2-J021
  • CR3-J021
  • CR4-J021
  • CR5-J021 7.13.17 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is closed, install a jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-2 and terminal J021-3 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3), otherwise N/A this step.

7.13.18 Manually actuate the STA switch In cubicle A-1 10 to simulate breaker closed condition and check relay CR2-J021 In C30 is energized.

7.13.19 Return STA switch in cubicle A-1 10 to bredkr tripped condition and check relay CR2-J021 is deenergized.

7.13.20 If installed, remove switch in TB1 11 between terminal J021-2 and terminal J021-3, otherwise N/A this step.

7.13.21 Install a jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminal J021 -5 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.13.22 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-21 0 to simulate breaker closed condition and check relay CR3-J021 In C30 is energized.

7.13.23 Return STA switch in cubicle A-210 to breaker tripped condition and check relay CR3-J021 is deenergized.

7.13.24 Remove switch in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminal J021-5.

7.13.25 Install a jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-6 and terminal J021-7 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).

7.13.26 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-109 to simulate breaker closed condition and check relay CR4-J021 In C30 is energized.

7.13.27 Return STA switch in cubicle A-1 09 to breaker tripped condition and check relay CR4-J021 is deenergized.

7.13.28 Remove switch in TB111 between terminal J021-6 and terminal J021-7.

7.13.29 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is closed, install a jumper in TBI 111 between terminal J021-8 and terminal J021 -9 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3), otherwise N/A this step.

7.13.30 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-209 to simulate breaker closed condition and check relay CR5-J021 in C30 is energized.

7.13.31 Return STA switch in cubicle A-209 to breaker tripped condition and check relay CR4-J021 is deenergized.

7.13.32 If installed, remove switch in TB1 11 between terminal J021-6 and terminal J021-7, otherwise N/A this step.

7.13.33 Re-terminate BK conductor of cable J021 P in TB1 11 at TB point J021 -P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4) 7.13.34 Re-terminate BK conductor of cable J021 N in TB1 11 at TB point J021 -P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4) 7.13.35 If BK conductor of cable J021Q was previously lifted, THEN re-terminate BK conductor of cable J0210 in TB1 11 at TB point J021-P1, otherwise N/A this step (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 10 of 17 7.13.36 If BK conductor of cable J021M was previously lifted, THEN re-terminate BK conductor of cable J021 Q in TB1 11 at TB point J021 -P1, otherwise N/A this step (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

7.13.37 Check the following relays in C30 are energized:

  • CR2-J021
  • CR3-J021
  • CR4-J021
  • CR5-J021 7.14 Cables B1333F, B1333F1, and B1333F2 (wires 11R and 1R)- Valve CV-3621 Auto Close (Ref. E-272, E-84 sh. 1, E-508 sh. 4) 7.14.1 Verify that breaker B-1333 is open.

7.14.2 Verify that breaker A-109 is racked down.

7.14.3 At MCC B-1 333, check for continuity between TB B1333 terminals 2R and 1R across from cable B1 333F wires 11 R and 1 R.

7.14.4 While monitoring continuity at B13 between TB B1333 terminals 2R and 1R, 7.14.4.1 Manually actuate the STA at A-109 7.14.4.2 Observe a change to no continuity 7.14.5 At MCC B-1 333, check for continuity between TB B1333 terminals 2R and 1R when the STA at A-109 is returned to the open position.

7.15 Cables B2333C, B2333C1, and B2333C2 (wires 2F and 12F) - Valve CV-3617 Auto Open (Ref. E-272, E-84 sh, 1, E-509 sh. 4) 7.15.1 At A-209, with the switch OPEN install a switchable jumper between terminals 4 and 6 of relay 162-209/4 (RB).

7.15.2 Check that cable B2333C is lifted in MCC B-2333 per Temporary Modification EC43758. (Note: cable B2333C may be relabed B2333C1 prior to this testing being performed.)

7.15.3 Check no continuity at MCC B-2333 between wires 2F and 12F of lifted cable B2333C.

7.15.4 While monitoring continuity at MCC B-2333 between wires 2F and 12F of the lifted cable B2333C, 7.15.4.1 CLOSE the jumper switch at A-209 7.15.4.2 Observe a change to continuity 7.15.5 At A-209, OPEN the jumper switch and remove the jumper.

7.15.6 At MCC B-2333, check no continuity between wires 2F and 12F of lifted cable B2333C.

7.16 Cables B2333F, B2333F1, and B2333F2 (wires 11 R and 1 R) - Valve CV-3617 Auto Close (Ref. E-272, E-84 sh. 1, E-509 sh. 4) 7.16.1 Verify that breaker A-209 is racked down.

7.16.2 Check that cable B2333F is lifted in MCC B-2333 per Temporary Modification EC43758. (Note: cable B2333F may be relabed B2333F1 prior to this testing being performed.)

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 11 of 17 7.16.3 At MCC B-2333, check for continuity between wires 11 R and 1R of lifted cable B2333F.

7.16.4 While monitoring continuity at MCC B-2333 between wires 11 R and 1R of lifted cable B2333F 7.16.4.1 Manually actuate the STA at A-209 7.16.4.2 Observe a change to no continuity 7.16.5 When the STA at A-209 is returned to the open position 7.16.5.1 At MCC B-2333, check for continuity between wires 11 R and 1R of lifted cable B2333F 8.0 Festoration 8.1 Verify removal of temporary jumpers and restoration of any switch manipulations as directed by Unit 1 Operations.

8.2 Place breaker B-2342 in position as directed by Unit 1 Operations (N/A this step if breaker is danger tagged open).

8.3 Place breaker B-1333 in position as directed by Unit 1 Operations (N/A this step ifbreaker is danger tagged open).

9.0 Tlst Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 12 of 17 10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used inthe following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Information Record Test Step for - Recorded By / Date (e.g. Instrument #, cal due date, which the M&TE was instrument range, etc.) used

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 13 of 17 11.0 Summary Informatlon 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log In section 12.0.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 14 of 17 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log 12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Attachment 12.1 ATrACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION Loa SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Misc. Functional Testing Page-of Name Title Signature Initials I & &

I- & &

I I I I I I I I I I 9 9 I & &

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Attachment 12.2

[1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEsT LOG SHEEl I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: 44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Misc. Functional Testing Page-of-Date Entry Initials 4 4.

'P 4 4.

  • 4.

4 4.

1 .9.

4 4.

__ _I I__ _

I I

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Attachment 12.3

[2] ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECTISTI: 44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Misc. Functional Testing Page__of DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER 4 4

4. 4
4. 4
4. 9 4 9
4. 9
4. 9
4. 1 4 4 4 4
4. 4
4. 4
4. 4
4. 4

-1

4. 4 4 4

+

4 4

4. 4.

4 4.

.9. 1*

4 4.

4 4.

4. 1*

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 1 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet I of I TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: Z ECT Procedure 0l ECT WO E] STI Procedure Page l of 11 TEST #: ECT-44314-06 REV. #: 000 Quality Class: E] OR [0 NQR TEST TITLE: H1 Energized from SU I Live Bus Test REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer (TE): A. r,*,4-.-/ /

Technical Reviewer: r I zl~ 3IA 7-22 CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operations Depa* et -A 1 -7/7*/ /f  :

OprainsDpa/ Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: [] Attached El Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: El Not Required El Attached El Other OSRC Approval E] Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(PrintlSign/Date)

TE Supervisor. O~lpj~4qldJ //M O4011?

TEST-

-. MPLATI .RE 4 CC P PA .. ........... ...... ......

Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: I Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer I TE Supervisor: /

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

S140

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 HI Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 2 of 11 Table of Contents 1.0 Objectives ........................................................................................................................ 3 2.0 References ....................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 Test Equipm ent ........................................................................................................... 3 4.0 Precautions and Lim itations ..................................................................................... 3 5.0 Prerequisites ............................................................................................................ 3 6.0 Instrum entation .......................................................................................................... 4 7.0 Test Instructions ........................................................................................................ 4 8.0 Restoration ....................................................................................................................... 5 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 5 10.0 M&TE Instrum entation .............................................. :............................................... 5 11.0 Sum mary Inform ation ................................................................................................ 6 12.0 Attachm ents ................................................................................................................ 7

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 3 of I1I 1.0 Objectives 1.1 This ECT provides energized bus "Live Bus" testing for the Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) feed to H-1 Switchgear.

1.2 Sections of this ECT may be worked out of order with Test Engineer and Operations concurrence. Sequence will be documented in TEST LOG.

2.0 References 2.1 E-3 Sh. 1 Single Line Meter& Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System 2.2 E-4 Sh. 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160 Volt System, Main Supply 2.3 E-31 Sh. 1 System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram 2.4 E-33 Sh. 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System Main Supply 2.5 E-76 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V and 4160V 2.6 E-93 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays 2.7 E-2003 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System 2.8 TMCN 45342 SU1 T-MOD removed 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 NONE 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Energized bus testing will require some components to be ENERGIZED.

4.3 Test steps shall be done in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.5 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.6 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per the requirements of EN-DC-1 17, Section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.7 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.8 Test Engineer shall provide a post-test summary, including evaluation of test results in Section 11.0.

5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Ensure that construction and dead bus testing associated with the applicable sections have been completed:

5.1.1 VERIFY H-1 dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.2 VERIFY H-15 (SUL1 Feeder to H-i) dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 4 of 11 5.2 VERIFY SU1 Transformer 4160VAC and 6900VAC Non-Segregated Bus has been restored to Unit 1. Reference TMCN 45342 to EC-43686 (SU1 T-MOD removed).

5.3 Verify that the testing work order task for this test has been set to WORKING.

5.4 VERIFY Industrial Safety Boundaries are established prior to energizing equipment.

5.5 VERIFY Fire Brigade has been briefed for electrical fires.

5.6 Perform a pre-test brief per EN-DC-1 17, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 None.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) feed to H-1 Switchgear 7.1.1 VERIFY breakers H-13 and H-14 are TAGGED OPEN.

7.1.2 VERIFY ALL H-1 breakers are RACKED down or OPEN.

7.1.3 VERIFY H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi is RESET. (E-93 Sh. 1) 7.1.4 VERIFY the grounding has been removed from the H-1 bus.

7.1.5 VERIFY H-15 breaker is RACKED UP and Local/Remote Handswitch in Remote.

7.1.6 VERIFY H-15 Sync Switch 152-15/SS in C10 control panel is ON.

7.1.7 CLOSE H-15 breaker via 152-15/CS control switch in C10 control panel.

7.1.8 At C10, verify sync scope reads at 12:00 position.

7.1.9 Visually verify that H-15 (125 -15) sync check relay is picked up.

7.1.10 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 7 KV.

7.1.11 CHECK Running Voltmeter on CIO indicates approximately 7 KV.

7.1.13 CHECK remote H-1 bus voltage meter on C 10 indicates approximately 7 KV.

7.1.14 CHECK SPDSl computer point E1H1 for correct bus voltage.

7.1.15 CHECK local analog volt meter at H-1 for proper voltage.

7.1.16 With P32A running, check SPDS computer point Al RCPA current indication is within normal range.

7.1.17 With P32C running, check SPDS computer point Al RCPC current indication is within normal range.

NOTE If P32A and P32C are started at approximately the same time, steps 7.1.18 and 7.1.19 may be marked N/A.

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 5 of 11 7.1.18 With P32A running monitor H-1 5 and H-1 2 cubicles initially and after at least one hour of running, with thermography.

7.1.19 With P32C running monitor H-15 and H-1 1 cubicles initially and after at least one hour of running, with thermography.

7.1.20 With Both P32A and P32C running, monitor H-15, H-11 and H-12 cubicles initially and after at least one hour of running, with thermography.

8.0 Restoration 8.1 None 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cat which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 Hi Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 6 of 11 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 TestSummary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # I Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 Hi Energized from SU I Live Bus Test Page 7 of 11 12.0 Aftachments:

12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 - Test Deficiency Log 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 Hi Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 8 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44314-06 Page 1 of 2 Date I Entry I Initials 4 .1.

I 4 I 1~

4.

  • 4.

9 4.

  • 4.

I I I I

4. 4
4. 1

ECT-44314-.06 Rev 000 HI Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test -Page 9 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44314-06 Page 2 of _2_

Date Entry I Initials

  • 4.

9 4.

& 4.

  • 4-9 4.

9 4 9 4.

9 4.

t __________

I

_ I_ I.1 __

4. 4
1. 4

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 HI Energized from SU I Live Bus Test Page 10 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET 1 OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-4431a-06 Page 1 of II DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER I I.

  • 4 I 4
  • 4 I- 4 4.

I 4

  • 4
  • 4 I 4

.1.

  • +

__ I __

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 11 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44314-06 Page 1 of 1 Name Title Signature Initials 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 4 J 4 4 4 I 4- 4 9 4 I I 4

& I I I I I 4 4 4 9 4 t 9 9

.-.- ~ -- 9~

.4 4 £

.4 9 4

.4- 9 9

.4- 9 4

__ I __ ___ _

DOC 45 ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 1of 13 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet I of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: [ ECT Procedure El ECT WO [3 STI Procedure Page I of 13 TEST #: ECT-44313-08 REV. #: 000 Quality Class: OR [] NOR O

TEST TITLE: A2 to A4 Live Bus Test REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer (TE): Brad Risner _ / /22 Technical Reviewer: Al Soencer / Z/iL/.i CROSS-DISCIPLINE R SVlS IN Operations Depa/ /en:

Organization Organization ' Organization

_ _ _ _ _ :__ /

Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: [] Attached El Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: E] Not Required E] Attached El Other OSRC Approval [3 Not Required Mtg No. Date:- Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/SignrDate)

TE Supervisor: rPM+(/id Ii#/7 7431 ziiaIi

-TS-ONREP W#ACE f...PTANC it" Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /

Test Engineer (TE): /

Technical Reviewer /

TE Supervisor: /

If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 3 of 13 1.0 Oblectives 1.1 This ECT provides energized bus "Live Bus" testing of the following:

1.1.1 A-2 Switchgear Feed to A-4 ES Switchgear.

1.1.2 K-4B Emergency Diesel Supply to A-2 Switchgear.

1.2 Thermography will be performed for the following connections:

1.2.1 A-409 to A-2 bus.

1.3 Sections of this ECT may be worked out of order with Test Engineer and Operations concurrence. Sequence will be documented in TEST LOG.

2.0 References 2.1 E-4 Sh. 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System, Main Supply 2.2 E-8 Sh. 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 480V Load Centers 2.3 E-31 Sh. 1 System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram 2.4 E-34 Sh. 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System Main Supply 2.5 E-35 sh. 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System, Engineered Safeguard 2.6 E-76 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V and 4160V 2.7 E-76 Sh. 2D Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker A409 4160V Swgr 2.8 E-90 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 4160V ACB's 2.9 E-91 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Trans No. 1 4160V Air Ckt Bkrs 2.10 E-92 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Trans No. 2 4160V Air Ckt Bkrs 2.11 E-97 Sh. 1A SchematicDiagram 4160V Eng'd Safeguards Bus Feeder ACB's 2.12 E-98 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram 4160V Eng'd Safeguard Bus Tie ACB's 2.13 E-98 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram 4160V Eng'd Safeguard Bus Tie ACB's 2.14 E-100 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Diesel Generator DG2 ACB 2.16 E-102 Sh. 2B Sch Dia- Emer Diesel Gen #2 Relay Contact Dev Tables 2.17 E-181 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Decay Heat Removal Pump P34B 2.18 E-211 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Primary Makeup Pumps P36C 2.19 E-212 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Primary Makeup Pump P36B 2.20 E-241 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Reactor Building Spray Pump P35B 2.21 E-275 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Service Water Pump P4C 2.22 E-276 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Service Water Pump P4B 2.23 M-412 Sh. 1 Functional Description & Logic Dia. Emergency Diesel Generator 2.24 OP-1 107.006 ESF Electrical Bus Outage 2.25 OP-1 107.007 NON-ESF Electrical Bus Outage 2.26 OP- 1107.002 ES System Electrical Operation

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 4 of 13 2.27 CR-ANO-C-2013-00888 CA-15 "ANO Unit 1 Electrical System Recovery: Returning 4160 volt buses to original design configuration."

3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Thermal Imaging Device capable of interfacing with switchgear spy ports.

4.0 Precautions and Umitations 4.1 Circuit breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Energized bus testing will require some components to be ENERGIZED.

4.3 Test steps shall be done in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.5 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.6 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per the requirements of EN-DC-117, Section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.7 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.8 Test Engineer shall provide a post-test summary, including evaluation of test results in Section 11.0.

5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 VERIFY A-2 bus energized from SU1 testing per ECT-44312-02 is FINISHED.

5.2 Verify that the testing work order task for this test has been set to WORKING.

5.3 VERIFY Industrial Safety Boundaries are established prior to energizing equipment.

5.4 VERIFY Fire Brigade has been briefed for electrical fires.

5.5 Perform a pre-test brief per EN-DC-1 17, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

6.1 None.

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 5 of 13 7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 A2 Switch-gear Feed to A-4 ES Switchaear 7.1.1 VERIFY A-2 bus is ENERGIZED.

7.1.2 VERIFY A-410 breaker is OPEN and A-4 bus is DE-ENERGIZED.

7.1.3 VERIFY ALL A-4 Breakers are open.

7.1.4 IF B-6 is DE-ENERGIZED; THEN OPEN test switch "J"on TS2-409 in A-409; (Reference E-97 sh. 1A)

OTHERWISE N/A.

7.1.5 Take A-409 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

7.1.6 CLOSE A409 REMOTELY to energize A4 from A2.

7.1.7 CHECK Sync Scope on C10 indicates 12 o'clock.

7.1.8 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV 7.1.9 CHECK Running Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.

7.1.10 CHECK A-4 Sync Check Relay 125S-A4 in C10 has the PICKUP LED illuminated.

7.1.11 Take A-409 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.

7.1.12 PERFORM a motor bump for rotation on Reactor Bldg Spray Pump P-35B.

7.1.13 VERIFY Reactor Bldg Spray Pump P-35B rotates in correct direction.

7.1.14 LOAD A-4 bus as desired.

NOTE:

Additional thermography will be performed with K-4B EDG operating in parallel with A-2 and the grid.

7.1.5 After A-4 is ENERGIZED from A-2, perform thermography of A-201 and A-409 cabme co nrl -

7.1.16 After A-4 is ENERGIZED from A-2, perform thermography of splices for the following cables;

" Cable A409A conductor Al to Cable A409AA

  • Cable A409A conductor B1 to Cable A409AB
  • Cable A409A conductor C1 to Cable A409AC
  • Cable A409B conductor A2 to Cable A409BA
  • Cable A409B conductor B2 to Cable A409BB
  • Cable A409B conductor C2 to Cable A409BC 7.1.17 Verify B-6 Loadcenter is ENERGIZED.

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 6 of 13 7.1.18 IF OPENED PREVIOUSLY, THEN CLOSE Test Switch "J" on TS2-409 in A-409; OTHERWISE N/A.

7.2 K-4B Emergency Diesel Suoply to A-2 Switchaear 7.2.1 VERIFY A-2 is powered from SU1.

7.2.2 VERIFY A-4 Energized from A-2.

7.2.3 START and LOAD K-4B Emergency Diesel Generator on A-4 (>2500KW) per OP-1104.036, Section 8.

7.2.4 PERFORM thermography of A-201 and A-409 connections.

7.2.5 PERFORM thermography of splices for the following cables:

  • Cable A409A conductor Al to Cable A409AA 0 Cable A409A conductor B1 to Cable A409AB

@ Cable A409A conductor Cl to Cable A409AC 0 Cable A409B conductor A2 to Cable A409BA

  • Cable A409B conductor B2 to Cable A409BB a Cable A409B conductor C2 to Cable A409BC 7.2.6 Reduce K-4B load to approximate demand load on A-4.

7.2.7 OPEN Breaker A-409 to separate A-4 from A-2 (K-4B feeding A-4).

7.2.8 SYNC and CLOSE Breaker A-409 to verify A-4/K-4B can be tied (synchronized) to A-2.

7.2.9 SECURE K-4B Emergency Diesel Generator ifdesired, per OP-1l104.036, Section 10.

. .. .. . .... . . . . .. . . .. . . ...- . . . . .. .. . .... . ...... .... * . .. . - _ .L ~.'L * - .- .* . -. . .. - . . - - - _ * . . . . . .* . . . . . . .. . .. . . .

8.0 Restoration 8.1 None

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 7 of 13 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 8 of 13 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # Summary or Additional Information I Recorded By / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 9 of 13 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 10 of 13 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST Loa SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-08 Page 1 of 2 Date Entry Initials

.. ...- . ... . .... . . -- L .. . ...... . * . . --.... ... ... . ... .. .. * -* -* .. ... .... - .... . .. ... . ... ... . . . .....-.. ..

_____ _______________ I ____

9 I

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2. to A4 Live Bus Test Page 11 of 13 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET1 OF1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-4431 3-08 Page 2 of 2 Date Entry Initials 4.

4 4.

4 4.

I 1*

J 4.

4 4 4 4.

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 12 of 13 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-08 Page 1 of 1 DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER

+

I I

+

0 4 1' 4.

4. 4

'p 1- 4' 1 1' I 4 I I

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 13 of 13 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET 1 OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44313-08 Page 1 of 1 Name Title Signature Initials F _________________________________________ _______________

I *-.------------.----I &

4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4 4 4

-L&

ECT-44315.06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test PagelI of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 TEST COVER SHEET TEST TYPE: Z ECT Procedure C1 ECT WO Dl STI Procedure Page 1 of 11 TEST #: ECT-44315-06 REV. #: 000 Quality Class: OR 0 NOR Ol TEST TITLE: H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test REVIEW (Print/Sign/DateX Test Engineer (TE): .f"C "z ;V1 4' Technical Reviewer: ("CJ RiJ .1C /d 4 I7-t't3 CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEW Operations De /_____.

Organization

£ti/L',11/_Ž,3 __ __.

Orgahization Organization

__/ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: [] Attached El Other 10CFR50.59 Evaluation: El Not Required [] Attached El Other OSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(PrintlSign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

-- TEST-GOLM PLETIO NREVIEW --ACCEPT-ANCE -- .-------..................

Summary of Test Results:

Responsible Engineer (RE)*:  !

Test Engineer (TE):

Technical Reviewer TE Supervisor:

  • Ifrequired for confirmation of assumptions made inthe development of the EC.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 2 of 11 Table of Contents 1.0 Objectives ........................................................................................................................ 3 2.0 References ....................................................................................................................... 3 3.0 Test Equipm ent ........................................................................................................... 3 5.0 Prerequisites ............................................................................................................... 3 6.0 Instrum entation .......................................................................................................... 4 7.0 Test Instructions ......................................................................................................... 4 8.0 Restoration ....................................................................................................................... 5 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation ..................................................................................... 5 10.0 M&TE Instrum entation .............................................................................................. 5 11.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ............................................................................................... 6 12.0 Attachm ents ............................................................................................................ 7

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 3 of 11 1.0 Objectives 1.1 This ECT provides energized bus "Live Bus" testing for the Startup I Transformer (SU 1) feed to H-2 Switchgear.

1.2 Sections of this ECT may be worked out of order with Test Engineer and Operations concurrence. Sequence will be documented in TEST LOG.

2.0 References 2.1 E-3 Sh. 1 Single Line Meter& Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System 2.2 E-4 Sh. I Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160 Volt System, Main Supply 2.3 E-31 Sh. 1 System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram 2.4 E-33 Sh. 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System Main Supply 2.5 E-76 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V and 4160V 2.6 E-93 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays 2.7 E-2003 Single Line Meter& Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System 2.8 TMCN 43542 SU1 T-MOD removed 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 NONE 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise caution when working in the area ifequipment is energized.

4.2 Energized bus testing will require some components to be ENERGIZED.

4.3 Test steps shall be done in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and sequence change documented in the Test Log.

4.4 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.

4.5 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of the Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.

4.6 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per the requirements of EN-DC-1I17, Section 5.2 [11] (b).

4.7 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.8 Test Engineer shall provide a post-test summary, including evaluation of test results in Section 11.0.

5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Ensure that construction and dead bus testing associated with the applicable sections have been completed:

5.1.1 VERIFY H-2 dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.2 VERIFY H-25 (SUl Feeder to H-2) dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 4 of I11 5.2 VERIFY SU1 Transformer 4160VAC and 6900VAC Non-Segregated Bus has been restored to Unit 1. Reference 45342 TMCN to EC-43686 (SU1 T-MOD removed).

5.3 Verify that the testing work order task for this test has been set to WORKING.

5.4 VERIFY Industrial Safety Boundaries are established prior to energizing equipment.

5.5 VERIFY Fire Brigade has been briefed for electrical fires.

5.6 Perform a pre-test brief per EN-DC-117, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 None.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) feed to H-2 Switchpear 7.1.1 VERIFY breakers H-23 and H-24 are TAGGED OPEN.

7.1.2 VERIFY ALL H-2 breakers are RACKED down or OPEN.

7.1.3 VERIFY H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 is RESET. (E-93 Sh. 1) 7.1.4 VERIFY the grounding has been removed from the H-2 bus.

7.1.5 VERIFY H-25 breaker is RACKED UP and Local/Remote Handswitch in Remote.

7.1.6 VERIFY H-25 Sync Switch 152-25/SS in CIO control panel is ON.

7.1.7 CLOSE H-25 breaker via 152-25/CS control switch in C10 control panel.

7.1.8 At C1O, verify sync scope reads at 12:00 position.

7.1.9 Visually verify that H25 Sync check relay 125-25 is picked up.

7.1.10 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 7 KV.

7.1.11 CHECK Running Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 7 KV.

. -7L*12-_TakeW-25-Sync-S tch--on C1O to OFFR_ -... . . .... .. . . . . . .

7.1.13 CHECK remote H-2 bus voltage meter on CIO indicates approximately 7 KV.

7.1.14 CHECK SPDS1 computer point El H2 for correct bus voltage.

7.1.15 CHECK local analog volt meter at H-2 for proper voltage.

7.1.16 With P32B running, check SPDS computer point A1RCPB current indication is within normal range.

7.1.17 With P32D running, check SPDS computer point Al RCPD current indication is within normal range.

NOTE If P32B and P32D are started at approximately the same time, steps 7.1.18 and 7.1.19 may be marked N/A.

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 5 of 11 7.1.18 With P32B running monitor H-25 and H-22 cubicles, initially and after at least one hour of running, with thermography.

7.1.19 With P32D running monitor H-25, H-21 cubicles and the P32D cable splice in cable tray DH007, initially and after at least one hour of running, with thermography.

7.1.20 With Both P32B and P32D running, monitor H-25, H-21, H-22 cubicles and the P32D cable splice in cable tray DH007, initially and after at least one hour of running, with thermography.

8.0 Restoration 8.1 None 9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of test results / summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.

Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By I Date Information (e.g. instrument #, cal which the M&TE was due date, instrument range, etc.) used

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 6 of 11 11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Summary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date 11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation / resolution of the deficiency in the Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 7 of 11 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 - Test Log 12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log 12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 - Signature Identification Log

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU I Live Bus Test Page 8 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET I OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44315-06 Page 1 of 2 Date Entry Initials

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 9 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT-44315-06 Page 2 of 2 Date Entry Initials 4 4 4 +

+

4 4 I +

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 10 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOG SHEET I OF 1 Test Number: ECT/STI: ECT.44315.06 Page 1 of I DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATEITIME NUMBER

__ 1 4

1:

.4.

i

  • 1-

+

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 11 of 11 ATTACHMENT 9.11 SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOG SHEET I OF I Test Number: ECTISTI: ECT-44315-06 Page 1 of 1 Name Title Signature Initials

~

Latta, Robert From: MOSHER, NATALIE B <NMOSH.R@entergy.com>

Sent: Tuesday, July 23, 2013 7:26 AM To: PYLE, STEPHENIE L; JAMES, DALE E; Willoughby, Leonard; SULUNS, GARY V; Melfi, Jim; Latta, Robert

Subject:

AIT Meeting Schedule Attachments: AIT.doc Attached is the latest. I had to move some meetings around this afternoon to accommodate Dale's calendar. Thanks!

13/43

Latta, Robert From: PYLE, STEPHENIE L <SPYLE@entergy.com>

Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 1:01 PM To: Latta, Robert

Subject:

RE: Call with Technical Expert Thanks - I will schedule the call.

From: Latta, Robert imailto:Robert.Latta(~nrc.gov]

Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 12:50 PM To: PYLE, STEPHENIE L Cc: Farnholtz, Thomas

Subject:

RE: Call with Technical Expert Stephenie, Yes I am available. My phone number is (817) 200-1532. Thanks for facilitating this discussion.

Bob From: PYLE, STEPHENIE L fmailto:SPYLE(entergy.com]

Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 12:36 PM To: Latta, Robert Cc: Hall, Michael; MOSHER, NATALIE B

Subject:

Call with Technical Expert

Bob, Would you be available at 1200 tomorrow to have a call with the Technical Expert regarding the Bigge calculation?
Thanks, Stephenie 1

FO0-C5-1:"

Melfi, Jim From: MOSHER, NATALIE B <NMOSHER@entergy.com>

Sent: Thursday, August 29, 2013 4:10 PM To: Melfi, Jim Cc: PYLE, STEPHENIE L; Hall, Michael

Subject:

RE: Risk Analysis for the second stator lift See #98 in IMS.

From: Melfl, Jim rmailto:Jim.Melfi~nrc.gov]

Sent: Thursday, August 29, 2013 11:17 AM To: Melfi, Jim; MOSHER, NATALIE B; Hall, Michael; PYLE, STEPHENIE L Cc: Willoughby, Leonard

Subject:

Risk Analysis for the second stator lift Natalie Stephanie Put the risk analysis of the stator lift (2 nd time) onto IMS?

JIM

ENTERGY OPERATIONS INCORPORATED ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONE TITLE: CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS DOCUMENT NO. CHANGE NO.

1005.002 025 WORK PLAN EXP. DATE REACTIVITY IMPACT NIA EJYES QINPR ON0 SET# SAFETY-RELATED IPTE SYES []NO []YES ONO TEMP MOD LEVEL OF USE E]YES ONO [I CONTINUOUS 0 REFERENCE

[I INFORMATIONAL PROGRAMMATIC EXCLUSION PER EN-LI-100

-]EYES ONO When you see these TRAPS Get these TOOLS Time Pressure Effective Communication Distraction/interruption Questioning Attitude Multiple Tasks Placekeeping Overconfidence Self Check Vague or Interpretive Guidance Peer Check First ShIft/Last Shift Knowledge Peer Pressure Procedures Change/Off Normal Job Briefing Physical Environment Coaching Mental Stress (Home or Work) Turnover VERIFIED BY DATE TIME FORM TITLE: FORM NO. CHANGE NO.

VERIFICATION COVER SHEET 1000.006A 055

ý I

ý/I4(o

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 1 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.

1.0 PU R P OS E ................................................................................................................. 2 2 .0 S C O PE ..................................................................................................................... 2 3.0 R E FE R E N C E S ......................................................................................................... 2 4 .0 D E F INITIONS ............................................................................................................ 5 5.0 R E S PO NS IB ILIT IES .................................................................................................. 5 6.0 INSTR U CT IO N S ....................................................................................................... . 6 7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS ................................................................................. 7 7.1 ATTACHMENTS 7.1.1 Attachment 1, "Load Table". ................................................. 8-18 7.1.2 Attachment 2, "Heavy Load Progression Path".................... 19 7.1.3 Attachment 3, "Crane Hoist Speeds" ..................... 20 7.2 FORMS 7.2.1 Form 1005.002A, "Heavy Load Lifting Permit"...................... 21

PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 2 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide the requirements for the handling of heavy loads at ANO.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This procedure applies to all heavy load manipulations for the following ANO cranes:

L2 - Unit I Reactor Building Polar Crane L3 - Fuel Handling Crane Unit I Auxiliary Fuel Handling Crane L7 - Intake Structure Crane L21 - CRD Crane - This crane is only used for General Maintenance and shall not be used with loads in excess of 2,000 lbs.

2L2 - Unit 2 Containment Polar Crane 2L35 - Unit 2 New Fuel Handling Crane 2L10 - Unit 2 MSIV Crane L Unit I Containment Building Pedestal Crane 2.2 This procedure applies to the Turbine Building Cranes when moving loaded fuel casks utilizing the VSC-24 cask system.

L-1 Unit 1 Turbine Building Crane 2L-1 Unit 2 Turbine Building Crane 2.3 This procedure, in its entirety, assures compliance with one or more of the commitments listed in Section 3.3, "Regulatory Correspondence Containing NRC Commitments Implemented In This Procedure" 2.4 The lift elevation values used in Attachment 1 (Load Table) for the ANO cranes listed in this procedure are approximate elevations. Lift elevations should be in accordance with general lift requirements listed in EN-MA-1 19, "Material Handling Program."

2.5 This procedure applies to mobile cranes and portable lifting devices (chain falls, etc.) when these devices are used to lift heavy loads over safety related components.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 REFERENCES

USED IN PROCEDURE PREPARATION:

3.1.1 NRC letter dated December 22,1980; from D. G. Eisenhut; Subject -

Control of Heavy Loads 3.1.2 ANO memorandum 81-4274 dated May 22,1981; from Dalton Bennett; Subject - Arkansas Nuclear One Crane Loads 3.1.3 NDC memorandum 10052 dated July 13,1981; from W. H. Jones; Subject - Arkansas Nuclear One - Units I & 2, Procedure for Handling of Unexpected Heavy Loads at ANO (File 81S-00114).

PROC.IWORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 3 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 026 3.1.4 NDC memorandum 10239 dated October 29,1981; from W. H. Jones; Subject; - Arkansas Nuclear One - Units I & 2 NUREG-0612 "Control of Heavy Loads" Updated Plan of Attack.

3.1.5 NDC memorandum 10290 dated December 7,1981; from W. H. Jones; Subject; - Arkansas Nuclear One - Units I & 2 NUREG- 0612 "Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants" - Design Loading for Slings Purchased per ANSI B30.9-1971.

3.1.6 Conversation Memo, David Baughman to Dwight Johnson dated 8/25/85, Subject "NUREG612, Heavy Loads Phase II, Ref. LIR L82-0666".

3.1.7 E 234-104, Refueling Pool Seal Details & Assembly Drawing 3.1.8 LCP 91-O-6026 3.1.9 Drawing M-2880, Rev. 5 3.1.10 Condition Report C-2000-0187 3.1.11 1CNA080507; Amendment No.225,dated August 30,2005; Subject; Arkansas Nuclear One, Unit No. 1 - Issuance of Amendment RE:

Revision to Safety Analysis Report to allow the use of a tripod to remove and install the Reactor Vessel Head and other Reactor Vessel Internals (TAC NO. MC5450) 3.1.12 EC-15480, Evaluation of MSI Load Sensing Pin for 2L-2.

3.2 REFERENCES

WHICH MAY BE USED DURING PERFORMANCE OF THIS ACTIVITY:

3.2.1 ANSI B30.2-1976, Overhead Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, Multiple Girder) 3.2.2 NUREG-0612, Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants 3.2.3 NUREG-0554, Single Failure Proof Cranes for Nuclear Power Plants 3.2.4 Hamischfeger - P&H Manual #CN-24159 (Library No. 6600-M- 2073-AC) 3.2.5 Hamischfeger - P&H Overhead Cranes Instruction Manual, Bulletin C-7-3 3.2.6 Hamischfeger - P&H Balanced Design Hevi-Lift Hoists Care and Operation Manual, Bulletin T-100-5 3.2.7 Heco-Pacific Manufacturing, Inc., Instruction Repair and Maintenance Manual (Library No. 6600-M-2063-AC) 3.2.8 Kranco, Inc. Overhead Cranes Service Manual (Library No. 6600-M-89-AC) 3.2.9 ANO Procedure 1402.131, "Operation of the Containment Polar Crane (L2)"

3.2.10 ANO Procedure 1402.132, "Operation of the Intake Structure Crane (L7)"

3.2.11 ANO Procedure 1402.133, "Operation of the Spent Fuel Crane L-3 Units I

& 2."

3.2.12 ANO Procedure 1412.047, "Containment Polar Crane Motor Controller Lube and Inspection"

PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 4 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 3.2.13 ANO Procedure 1402.080, "Load Test of the Containment Polar Cranes (L2 & 2L2)"

3.2.14 ANO Procedure 1402.081, "Load Testing of Crane L3, Unit I Aux. Fuel, 2L35, L7" 3.2.15 ANO Procedure 2402.079, "Operation of the Containment Polar Crane (21L2)"

3.2.16 ANO Procedure 2402.080, "Operation of the Unit 2 New Fuel Handling Crane (2L35)"

3.2.17 ANO Procedure 2402.082, "Inspection and Preventive Maintenance of the Unit 2 New Fuel Handling Crane (2L35)"

3.2.18 ANO Procedure 1306.24, "Periodic Tests of Slings" 3.2.19 ANO Procedure 2402.081, "Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Polar Crane 2L2" 3.2.20 Letter OCAN068402, ANO-Units 1 and 2 Docket Nos. 50-513 and 50-368 License Nos. DPR-51 and NPF-6 Interim response to OCNA038405 control of Heavy Loads at ANO-Units 1 and 2.

3.2.21 ANO Procedure 2402.045, Operation of the Unit II MSIV Crane (210) 3.2.22 ANO Procedure 3406.002, "Operation of the Turbine Building Cranes for Spent Fuel Movement L-1 & 2L-1" 3.2.23 ANO Procedure 1402.091, 'Visual Inspection of Special Lifting Devices" 3.2.24 Corporate Procedure MA-1 19, Material Handling Program 3.2.25 AWS D1.1 3.2.26 ASME Section IX 3.2.27 ANSI B30.20-1 3.2.28 ANSI Z229-1 3.2.29 ANSI B18.15 3.2.30 ER-ANO-2000-2688-002 "L-3 Up-Grade" 3.2.31 Weights for Holtec System is document in the HI-STORM 100 10CFR72.212 Report 3.2.32 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-23, "Laydown area for equipment & items associated with loading, sealing & transporting of spent fuel (MSB, MPC, MTC, & HI-TRAC) Casks on Unit 1 Aux. Floor at El. 404".

3.2.33 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-24, "Allowable Height Above AUX Floor at Elevation 404 Unit 1 for Transporting Equipment and Items Associated With Spent Fuel Cask Loading".

3.2.34 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-32, "Laydown area for equipment & items associated with loading, sealing & transporting of spent fuel (MSB, MPC, MTC, & HI-TRAC) Casks on Unit 2 Aux. Floor at El. 404".

PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 5 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 3.2.35 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-33, "Allowable Height Above AUX Floor at Elevation 404 Unit 2 for Transporting Equipment and Items Associated With Spent Fuel Cask Loading".

3.2.36 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-23, "Allowable Height Above AUX Floor at Elevation 404 Unit 2 for Transporting Equipment and Items Associated With Spent Fuel Cask Loading".

3.2.37 ER-ANO-2002-0640-000, "Polar Crane (L-2) Up-Rate to 190 Tons".

3.2.38 Technical Manual TDH046 0740, "Instruction Manual for Unit One Reactor Building Polar Crane Serial No. C-23345".

3.2.39 ER-ANO-2002-0639-000, "ANO-1 Service Structure Replacement" 3.2.40 ER-ANO-2006-0217-000, 357' Permanent Floor Hatch Replacement 3.2.41 ER-ANO-2002-0836-013, Unit 2 Temporary Reactor Vessel Head (TRVH) 3.2.42 ER-ANO-2002-0638-000 "ANO-1 Reactor Vessel Closure Head (RVCH)

Replacement" 3.2.43 ER-ANO-2002-0639-000 Service Structure Replacement 3.2.44 Procedure EN-DC-1 12 Engineering Change Request and Project Initiation Process 3.2.45 ALC-ANO-ER-07-022, ANO-2 Shroud Upgrade Maintenance Structure Reconciliation 3.2.46 CALC-ANO-ER-07-023, ANO-2 Shroud Upgrade NUREG-0612, Weight, Center of Gravity and Leveling Analyses 3.2.47 ER-ANO-2006-0311-007 "Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning Equipment" 3.2.48 EGM 2007-006 "Enforcement Discretion for Heavy Load Handling Activities" 3.2.49 ER-ANO-1996-3322-R 101 "Spent Fuel Pool Working Platform Evaluation" 3.3 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented in this procedure include:

NOTE References shown in brackets (} in the left margin of this procedure refer to commitment paragraphs of this section. Where practical, the appropriate portion of the procedure is shown in bold text.

3.3.1 P9104 & P9105 (0CAN058117), NUREG-612 - Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants (GL-81-07).

(Procedure) 3.3.2 P9855 (OCAN038307), Heavy Load Lifting Permit When Lifting Unexpected Heavy Loads. (Step 6.1.2.B) 3.3.3 P15061 (OCAN059606), Considerations Used During Review of Heavy Loads by Engineering. (Step 6.1.3)

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 6 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 3.3.4 P1 5010 (OCAN 128213), Limit The Load Capacity Of L-21 Crane.

(6.2 Note) 3.3.5 P9234 (OCAN06802), Visual Inspection Of Special Lifting Devices For Heavy Loads. (Form 1005.002A - Step 3) 3.3.6 P18023 (OCAN 128107), dated December 22,1981 ,Guideline 5.

To ensure slings are selected and used in accordance with nureg-0612.

(Step 6.1.6) 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Heavy Load - Any load carried by one of the cranes identified in the scope of this procedure or identified in applicable crane procedure which has a combined weight greater than 2000 pounds.

4.2 Unexpected Heavy Loads -

4.2.1 Any loads not identified in Attachment I or applicable crane procedure and has a weight greater than 2000 pounds.

4.2.2 Any load not previously identified with a weight greater than 2000 pounds being lifted over a safety related component.

5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 51 The supervisor of the organization conducting the lift shall initiate an Engineering Change Request (ECR), according to Procedure EN-DC-112 Engineering Change Request and Project Initiation Process for those lifts or movements described in paragraph 6.1.2 and shall maintain the approved document with the Work Order.

Verify the load being lifted will follow an approved load path identified by the applicable Crane Procedure and is < the approved weight previously evaluated on Attachment 1 or applicable Crane Procedure. If load path and load weight is not bounded by previous evaluation an ECR SHALL be initiated in accordance with EN-DC-1 12 5.2 The Engineer shall evaluate the lift based on the criteria described in paragraph 6.1.4.

5.3 The supervisor of the organization making the lift will insure that the rigging and lifting personnel assigned are qualified, and that the instructions given in the WO and Engineering Change Request (ECR) referenced in paragraph 5.1, along with the appropriate crane operating procedure and rigging requirements as specified in Procedure MA-1 19 are followed. For those conditions described in paragraph 6.2, the supervisor is responsible for issuing the Heavy Load Lifting Permit, Form 1005.002A.

PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 7 of 24 CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS CHANGE: 025 5.4 The OPS Shift Manager shall ensure that the proposed path on the Heavy Load Lifting Permit does not pass over a safety-related redundant train ifthe primary train is out of service, and the equipment is required to be operable.

5.5 The group conducting lift shall notify the Shift Manager prior to making a heavy load lift over any safety related system, and shall conduct all heavy load lifts in accordance with the appropriate crane operating procedure.

6.0 INSTRUCTIONS 6.1 ENGINEERING CHANGE REQUEST (ECR) 6.1.1 An Engineering Change Request (ECR) or a Heavy Load Lifting Permit shall be approved only for the duration of a Work Document.

6.1.2 An Engineering Change Request (ECR) lAW EN-DC-112 shall be submitted for the following conditions:

A. Any deviation from the approved safe load paths.

OR P9855 (OCAN038307)

B. Any lift of an unexpected heavy load not bounded by a previous evaluation on Attachment I or applicable Crane Procedure.

C. Any unexpected heavy load lifted over a safety related structure, system, component using a mobile crane or portable lifting device.

P15061 (OCAN059606) 6.1.3 The Engineering Change Request (ECR) described in paragraph 6.1 above shall include a description of the load, type rigging, load path, and crane Involved. The approved load path(s) shall be clearly Identified In the ECR, with non-approved load paths deleted from the response.

6.1.4 The Engineer shall evaluate the ECR based on:

A. Crane or device lift capacity.

B. Appropriate rigging type and method.

C. Load paths adhere to load path sketches in appropriate procedure with any deviation analyzed as to locations of reactor vessel, fuel or safe shutdown equipment.

D. Appropriate crane operating procedure is referenced.

E. Evaluate adding the load to this procedure and the crane operating procedures as necessary.

PROC.WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 8 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 6.1.5 Upon approval, Engineering will return the ECR to the originator with special instructions as necessary.

P18023 (OCAN 128107) 6.1.6 Select slings and special lifting devices with a maximum working load of the sling is based on the maximum static load plus a dynamic load of 1/2% of the load X fpm (hoist speed) but not less than 15% of the load nor more than 50% of the load.

6.1.7 Rigging fixtures/hardware such as padeyes, beams, frames, and lifting eyes should be manufactured per applicable specifications. i.e., ANSI B18.15, ANSI Z229-1, ANSI B30.20-1, AWS D1.1, ASME Section IX.

6.1.8 Special lifting devices should comply with the requirements of ANSI N14.6.

6.2 HEAVY LOAD LIFTING PERMIT P1 5010 (OCAN1 28213) and P15054 (OCAN059606)

NOTE The CRD Crane (L21) is only used for General Maintenance and shall not be used with loads in excess of 2000 lbs.

6.2.1 All lifts of heavy loads using the cranes specified in the scope of this procedure shall require a heavy load lifting permit, Form 1005.002A, signed by the Supervisor of the group making the lift and the Shift Manager.

6.2.2 All unexpected heavy load lifts requiring an Engineering Change Request (ECR) shall also require a Heavy Load Lifting Permit, Form 1005.002A.

6.3 The OPS Shift Manager or the cognizant supervisor can give verbal on- the-spot approval of deviations from this procedure in case loss of life or serious damage to equipment is imminent (i.e. a rigging cable snaps and the load must be carried by the shortest route to a safe lay-down area or a person is hurt in the cavity and needs to be lifted out). This verbal approval will be noted in the operating log.

7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS 7.1 ATTACHMENTS 7.1.1 Attachment I - Load Table Attachment 2 - Heavy Load Progression Path Attachment 3 - Crane Hoist Speeds 7.2 FORMS 7.2.1 Form 1005.002A - Heavy Load Lifting Permit

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 9 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 1 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-1 Unit-1 Turbine Building Crane (These items pertain to VSC-24 System)

Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. MTC with loaded MSB Unit 1 Fuel 187.235# 354' 374' Unit 2 Fuel 181.739# 354' 374' LOAD TABLE L-1 Unit-1 Turbine Building Crane (These items pertain to Holtec HI-STORM 100 System Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight,(Ibs) Elevation Elevation Hiqh Storm 100 Lid 29,000#

PROCJWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 10 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 026 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 2 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-2 ANO-1 POLAR CRANE Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. Missile Shield C-164 84,000# 424'6" 4250"
2. Top Head Insulation Storage Racks 5,300# (1) 376'6" 425*0"
3. Top Head Insulation Storage Racks with 8,300# (1) 376'6" 425'0" Insulation
4. Transfer Tube Flange 2,000# (1) 362'0" 404'6"
5. Stud Handling Tools 44-56-002-03 170# 404'0" 376'6"
6. Alignment Studs 1,000# (1) 404'0" 376'6"
7. Reactor Vessel Closure Head M1B-400 FANP 165,144# (2) 376'6" 408'0" DWG 02-5017444E S. Upper Plenum Assembly 6600-MIB-154-1 110,000# 368'0" 376'6"
9. Portable Stud Storage Rack 9,000# (1) 376'6" 404'6"
10. Stud Support Spacer 10# (3) 404'0" 376'6"
11. Stud Hole Seal Plugs 3# (3) 404'0" 376'6"
12. Indexing Fixture 6600-MIN-99-2 12,437# 362'0" 376'6"
13. Head and Internals Handling Fixture 12,000# 404'0" 376'6" Tripod
14. RVCH Lift Pendant Assembly M1B-612 (FANP 3,924# (4) 376'6" 376'6" DWG 02-5023465E)
15. Head and Intemals Handling Fixture M1B-621 2,576# 404'0" 376'6"
16. Control Rod Uncoupling Equipment 90# 404'0" 376'6"
17. Unassembled ISI Tool (ARIS) 31 ,520# 354'0" 404'6"
18. ISI Cal Blocks, Supports & Lifting Rig 2,569# 354'0" 404'6"
19. Grating 960# 424'0" 428'0"
20. RCP Motor (ALLIS CHALMERS) 423300105 102,850# 386'0" 424'6"
21. Structural Beams Above RCP A or D 39,000# 401'0" 424'6"
22. Structural Beams Above RCP C or B 59,000# 401'0" 424'6"
23. Fuel Transfer Carriage 500# 369'3" 404'6"
24. Upender 14,300# 362'0" 404'6"
25. Refueling Machine 6600MIN992 62,000# 401'6" 404'6"

PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: ii of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 3 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-2 ANO-1 POLAR CRANE Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

26. Auxiliary Refueling Machine 6600MIN472 43,400# 401'6" 404'6"
27. Refueling Canal Ladder C1952 3,000# 376'6" 404'6"
28. Crane Load Block M-73-115 11,725#
29. Core Support Assembly (Plus Indexing 27073 240,800 (1) 368'0" 400'0" Fixture) (253,237)
30. (OLD)Removable Concrete Hatch C-173 66,000# (1) 357'0" 357'0" (NEW) Removable Steel Hatch 2 C-149 &C41-1 6,000 Each 357'0" 357'0"/401 '6" Sections
31. RV Head Shield Blankets & Containers P.O. 904851- 4500#(Each) 357'0" 376'-6"/

001(5) 401 '-6"

32. RCP Motor (JEUMONT SCHNEIDER M1 E-056 Sht.2 106,579 386'0" 424'6" IND)
33. Lead Shield Work Platform W/69 Lead PEAR 93-0293 8,750 Top of B&W Owned Bricks: (7) Vessel A) Each Brick: 100 Lead Bricks B&W B) Platform Only: 1,350 Work B&W Platform
34. Tripod Work Platform: PEAR 93-0293 1,350 Tripod Tripod (7)
35. M.I.S. Load Cell: 1,195 L-2 Spent Fuel
36. L-2 Hook: M-73-114 1,200 L-2 L-2
37. L-2 Hook to Load Cell "PIN": M-73-113 150 L-2 L-2
38. Reactor Vessel Stud Cleaning Tech. Manual 1,800 Rx. Bldg. Rad-Waste Machine: 424'
39. Manbasket: Memo RX. 1,250(1) Rx. Bldg. Spent Fuel Coord. 424'
40. Stud Tensioners: Memo RX. 2,250(1) 376' Rad-Waste Coord.
41. Stud Tensioner Hoist, for (L-6's) 1 692 RX. Head Rad-Waste Hoist Counter Weight:
42. Annulus Bridge: 1,900 354' Just 354 RX. Bldg.

Inside Equip.

Hatch

PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 12 of 24 CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 4 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-2 ANO-1 POLAR CRANE Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

43. L-32 Hoists (Cavity Hoist): Mods. Eng. 375(1) 424' Rad-Waste
44. Permanent Seal Plate Covers:

A. (4) Access Port Covers: 275 Each 376' Storaoe Box B. (2) Air Flow Cover: 50 Each 376' Storaoe Box C. Storaoe Box: 200 404' Head Storaoe TOTAL WEIGHT 1,410 Stand

45. Tripod Storage Stand MIB-601 7,500 (1) 424' 424' 6" Notes: (I) Estimation (2) Does not include service structure, CEDM's, or studs (3) Estimation each 60 required (4) Total of 3 (5) Largest single piece (6) Total weight of assembly (7) This is a historical document. Contact Design Engineering prior to use.

PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 13 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 5 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-3 FUEL HANDLING CRANE Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. Spent Fuel Shipping Cask None
2. Spent Fuel Pool Divider Gate ANO-1 6600-C-45-5-3 4,000# (1)

ANO-2 6600-C-2045-2-4 4,000#

3. Hatch Over Train Bay 2,030# (3) 403'6" 404'6"
4. Fuel Transfer Tube Gate Valve ANO-1 6600-MIN-82-2 1,400# 368'6" 404'6" ANO-2 6600-M-2093-8-5 4,523# 368'6" 404'6"
5. New Fuel Elevator ANO-1 6600-M-84-14-6 220# 362'0" 404'6" ANO-2 6600-M-2001-Hi- 220# (2) 362'0" 404'6" 24-4
6. Fuel Handling Machine ANO-1 6600-MIN-32-5 59,400# 404'0" 404'6" ANO-2 59,400# (2)
7. Upender ANO-1 14,300# 362'0" 404'6" ANO-2 14,300# 362'0" 404'6"
8. New Fuel Shipping Container (loaded)

ANO-1 3,940# 354'0" 404'6" ANO-2 5,100# 354'0" 404'6"

9. New Fuel Shipping Container Power Upender 2400 354'0" 404'6" Power Upender Storage container 4300 354'0" 404'6" Power Upender
10. New Control Component Container ANO-1 1,038# 354'0" 404'6" ANO-2 74# 354'0" 404'6"
11. New Fuel ANO-1 1,680# 354'0" 404'6" ANO-2 1,432# 354'0" 404'6"
12. New Control Component ANO-1 132# (4) 354-0" 404'6" ANO-2 95.6# (4) 354'0" 404'6"

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 14 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 6 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-3 FUEL HANDLING CRANE Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

13. Fuel Transfer Carriage ANO-1 500# (3) 362'0" 404-6" ANO-2 500# (3) 362'0" 404'6"
14. Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning Fixture Box ANO-1 11,100# (3) 404-0" 404'6" ANO-2 11,100# (3) 404'0" 404'6"
15. Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning Fixture ANO-1 3500# (3) 362'0" 404'6" ANO-2 3500# (3) 362'0" 404'6"
16. Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning Filter Skid Box ANO-1 8600# (3) 404'0" 404'6" ANO-2 8600# (3) 404-0" 404'6"
17. Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning Topside Electronics Box ANO-1 6300# (3) 362'0" 404'6" ANO-2 6300# (3) 362'0" 404'6"
18. Spent Fuel Working Platform (Recon M1N-279 1500# (3)

Bridge)

Notes: 1) Assume ANO-1 weight the same as ANO-2 weight.

2) Assume ANO-2 weight the same as ANO-1 weight.
3) Estimation
4) Heaviest item

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 15 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 7 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-3 FUEL HANDLING CRANE

( Items on this page pertain to VSC-24 System )

Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

13. Yoke None 6,0o0# 404'6"
14. MTC/MSB/ W/O Fuel, W/O Yoke None 132,091#
15. MTCIMSB/ W/ Fuel, W/ Yoke, W/ Lids Dry None 187,235#
16. MTC/MSB/ W/ Fuel, W/ Yoke, W/ Shield Lid Wet None 197,755#
17. Vacuum Dry System None 2,000#
18. Helium Detection System None <2,000#
19. Welding System None 1,000#
20. Work Platform None 17,500#
21. MTC Impact Limiter None 2,200# 404'6"
22. Washdown Area Impact Limiter (One of Two) None 2,600#
23. MSB Structural Lid None 2,341 #
24. MSB Shield Lid None 6,449#
25. MTC Cask Lid None 417#
26. MSB W/O Lids &Fuel None 21,520#
27. MTC (Empty) None 110,571#
28. Cask Loading Pit Impact Limiter, U-1 & U-2 None 10,300#

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 16 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 8 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-3 FUEL HANDLING CRANE (Items on this page pertain to Holtec HI-STORM 100 System)

Item Drawing Weight Rest Lift (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

29. HI-Storm 100 Lid 29,000#
30. Empty MPC-24 (W/O Lid or Closure ring) 29,795#
31. MPC Lid (W/Drain Line) 9,727#
32. MPC Closure ring 145#
33. Annulus water 256#
34. HI-TRAC Lift Yoke (W/slings) 4,000#
35. Empty HI-TRAC (w/o Lids, neutron shield) 118,470#
36. HI-TRAC Top Lid (w/bolts) 2,750#
37. HI-TRAC Pool Lid (with bolts) 12,500#
38. HI-TRAC Neutron Shield Water Jacket 8,500#
39. MPC Lift Cleats (per cleat w/bolts) 150# ea.
40. Temporary Shield Ring 2,500#
41. Welding System Base plate Shield 2,540#

42.-Mating Device 16,050#

43. Mating Device Stand 3,800#
44. Loaded HI-TRAC,(Transport to HI-storm, w/water 234,990#

jack full, lid, &Lifting Yoke)

45. Loaded HI-TRAC (w/Fuel, Lifting Yoke & Shield Lid, 249,731#

lift into work platform)

46. Work Platform (WPH) 16,500#
47. Work Platform covers 1,400#
48. Helium Cool down Skid 3,400#
49. Weld removal Machine (skid unit) 1,200#
50. Weld removal, cutter 1,200#
51. HI-TRAC Pool Lid (with bolts) & Mating Device 28,550#
52. Forced Helium Dehydration Unit (FHD) 6,000#
53. Chiller for FHD 2,400#
54. Supplemental Cooling System 2,200#
55. HI-TRAC Lid Spacer 440#

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 17 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 9 of 13 LOAD TABLE L-7 INTAKE STRUCTURE CRANE Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. Service Water Pump ANO-1 Motor 6600M-11-2-7 4,500# 368'7" 380'6" Pump 6600M-1 1-2-7 8,620# 366' 4-1/2" 380'6" ANO-2 Motor 6600M-2011-1-5 7,200# 369'6" 382'0" Pump 660OM-2011-1-5 11,420# 366' 4-1/2" 382'0"
2. Motor Driven Fire Pump P-6A Motor 660OM-32-25-1 3,400# 368' 4-1/2" 380'6" Pump 660OM-32-12-1 3,185# 366' 4-1/2" 380'6"
3. Diesel Driven Fire Pump P-6B Engine 6600M-32-20-1 3,000# 368'6" 380'6" Speed Reducer 6600M-32-14-1 1,000# 366'8" 380'6" Pump 6600M-32-19-4 4,425# 3667" 380'6"
4. Room Hatch Plugs 7,130# 378'6" 378'0"
5. Jockey Pump P-11 Motor 6600M-32-13-1 300# 367'6" 353'0" Pump 660OM-32-13-1 1,000# 366'9" 353'0" Notes:

All other loads Equipment NE end, SW end or All other loads shall outside the missile location area between SW be carried along paths protected service pump buildings which do not intersect water pump houses the service water pump building.

PROC.IWORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 18 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 10 of 13 LOAD TABLE 2L-1 Unit-2 Turbine Building Crane (These items pertain to VSC-24 System)

Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. MTC with loaded MSB Unit 1 Fuel 187,235 354' 374' Unit 2 Fuel 181,739 354' 374' LOAD TABLE 2L-1 Unit-2 Turbine Building Crane (These items pertain to Holtec HI-STORM 100 System)

Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation High Storm 100 Lid 29,000#

PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 19 of 24 CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS CHANGE: 026 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 11 of 13 LOAD TABLE 2L2 CONTAINMENT POLAR CRANE Item Drawing Weight Rest Lift (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. Maintenance Structure Lift Beam 3,240# 427'0" 427'0"
2. Maintenance Structure C-214 7 67,000# 399'2" 427'0"
3. CEDM Ductwork 33,850# 389'0" 427-0" (12)
4. CEDM Cooling Shroud 19,500# 380'0" 427'0"
5. Structural Beams above RCP A or C 34,760# 395'0" 427'0"
6. Structural Beams above RCP B or D 25,577#

395'0" 427'0"

7. Inservice Inspection Tools 1,000# 3350" 424'0"
8. Fuel Transfer Carriage 500# 362'0" 404'6"
9. Upender M-2001-H 1-27-2 14,300# 362'0" 404'6"
10. Refueling Machine 62,400# 404'0" 404'6"
11. Stud Tensioner 2,250#

377'0" 404'6"

12. Stud Tensioner Hydraulic Unit 175# 376' 7-1/2" 404'6"
13. Reactor Vessel Head Stud 563# 377'0" 404'6"
14. Stud Elongation Tool 50# 377'0" 404'6"
a. RV Head Shield Blankets & Containers 4500# 357'0" 405'6" This total includes those items listed below:
a. Reactor Vessel Head Lift Rig 23,71 1# 376' 7-1/2" 405'0"
b. Reactor Vessel Head 116,892# (4) 376' 7-1/2" 405'0"
c. Reactor Vessel Studs, Nuts, Washers (52 each) 29,255# (11) 377'0" 404'6"
d. Magnetic Jack Type CEDM (81 each) 96,066# 377'0" 404'6"
15. Reactor Vessel Closure Head Assy. with 292,060# 377'0" 404'6" (12)

Lifting Rig

16. Reactor Coolant Pump Motor 109,800# 380'0" 427'0"
17. Upper Guide Structure 108,500# (6)
18. Upper Guide Structure Lift Rig 14,000# (6)
19. 2L-2 Hook: M-2073-15 2,800 2L-2 2L-2
20. 2L-2 Hook to Load Cell "PIN": M-2073-63 135 2L-2 2L-2
21. Upper Guide Structure Lifting Rig Tie 3,000#

Rod

22. ICI Auxiliary Gantry Crane 22,500#

PROC./WORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 20 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 12 of 13 LOAD TABLE 21-2 CONTAINMENT POLAR CRANE Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight Elevation Elevation (Ibs)

23. Core Barrel 199,000# (5)
24. Core Barrel Lift Rig 8,000#
25. Jib Crane M-2063-94-4 15,800# (7)
26. Stud Stand with Studs 2,500#
27. CEDM Extension Shaft 164# (9)
28. Alignment Pins 950# (10)
29. Seal Plate Lift Rig 4,000# (2)
30. Crane Load Block M2073-63-2 12,500#
31. Movable lead shields on movable Incore Detector Machine 1,000# 426'0" 440'0"
32. New ICI's (21 ICI's per box) 690#

Includes Wooden Box.

33. ICI Withdrawal Hoist (2H-28) 1,250#
34. Reactor Vessel Stud Hole Plug 750#

Storage Box, Includes 52 Plugs

35. Reactor Vessel Seal Plate(s) and 900#

Storage Box

36. Unit 2 Temporary Reactor Vessel Head 9,400#

(TRVH)

NOTES: 1) Heaviest single piece; three (3) ducts, three pieces each (Ref. Drawing M-2880, Rev 5.)

2) Estimation
3) Assume ANO-2 weight the same as ANO-1 weight
4) Weight does not include weight of cooling shroud or lift rig
5) Does not include weight of fuel or core shroud
6) Does not include instrumentation or auxiliary tools or equipment
7) Does not include access ladder and platform
8) No insulation storage racks available in ANO-2
9) The shafts are of different weights; the heaviest one listed
10) Heaviest pin; other pin is 550#
11) Although there are 54 studs, two of them are removed prior to lifting
12) Lift elevations for the reactor head and CEDM cooling shroud ductwork are controlled by procedure OP-2504.005 (Reactor Vessel Closure Head Removal) and OP-2402.042 (Reactor Vessel Closure Head Installation)

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 21 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT I Page 13 of 13 LOAD TABLE 2L35 NEW FUEL HANDLING CRANE Rest Lift Lift Item Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. New Fuel Assembly 1,432# 404'0" 404'6"
2. New Control Component 95.6# (1) 404'0" 404'6"
3. New Fuel Shipping Container ANO-1 3,940# 404'0" 404'0" ANO-2 4,000# 404'0" 404'0" NOTES:
  • 1) The heaviest CEA.

2L10 MSIV CRANE Rest Lift Item Drawing Weight(lbs) Elevation Elevation

1. AIR/Hydraulic Cylinder PD-424721 7,990# 404'0"
2. Spring Tube Assembly PD-424721 7,946# 404'0"
3. Cylinder Stiffener PD-424721 9,926# (two 404'0" piece combined weight)

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 22 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 2 HEAVY LOAD PROGRESSION PATH Start Point I

HEAVY LOAD LIFTING REQUIREMENTS IDENTIFIED FOR CRANES LI, 1.2, L3, L7, 2L1, 21-2, 2L35 I

UNEXPECTED EXPECTED SUBMIT ER TO ANO SELECT HEAVY LOAD ENGINEERING RIGGING WITH RATED LOAD CAPACITIES APPROVED ER lAW 6.1.6 RETURNED TO INITIATOR SUPERVISOR ISSUES HEAV LOAD LIFTING PERMIT VT LIFTS CONDUCTED IN LIFTS CONDUCTED OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT BLDG. CONTAINMENT BLDG.

GROUP- tCTELG LlIFT- .

....N A:PPROVAL *TAKES.

i:  : I o.Sr&j APP:cVA C~~tATOR-lGTIFIES.

I'

-SHIFT SUPIE*TENh3EN- PROR.

TO-APROVING LIFT.

coN_ &.. ,', A ~, ITH S T-.URERVI: IOR Rj-

E FINAL AP NiAC'
OPERATOR CONDUcT.*tFTlN-ACR~~CE WITH APPROPRIAT-ý.upERATG POEDURE.

PROC.IWORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 23 of 24 PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS 1005.002 CHANGE: 025 ATTACHMENT 3 CRANE HOIST SPEEDS CRANE HOIST CAPACITY (TONS) HOIST SPEED (fpm) DRAWING L-1 150 (3) 4 L-2 190/25 (3) 4/31 (1) M-73-140 L-3 130/15 (3) 4/27 (2) 6600-M62-73 L-7 25 15 (3) (Spec.) 6600-M89 2L-1 195 (3) 4 2L-2 150/25 (3) 4/31 (1) 6600-M2073-7-1 10 @ High Speed (3) 2L-35 4 3.3 @ Low Speed 6600-M2063-60-3 20 @ High Speed (3) 2L-1 0 10 7 @ Low Speed 6600-M2063A-7-2 NOTES:

(1) For Hoist Speed of 31 fpm, D.L.I. = 0.155 x Static Load.

(2) For Hoist Speed of 35 fpm, D.L.I. = 0.175 x Static Load.

(3) For Hoist Speeds of 30 fpm or less, use minimum D.L.I. = 0.150 x Static Load.

Page 24 of 24

1. Crane or Device Utilized (Crane or Equipment Number if applicable)
2. Description of Load
3. Weight of Load P9234 (OCAN06802)
4. Rigging to be Used (If special lifting device Is to be used, Inspect device per Procedure 1402.091.)

Reference EN-MA-1 19 "Typical Lift Plan Checklist" attachment 9.10 if necessary.

5. Load Path to be Used Conforms to Safe Load Paths Described in Crane Operating Procedure (Yes or No)

IF no, THEN provide EC#

6. Work Order Number (if available)
7. IF using Fuel Handling Building Crane (13),

THEN verify the following:

L-3 Crane Bridge Travel Interlocks are demonstrated operable using Operation of the Spent Fuel Crane L-3 Units 1 &2 (1402.133) within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> prior to lifting load in excess of 2000 pounds.

N/A this step if L-3 is NOT being utilized Supervisor Signature

8. For non-standard lifts, complete Aft 9.4 of EN-MA-1 19 Evaluation for Non-Standard Lifts- (Otherwise N/A)
9. Cask and Tilt Pit gates required installed per 1402.133? (L-3 Only) Yes E] No n
10. Approval Signatures: (This permit is good for the duration of the work)

Crane Operator's Signature Date

/

Supervisor's Signature Date Shift Manager Signature Date or Reactor Building Coordinator (with Shift Manager verbal concurrence)

SPECIAL LIFTING DEVICES UNIT 1 UNIT 2

1. Tripod w/Tee Lugs, turnbuckles, and latch boxes 1. Tripod
2. Internals handling adapters 2. Upper guide structure lift rig
3. Internals handling extension 3. Reactor head maintenance Structure lift beam COMMON
1. VSC-24 MTC Lifting Yoke 2. VSC-24 Multi-assembly Storage Basket (MSB) Transfer Cask (MTC) 3 Holtec Lift Yoke 4. Holtec MPC Lift Cleats 5 Holtec Hi-Trac Uft Trunnions and Trunnion Receiver Blocks FORM TITLE: FORM NO. Change:

HEAVY LOAD LIFTING PERMIT 1005.002A 025

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML14218A606&oldid=2451807"